Valve Tenders

Details: The subject of the performance of the public contract is the installation of alternative cooling units in the Hotel Thermal in Karlovy Vary. Contents: Currently, the object is cooled using two Trane central cooling units with an output of 720 Kw connected on the secondary side to the so-called Open Cooling Towers, and therefore can only be in operation in the summer and transitional period (approx. 8 – 9 months per year). In these units, there is only a minimal re-use of waste heat in the form of pre-heating TV with an output of about 20 Kw. In addition, the cooling towers are disconnected and drained for the majority of the main heating season (cooling is not in operation). The content of the performance of the order is the reconstruction of the cooling circuit, which will subsequently enable year-round cooling operation and, in particular, on a significant scale, will enable the use of the waste heat obtained in this way. As part of the contract, two heat pumps with a total cooling capacity of 162 Kw will be installed at temperature drops of 8/16°c on the primary side, respectively 60/55°c on the secondary side. This solution is expandable in the future, according to the needs of the operation. On the primary side, this solution will enable year-round cooling operation and at the same time significantly reduce the costly operation of open cooling towers to the expected Max. 3 months of the year. For Cooling Towers That Do Not Enable Heat Recovery, Or Only Enable Minimally, Moreover, Only Surplus Power Above The 162 Kw Level Will Go. On the secondary side, this solution allows obtaining a stable source of heat for the needs of the operation with a power of 60 – 162 Kw. This heat will be used primarily for the production of TVs for hotel and restaurant operations, but it can also be used in the TV system. This will lead to significant savings in the form of a reduced need to purchase heat from Czt. On the cooling side, the cold water will be accumulated in a tank with a volume of 1000 L. The cooling water will then be distributed through the plate heat exchanger to the cooling branch of the Casino (fcu and Ahu unit), the uncollected part of the cold will then be used in the existing distributor and cold collector for the hotel. In the event of a shutdown of the proposed alternative cooling, it will be possible for the casino to supply cooling from the existing cooling distributor and collector (and thus also use Trane's central cooling units). Both Main and Alternate Cooling Can Be Operated Simultaneously. Secondary Side Incl. The tank is a separate pressure unit, which is equipped with its own safety device, Max. Pressure Is Considered 5 Bar. This Pressure Part Will Be Filled With 20% Antifreeze. A 1000 LZ Storage Tank Will Also Be Installed On The Secondary Side Due To The Hydraulic Separation Of The Tč Circuit From The Consumers. The following groups of appliances can then be supplied with heat from the storage tank: 1) Crittall - The use of heat for Crittall is primarily considered, since the temperature drop is lower than for other appliances, and in this way the highest efficiency of the equipment will be achieved; With respect to other pressure ratios, the system is separated by a plate heat exchanger 2) Hotel and cinema appliances, especially in the transition period; With regard to other pressure ratios, the system is separated by a plate heat exchanger 3) TV heating - It will be used especially in the period when there is no consumption in other appliances Tu A Vzt; Due to the required high output temperature, the TV heating will be the least effective, however, in the non-heating season, this will be the only appliance that can be used. As part of the TV heating, the existing tank will be heated with the heat from the heat pumps, which is already connected to the return pipe to the heat exchanger via the distribution three-way valve on one side, and will then be newly connected to charging with the heat pump on the other side. Furthermore, a currently unused storage tank with a volume of 10 m3 will be newly used, which will be connected in series with the already connected storage tank. On the heating branches, the connection is made in such a way that the return water will be heated, proceeding to the hot water exchangers, with the fact that the hot water exchangers will be used as the second stage. The Mar system evaluates where to most advantageously distribute the heat with regard to the lowest possible temperature required. The secondary side forms one pressure unit with the secondary side of the Hv/heating water exchanger for Tv, the operating pressure is approx. 4 Bar. The security device is existing and is located in the engine room of Zzt. The need to block the heat at a time when it will not be possible to use all the heat in the appliances, but the need for cold will continue, is considered through the unit from the exchanger for the cinema. Primarily, it is expected to be thwarted through the heat exchanger for the parking lot (approx. 400 Kw), or through the VZT units for the halls and halls, which would thus be tempered even in times when this is not needed. Tampering Is Assumed Only Exceptionally. Part of the project is the connection of the Ahu unit for the casino from the heating and cooling water side, and the introduction of heat and cold connections to the casino premises. The installation of alternative cooling units is required mainly for the following reasons: - Year-round cooling of the newly established casino (requirement for installed power is 60 Kw + cooling of ventilation air) - Cooling of rooms where even in the transitional and winter months there is sunlight, and where it is possible to achieve Comfort Temperatures The Need to Have Cooling Water Available Even When the Main Cooling Unit is Down. The heat from the secondary side of the cooling units will be used for heating the TV and heating, exceptionally it will be wasted in the air conditioning units. In times of great need for cooling, the original main cooling units will be in operation, while the Superior Control System will evaluate which resource will be operationally optimal. The Mar system and the connection of the electrical installation for the Tč are not part of the project, due to the continuity with the existing systems, this will be provided by the client.

Details: This Is A Combined Synopsis/solicitation For Commercial Items Prepared In Accordance With The Format In Subpart 12.6, As Supplemented With Far Part 13 Additional Information Included In This Notice. This Announcement Constitutes The Only Solicitation; Quotes Are Being Requested And A Written Solicitation Will Not Be Issued. request For Quotation (rfq) N5523625q0004 Is Issued As A Sole Source Requirement. The Subject Solicitation Is Being Processed Using Far Part 12 And 13. The Government Intends To Solicit And Contract With Only One Source, Austal Usa, Llc, For The Parts Listed On The Product Description Under The Authority Of Far 13.106-1(b)(1)(i) On A Sole Source Basis. The Applicable North American Industry Classification System (naics) Code Is 333995 – Hydraulic Cylinders, Fluid Power, Manufacturing. this Solicitation Documents And Incorporates Provisions And Clauses That Are Those In Effect Through Federal Acquisition Circular 2024-07 (effective 30 September 2024) And Dfars Publication Notice 20241001. description: Southwest Regional Maintenance Center (swrmc) Requires Procurement And Delivery Of Long Lead Time Material (lltm) In Support Of Swrmc At Naval Base San Diego As Follows: Quote Shall Provide Lltm Delivery Date. see Product Description the Full Text Of Far And Dfar References, Provisions And Clauses May Be Accessed At Https://acquisition.gov. the Following Provisions And Clauses Apply To This Acquisition And Will Be Incorporated Into Any Resultant Purchase Or Delivery Order. c-202-h001 Additional Definitions – Basic (navsea) Oct 2018 c-204-h001 Use Of Navy Support Contractors For Official Contract Files (navsea) Oct 2018 c-211-h017 Updating Specifications And Standards (navsea) Dec 2018 c-211-h018 Approval By The Government (navsea) Jan 2019 c-215-h002 Contractor Proposal (navsea) Oct 2018 c-223-h003 Exclusion Of Mercury (navsea) Mar 2019 c-247-h001 Permits And Responsibilities (navsea) Dec 2018 d-211-h005 Identification Marking Of Parts -- Alternate I (navsea) Oct 2018 d-246-h003 Warranty Notification For Item(s) ____-- Alternate I (navsea) Apr 2024 d-247-h005 Marking And Packing List(s) – Alternate I (navsea) Oct 2018 d-247-w001 Prohibited Packing Materials (navsea) Oct 2018 52.246-2 Inspections Of Supplies – Fixed Price Aug 1996 52.246-16 Responsibilities For Supplies Apr 1984 e-246-h022 Inspection And Test Records (navsea) Jan 2019 52.242-15 Stop-work Order Aug 1989 52.242-17 Government Delay Of Work Apr 1984 52.247-34 F.o.b. Destination Nov 1991 f-242-h001 Contractor Notice Regarding Late Delivery (navsea) Oct 2018 252.232-7003 Electronic Submission Of Payment Requests And Receiving Reports Dec 2018 252.232-7006 Wide Area Work Flow Payment Instructions Jan 2023 g-232-h002 Payment Instructions And Contract Type Summary For Payment Office (navsea) Feb 2024 g-232-h005 Supplemental Instructions Regarding Invoicing (navsea) Jan 2019 g-242-h001 Government Contract Administration Points Of Contact And Responsibilities (navsea) Oct 2023 g-242-h002 Hours Of Operation And Holiday Schedule (navsea) Jul 2021 52.203-19 Prohibition On Requiring Certain Internal Confidentiality Agreements Or Statements Jan 2017 52.204-7 System For Award Management Oct 2018 52.204-19 Incorporation By Reference Of Representations And Certifications Dec 2014 52.204-24 Representation Regarding Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment Nov 2021 52.204-25 Prohibition On Contracting For Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment Nov 2021 52.204-26 Covered Telecommunications Equipment Or Services-representation Oct 2020 52.209-10 Prohibition On Contracting With Inverted Domestic Corporations Nov 2015 52.209-11 Representation By Corporations Regarding Delinquent Tax Liability Or A Felony Conviction Under And Federal Law Feb 2016 52.212-4 Contract Terms And Conditions--commercial Items Nov 2023 52.232-39 Unenforceability Of Unauthorized Obligations Jun 2013 52.232-40 Providing Accelerated Payments To Small Business Subcontractors Mar 2023 52.252-2 Clauses Incorporated By Reference Feb 1998 52.252-6 Authorized Deviations In Clauses Nov 2020 252.203-7000 Requirements Relating To Compensation To Former Dod Officials Sep 2011 252.203-7002 Requirements To Inform Employees Of Whistleblower Rights Dec 2022 252.203-7005 Representation Relating To Compensation Of Former Dod Officials Sep 2022 252.204-7000 Disclosure Of Information Oct 2016 252.204-7003 Control Of Government Work Product Apr 1992 252.204-7008 Compliance With Safeguarding Covered Defense Information Controls Oct 2016 252.204-7009 Limitations On The Use Or Disclosure Of Third-party Contractor Reported Cyber Incident information Jan 2023 252.204-7012 Safeguarding Covered Defense Information And Cyber Incident Reporting Jan 2023 252.204-7015 Notice Of Authorized Disclosure Of Information By Litigation Support Jan 2023 252.204-7019 Notice Of Nistsp 800-171 Dod Assessment Requirements Nov 2023 252.204-7020 Nist Sp 800-171dod Assessment Requirements Nov 2023 252.204-7022 Expediting Contract Closeout May 2021 252.204-7024 Notice On The Use Of The Supplier Performance Risk System Mar 2023 252.211-7003 Item Unique Identification And Valuation Jan 2023 252.215-7013 Supplies And Services Provided By Nontraditional Defense Contractors Jan 2023 252.223-7008 Prohibition Of Hexavalent Chromium Jan 2023 252.225-7000 Buy American – Balance Of Payments Program Certificate Feb 2024 252.225-7001 Buy American And Balance Of Payment Program Feb 2024 252.225-7002 Qualifying Country Sources As Subcontractors Mar 2022 252.225-7048 Export Controlled Items Jun 2013 252.232-7010 Levies On Contract Payments Dec 2006 252.237-7010 Prohibition On Interrogation Of Detainees By Contractor Personnel Jan 2023 252.244-7000 Subcontracts For Commercial Items Nov 2023 252.246-7003 Notification Of Potential Safety Issues Jan 2023 252.247-7023 Transportation On Supplies By Sea Oct 2024 52.212-5 – Contract Terms And Conditions Required To Implement Statutes Or Executive Orders – Commercial Products And Commercial Services (jan 2025) (a) The Contractor Shall Comply With The Following Federal Acquisition Regulation (far) Clauses, Which Are Incorporated In This Contract By Reference, To Implement Provisions Of Law Or Executive Orders Applicable To Acquisitions Of Commercial Products And Commercial Services: (1) 52.203-19, Prohibition On Requiring Certain Internal Confidentiality Agreements Or Statements (jan 2017) (section 743 Of Division E, Title Vii, Of The Consolidated And Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (pub. L. 113-235) And Its Successor Provisions In Subsequent Appropriations Acts (and As Extended In Continuing Resolutions)). (2) 52.204-23, Prohibition On Contracting For Hardware, Software, And Services Developed Or Provided By Kaspersky Lab And Other Covered Entities (dec 2023) (section 1634 Of Pub. L. 115-91). (3) 52.204-25, Prohibition On Contracting For Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment. (nov 2021) (section 889(a)(1)(a) Of Pub. L. 115-232). (4) 52.209-10, Prohibition On Contracting With Inverted Domestic Corporations (nov 2015). (5) 52.232-40, Providing Accelerated Payments To Small Business Subcontractors (mar 2023) (31 U.s.c. 3903 And 10 U.s.c. 3801). (6) 52.233-3, Protest After Award (aug 1996) (31 U.s.c. 3553). (7) 52.233-4, Applicable Law For Breach Of Contract Claim (oct 2004) (public Laws 108-77 And 108-78 (19 U.s.c. 3805 Note)). (b) The Contractor Shall Comply With The Far Clauses In This Paragraph (b) That The Contracting Officer Has Indicated As Being Incorporated In This Contract By Reference To Implement Provisions Of Law Or Executive Orders Applicable To Acquisitions Of Commercial Products And Commercial Services: ___1) 52.203-6, Restrictions On Subcontractor Sales To The Government (jun 2020), With Alternate I (nov 2021) (41 U.s.c. 4704 And 10 U.s.c. 4655). ___2) 52.203-13, Contractor Code Of Business Ethics And Conduct (nov 2021) (41 U.s.c. 3509). ___3) 52.203-15, Whistleblower Protections Under The American Recovery And Reinvestment Act Of 2009 (jun 2010) (section 1553 Of Pub. L. 111-5). ___4) 52.203-17, Contractor Employee Whistleblower Rights (nov 2023) (41 U.s.c. 4712); This Clause Does Not Apply To Contracts Of Dod, Nasa, The Coast Guard, Or Applicable Elements Of The Intelligence Community—see Far 3.900(a) _x__5) 52.204-10, Reporting Executive Compensation And First-tier Subcontract Awards (jun 2020) (pub. L. 109-282) (31 U.s.c. 6101 Note). ___6) [reserved] ___7) 52.204-14, Service Contract Reporting Requirements (oct 2016) (pub. L. 111-117, Section 743 Of Div. C). ___8) 52.204-15, Service Contract Reporting Requirements For Indefinite-delivery Contracts (oct 2016) (pub. L. 111-117, Section 743 Of Div. C). _x_9) 52.204-27, Prohibition On A Bytedance Covered Application (jun 2023) (section 102 Of Division R Of Pub. L. 117-328). ___10) 52.204-28, Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders—federal Supply Schedules, Governmentwide Acquisition Contracts, And Multi-agency Contracts. (dec 2023) (pub. L. 115–390, Title Ii). ___11) (i) 52.204-30, Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders—prohibition. (dec 2023) (pub. L. 115–390, Title Ii). ___ (ii) Alternate I (dec 2023) Of 52.204–30. __x_12) 52.209-6, Protecting The Government’s Interest When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, Or Proposed For Debarment. (nov 2021) (31 U.s.c. 6101 Note). ___13) 52.209-9, Updates Of Publicly Available Information Regarding Responsibility Matters (oct 2018) (41 U.s.c. 2313). ___14) [reserved]. _ _15) 52.219-3, Notice Of Hubzone Set-aside Or Sole-source Award (oct 2022) (15 U.s.c. 657a). ___16) 52.219-4, Notice Of Price Evaluation Preference For Hubzone Small Business Concerns (oct 2022) (if The Offeror Elects To Waive The Preference, It Shall So Indicate In Its Offer) (15 U.s.c. 657a). ___17) [reserved] ___18) (i) 52.219-6, Notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside (nov 2020) (15 U.s.c. 644). ___ (ii) Alternate I (mar 2020) Of 52.219-6. ___19) (i) 52.219-7, Notice Of Partial Small Business Set-aside (nov 2020) (15 U.s.c. 644). ___ (ii) Alternate I (mar 2020) Of 52.219-7. ___20) 52.219-8, Utilization Of Small Business Concerns (feb 2024) (15 U.s.c. 637(d)(2) And (3)). ___21) (i) 52.219-9, Small Business Subcontracting Plan (sep 2023) (15 U.s.c. 637(d)(4)). ___ (ii) Alternate I (nov 2016) Of 52.219-9. ___ (iii) Alternate Ii (nov 2016) Of 52.219-9. ___ (iv) Alternate Iii (jun 2020) Of 52.219-9. ___ (v) Alternate Iv (sep 2023) Of 52.219-9. ___22) (i) 52.219-13, Notice Of Set-aside Of Orders (mar 2020) (15 U.s.c. 644(r)). ___ (ii) Alternate I (mar 2020) Of 52.219-13. _x_23) 52.219-14, Limitations On Subcontracting (oct 2022) (15 U.s.c. 637s). ___24) 52.219-16, Liquidated Damages—subcontracting Plan (sep 2021) (15 U.s.c. 637(d)(4)(f)(i)). __ 25) 52.219-27, Notice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Service-disabled Veteran-owned Small Business (sdvosb) Concerns Eligible Under The Sdvosb Program (feb 2024) ( 15 U.s.c. 657f). ___26) (i) 52.219-28, Post Award Small Business Program Representation (feb 2024) (15 U.s.c. 632(a)(2)). ___ (ii) Alternate I (mar 2020) Of 52.219-28. __ 27) 52.219-29, Notice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Economically Disadvantaged Women-owned Small Business Concerns (oct 2022) (15 U.s.c. 637(m)). ___28) 52.219-30, Notice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Women-owned Small Business Concerns Eligible Under The Women-owned Small Business Program (oct 2022) (15 U.s.c. 637(m)). ___29) 52.219-32, Orders Issued Directly Under Small Business Reserves (mar 2020) (15 U.s.c. 644(r)). _x__30) 52.219-33, Nonmanufacturer Rule (sep 2021) (15 U.s.c. 637(a)(17)). ___31) 52.222-3, Convict Labor (jun 2003) (e.o.11755). _x_32) 52.222-19, Child Labor-cooperation With Authorities And Remedies (feb 2024). _x_33) 52.222-21, Prohibition Of Segregated Facilities (apr 2015). _x_34) (i) 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity (sep 2016) (e.o.11246). ___ (ii) Alternate I (feb 1999) Of 52.222-26. ___35) (i) 52.222-35, Equal Opportunity For Veterans (jun 2020) (38 U.s.c. 4212). ___ (ii) Alternate I (jul 2014) Of 52.222-35. _x_36) (i) 52.222-36, Equal Opportunity For Workers With Disabilities (jun 2020) (29 U.s.c. 793). ___ (ii) Alternate I (jul 2014) Of 52.222-36. ___37) 52.222-37, Employment Reports On Veterans (jun 2020) (38 U.s.c. 4212). ___38) 52.222-40, Notification Of Employee Rights Under The National Labor Relations Act (dec 2010) (e.o. 13496). _x_39) (i) 52.222-50, Combating Trafficking In Persons (nov 2021) (22 U.s.c. Chapter 78 And E.o. 13627). ___ (ii) Alternate I (mar 2015) Of 52.222-50 (22 U.s.c. Chapter 78 And E.o. 13627). ___40) 52.222-54, Employment Eligibility Verification (may 2022) (executive Order 12989). (not Applicable To The Acquisition Of Commercially Available Off-the-shelf Items Or Certain Other Types Of Commercial Products Or Commercial Services As Prescribed In Far 22.1803.) ___41) (i) 52.223-9, Estimate Of Percentage Of Recovered Material Content For Epa–designated Items (may 2008) (42 U.s.c. 6962(c)(3)(a)(ii)). (not Applicable To The Acquisition Of Commercially Available Off-the-shelf Items.) ___ (ii) Alternate I (may 2008) Of 52.223-9 (42 U.s.c. 6962(i)(2)(c)). ___42) 52.223-11, Ozone-depleting Substances And High Global Warming Potential Hydrofluorocarbons (may 2024) (42 U.s.c. 7671). ___43) 52.223-12, Maintenance, Service, Repair, Or Disposal Of Refrigeration Equipment And Air Conditioners (may 2024) (42 U.s.c. 7671). ___44) 52.223-20, Aerosols (may 2024) (42 U.s.c. 7671). ___45) 52.223-21, Foams (may 2024) (42 U.s.c. 7671). _x_46) 52.223-23, Sustainable Products And Services (may 2024) (e.o. 14057, 7 U.s.c. 8102, 42 U.s.c. 6962, 42 U.s.c. 8259b, And 42 U.s.c. 7671l). ___47) (i) 52.224-3 Privacy Training (jan 2017) (5 U.s.c. 552 A). ___ (ii) Alternate I (jan 2017) Of 52.224-3. _x_48) (i) 52.225-1, Buy American-supplies (oct 2022) (41 U.s.c. Chapter 83). ___ (ii) Alternate I (oct 2022) Of 52.225-1. ___49) (i) 52.225-3, Buy American-free Trade Agreements-israeli Trade Act (nov 2023) ( 19 U.s.c. 3301 Note, 19 U.s.c. 2112 Note, 19 U.s.c. 3805 Note, 19 U.s.c. 4001 Note, 19 U.s.c. Chapter 29 (sections 4501-4732), Public Law 103-182, 108-77, 108-78, 108-286, 108-302, 109-53, 109-169, 109-283, 110-138, 112-41, 112-42, And 112-43. ___ (ii) Alternate I [reserved]. ___ (iii) Alternate Ii (dec 2022) Of 52.225-3. ___ (iv) Alternate Iii (feb 2024) Of 52.225-3. ___ (v) Alternate Iv (oct 2022) Of 52.225-3. ___50) 52.225-5, Trade Agreements (nov 2023) (19 U.s.c. 2501, Et Seq., 19 U.s.c. 3301 Note). _x_51) 52.225-13, Restrictions On Certain Foreign Purchases (feb 2021) (e.o.’s, Proclamations, And Statutes Administered By The Office Of Foreign Assets Control Of The Department Of The Treasury). ___52) 52.225-26, Contractors Performing Private Security Functions Outside The United States (oct 2016) (section 862, As Amended, Of The National Defense Authorization Act For Fiscal Year 2008; 10 U.s.c. Subtitle A, Part V, Subpart G Note). ___53) 52.226-4, Notice Of Disaster Or Emergency Area Set-aside (nov 2007) (42 U.s.c. 5150). ___54) 52.226-5, Restrictions On Subcontracting Outside Disaster Or Emergency Area (nov 2007) (42 U.s.c. 5150). _x_55) 52.226-18, Encouraging Contractor Policies To Ban Text Messaging While Driving (may 2024) (e.o. 13513). ___56) 52.229-12, Tax On Certain Foreign Procurements (feb 2021). ___57) 52.232-29, Terms For Financing Of Purchases Of Commercial Products And Commercial Services (nov 2021) (41 U.s.c. 4505, 10 U.s.c. 3805). ___58) 52.232-30, Installment Payments For Commercial Products And Commercial Services (nov 2021) (41 U.s.c. 4505, 10 U.s.c. 3805). _x_59) 52.232-33, Payment By Electronic Funds Transfer-system For Award Management (oct 2018) (31 U.s.c. 3332). ___60) 52.232-34, Payment By Electronic Funds Transfer-other Than System For Award Management (jul 2013) (31 U.s.c. 3332). ___61) 52.232-36, Payment By Third Party (may 2014) (31 U.s.c. 3332). _x_62) 52.239-1, Privacy Or Security Safeguards (aug 1996) (5 U.s.c. 552a). ___63) 52.242-5, Payments To Small Business Subcontractors (jan 2017) (15 U.s.c. 637(d)(13)). ___64) (i) 52.247-64, Preference For Privately Owned U.s.-flag Commercial Vessels (nov 2021) (46 U.s.c. 55305 And 10 U.s.c. 2631). ___ (ii) Alternate I (apr 2003) Of 52.247-64. ___ (iii) Alternate Ii (nov 2021) Of 52.247-64. (c) The Contractor Shall Comply With The Far Clauses In This Paragraph (c), Applicable To Commercial Services, That The Contracting Officer Has Indicated As Being Incorporated In This Contract By Reference To Implement Provisions Of Law Or Executive Orders Applicable To Acquisitions Of Commercial Products And Commercial Services: ___1) 52.222-41, Service Contract Labor Standards (aug 2018) (41 U.s.c. Chapter67). ___2) 52.222-42, Statement Of Equivalent Rates For Federal Hires (may 2014) (29 U.s.c. 206 And 41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). ___3) 52.222-43, Fair Labor Standards Act And Service Contract Labor Standards-price Adjustment (multiple Year And Option Contracts) (aug 2018) (29 U.s.c. 206 And 41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). ___4) 52.222-44, Fair Labor Standards Act And Service Contract Labor Standards-price Adjustment (may 2014) (29 U.s.c. 206 And 41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). ___5) 52.222-51, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Maintenance, Calibration, Or Repair Of Certain Equipment-requirements (may 2014) (41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). ___6) 52.222-53, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Certain Services-requirements (may 2014) (41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). _x_7) 52.222-55, Minimum Wages For Contractor Workers Under Executive Order 14026 (jan 2022). ___8) 52.222-62, Paid Sick Leave Under Executive Order 13706 (jan 2022) (e.o. 13706). ___9) 52.226-6, Promoting Excess Food Donation To Nonprofit Organizations (jun 2020) (42 U.s.c. 1792). (d) Comptroller General Examination Of Record. The Contractor Shall Comply With The Provisions Of This Paragraph (d) If This Contract Was Awarded Using Other Than Sealed Bid, Is In Excess Of The Simplified Acquisition Threshold, As Defined In Far 2.101, On The Date Of Award Of This Contract, And Does Not Contain The Clause At 52.215-2, Audit And Records-negotiation. (1) The Comptroller General Of The United States, Or An Authorized Representative Of The Comptroller General, Shall Have Access To And Right To Examine Any Of The Contractor’s Directly Pertinent Records Involving Transactions Related To This Contract. (2) The Contractor Shall Make Available At Its Offices At All Reasonable Times The Records, Materials, And Other Evidence For Examination, Audit, Or Reproduction, Until 3 Years After Final Payment Under This Contract Or For Any Shorter Period Specified In Far Subpart 4.7, Contractor Records Retention, Of The Other Clauses Of This Contract. If This Contract Is Completely Or Partially Terminated, The Records Relating To The Work Terminated Shall Be Made Available For 3 Years After Any Resulting Final Termination Settlement. Records Relating To Appeals Under The Disputes Clause Or To Litigation Or The Settlement Of Claims Arising Under Or Relating To This Contract Shall Be Made Available Until Such Appeals, Litigation, Or Claims Are Finally Resolved. (3) As Used In This Clause, Records Include Books, Documents, Accounting Procedures And Practices, And Other Data, Regardless Of Type And Regardless Of Form. This Does Not Require The Contractor To Create Or Maintain Any Record That The Contractor Does Not Maintain In The Ordinary Course Of Business Or Pursuant To A Provision Of Law. (e) (1) Notwithstanding The Requirements Of The Clauses In Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), And (d) Of This Clause, The Contractor Is Not Required To Flow Down Any Far Clause, Other Than Those In This Paragraph (e)(1), In A Subcontract For Commercial Products Or Commercial Services. Unless Otherwise Indicated Below, The Extent Of The Flow Down Shall Be As Required By The Clause- (i) 52.203-13, Contractor Code Of Business Ethics And Conduct (nov 2021) (41 U.s.c. 3509). (ii) 52.203-17, Contractor Employee Whistleblower Rights (nov 2023) (41 U.s.c. 4712). (iii) 52.203-19, Prohibition On Requiring Certain Internal Confidentiality Agreements Or Statements (jan 2017) (section 743 Of Division E, Title Vii, Of The Consolidated And Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (pub. L. 113-235) And Its Successor Provisions In Subsequent Appropriations Acts (and As Extended In Continuing Resolutions)). (iv) 52.204-23, Prohibition On Contracting For Hardware, Software, And Services Developed Or Provided By Kaspersky Lab And Other Covered Entities (dec 2023) (section 1634 Of Pub. L. 115-91). (v) 52.204-25, Prohibition On Contracting For Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment. (nov 2021) (section 889(a)(1)(a) Of Pub. L. 115-232). (vi) 52.204-27, Prohibition On A Bytedance Covered Application (jun 2023) (section 102 Of Division R Of Pub. L. 117-328). (vii) (a) 52.204–30, Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders—prohibition. (dec 2023) (pub. L. 115–390, Title Ii). (b) Alternate I (dec 2023) Of 52.204–30. (viii) 52.219-8, Utilization Of Small Business Concerns (feb 2024) (15 U.s.c. 637(d)(2) And (3)), In All Subcontracts That Offer Further Subcontracting Opportunities. If The Subcontract (except Subcontracts To Small Business Concerns) Exceeds The Applicable Threshold Specified In Far 19.702(a) On The Date Of Subcontract Award, The Subcontractor Must Include 52.219-8 In Lower Tier Subcontracts That Offer Subcontracting Opportunities. (ix) 52.222-21, Prohibition Of Segregated Facilities (apr 2015). (x) 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity (sep 2015) (e.o.11246). (xi) 52.222-35, Equal Opportunity For Veterans (jun 2020) (38 U.s.c. 4212). (xii) 52.222-36, Equal Opportunity For Workers With Disabilities (jun 2020) (29 U.s.c. 793). (xiii) 52.222-37, Employment Reports On Veterans (jun 2020) (38 U.s.c. 4212). (xiv) 52.222-40, Notification Of Employee Rights Under The National Labor Relations Act (dec 2010) (e.o. 13496). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (f) Of Far Clause 52.222-40. (xv) 52.222-41, Service Contract Labor Standards (aug 2018) (41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). (xvi) _x_ (a) 52.222-50, Combating Trafficking In Persons (nov 2021) (22 U.s.c. Chapter 78 And E.o 13627). ___ (b) Alternate I (mar 2015) Of 52.222-50 (22 U.s.c. Chapter 78 And E.o. 13627). (xvii) 52.222-51, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Maintenance, Calibration, Or Repair Of Certain Equipment-requirements (may 2014) (41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). (xviii) 52.222-53, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Certain Services-requirements (may 2014) (41 U.s.c. Chapter 67). (xix) 52.222-54, Employment Eligibility Verification (may 2022) (e.o. 12989). (xx) 52.222-55, Minimum Wages For Contractor Workers Under Executive Order 14026 (jan 2022). (xxi) 52.222-62, Paid Sick Leave Under Executive Order 13706 (jan 2022) (e.o. 13706). (xxii) (a) 52.224-3, Privacy Training (jan 2017) (5 U.s.c. 552a). (b) Alternate I (jan 2017) Of 52.224-3. (xxiii) 52.225-26, Contractors Performing Private Security Functions Outside The United States (oct 2016) (section 862, As Amended, Of The National Defense Authorization Act For Fiscal Year 2008; 10 U.s.c. Subtitle A, Part V, Subpart G Note). (xxiv) 52.226-6, Promoting Excess Food Donation To Nonprofit Organizations (jun 2020) (42 U.s.c. 1792). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (e) Of Far Clause 52.226-6. (xxv) 52.232-40, Providing Accelerated Payments To Small Business Subcontractors (mar 2023) (31 U.s.c. 3903 And 10 U.s.c. 3801). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (c) Of 52.232-40. (xxvi) 52.247-64, Preference For Privately Owned U.s.-flag Commercial Vessels (nov 2021) (46 U.s.c. 55305 And 10 U.s.c. 2631). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (d) Of Far Clause 52.247-64. (2) While Not Required, The Contractor May Include In Its Subcontracts For Commercial Products And Commercial Services A Minimal Number Of Additional Clauses Necessary To Satisfy Its Contractual Obligations. (end Of Clause) a. 52.212-1 Instructions To Offerors – Commercial Products And Commercial Services Sep 2023. Offerors Must Comply With All Instructions Contained Herein. (1) Offerors May Submit Written Questions During The Quote Preparation Period. All Questions Must Be Received No Later Than 07 February 2025, 11:00 Am (pacific) To Allow Adequate Time To Prepare And Issue Responses To All Offerors Prior To The Date And Time Set For Receipt Of Quotes. Only Written Questions Will Receive A Response. All Questions And Quotes Shall Be Directed To: southwest Regional Maintenance Center (swrmc) – C410a Procurement email: Cite The Solicitation Number In The Subject Line - N5523625q0004 email Addresses: Michael.t.jones331.civ@us.navy.mil And Ricardo.barraza-cobos.civ@us.navy.mil b. 52.212-2 Evaluation Commercial Items, Evaluation – Commercial Products And Commercial Services Nov 2021. (a) The Government Will Award A Contract Resulting From This Solicitation To The Responsible Offeror Whose Offer Conforming To The Solicitation Will Be Most Advantageous To The Government, Price And Other Factors Considered. The Following Factors Shall Be Used To Evaluate Offers: evaluation Factors – The Evaluation Factors That Will Be Used Are: technical Acceptability – Ability To Meet The Required Delivery Date And The Salient Characteristics Of The Product Description technical Drawings Shall Be Requested Via The Swrmc Technical Documentation Request Form As A Part Of Technical Acceptability For This Acquisition. Vendors Must Show Evidence, Technical Drawing Was Reviewed To Ensure Correct Manufacturing Of The Valves. price – The Government Will Evaluate The Proposed Price For Reasonableness In Accordance With Far 13.106-3 (a)(1). past Performance – Based On The Supplier Performance Risk System Rating. price: The Government Will Evaluate The Proposed Price For Reasonableness In Accordance With Far 13.106-3 (a)(1). past Performance: The Government Will Consider The Recency And Relevancy Of Past Performance Information Compared To The Requirements Detailed In The Statement Of Work, The Source Of The Information, The Context Of The Data And General Trends In The Offeror's Performance And Any Associated Risk. The Government Will Also Consider The Extent Of The Offeror's Ability To Perform Previous Contracts Successfully. In Accordance With Dfars Provision 252.204-7024, Notice To Prospective Suppliers On Use Of Supplier Performance Risk System In Past Performance Evaluations Is Hereby Incorporated By Reference. (b) Options. The Government Will Evaluate Offers For Award Purposes By Adding The Total Price For All Options To The Total Price For The Basic Requirement. The Government May Determine That An Offer Is Unacceptable If The Option Prices Are Significantly Unbalanced. Evaluation Of Options Shall Not Obligate The Government To Exercise The Option(s). (c) A Written Notice Of Award Or Acceptance Of An Offer, Mailed Or Otherwise Furnished To The Successful Offeror Within The Time For Acceptance Specified In The Offer, Shall Result In A Binding Contract Without Further Action By Either Party. Before The Offer’s Specified Expiration Time, The Government May Accept An Offer (or Part Of An Offer), Whether Or Not There Are Negotiations After Its Receipt, Unless A Written Notice Of Withdrawal Is Received Before Award. (end Of Provision) c. 52.212-3 Offeror Representations And Certifications – Commercial Products And Commercial Services May 2024. The Offeror Shall Complete Only Paragraph (b) Of This Provision If The Offeror Has Completed The Annual Representations And Certification Electronically In The System For Award Management (sam) Accessed Through Https://www.sam.gov/sam/ (only Complete And Return If There Are Changes To Current Sam Registration. If 52.212-3 Is Not Returned, The Contractor Is Affirming That The Current Sam Registration Is Current, Accurate, And Complete). If The Offeror Has Not Completed The Annual Representations And Certifications Electronically, The Offeror Shall Complete Only Paragraphs (c) Through (v) Of This Provision. The Provision Of Far 52.212-3 Must Be Submitted By The Offeror To Be Eligible For Award. d. 52.212-4 Contract Terms And Conditions -- Commercial Products And Commercial Services Nov 2023 standard Commercial Warranties Apply. applicable Provisions And Clauses: the Far Requires The Use Of The System For Award Management (sam) In Federal Solicitations As A Part Of The Offer Submission Process To Satisfy Far 52.212-4. More Information On Sam Is Found At Https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/sam/. packaging Requirements: Packaging And Preservation Shall Be Performed In Accordance With The Best Commercial Practices To Afford Maximum Protection Against Damage. d-211-h005 Identification Marking Of Parts – Alternative I Oct 2018 delivery Instructions: Item Shall Be Priced For F.o.b. Destination. Inspection And Acceptance Shall Be At Destination By The Government. special Contract Requirements: please Submit Your Quote Via E-mail To Michael Jones, Michael.t.jones331.civ@us.navy.mil (primary) And Cynthia Urias, Ricardo.barraza-cobos.civ@us.navy.mil (secondary). quotes Must Be Received By The Destination Inbox No Later Than *11 February 2025, 11:00 Am (pacific)*

Details: This Is A Combined Synopsis/solicitation For Commercial Items Prepared In Accordance With The Format In Far Subpart 12.6, As Supplemented With Additional Information Included In This Notice. This Announcement Constitutes The Only Solicitation; Quotes Are Being Requested And A Written Solicitation Will Not Be Issued. The Government Reserves The Right To Award An Order Without Discussions If The Contracting Officer Determines That The Initial Offer Is Providing The Best Value And Discussions Are Not Necessary. solicitation Number 75f40125q00028 Is Issued As A Request For Quotation (rfq) Using Far Part 13 Procedures. the Solicitation Document And Incorporated Provisions And Clauses Are Those In Effect Through Federal Acquisition Circular 2025-02, Dated 01/03/2025. the Associated Naics Code Is 333914 And The Small Business Size Standard Is 1000 Employees. ******************************************************************** statement Of Work (sow): 1.0 Description Of Work 1.1 Background Information: the U.s. Food And Drug Administration’s Los Angeles District Office And Pacific Southwest Food And Feed Laboratory, Herein Referred To As Fda Irvine, Is An Fda Owned Facility Located In Irvine, Ca. Replacement Of End-of-life, Obsolete Vacuum Pump System. The Existing System Is Nearly 23 Years Old, Does Not Have Replacement Parts Available On The Market For Repair, And Represents A Single-point Failure Risk To The Facility's Vacuum System. Therefore, This Critical System Requires Replacement. 1.2 Purpose And Scope Of Work the Purpose Is To Provide A New Vacuum System Replacement And Installation At Fda Irvine. tasks: The Following Tasks Will Need To Be Provided But Are Not Limit To: Demo And Removal Of Existing Laboratory Vacuum System, Provide And Install Laboratory Vacuum System To Match Existing Technology. (current Model: Dekker Vmx0152ma2-00-ds, Minimum Salient Characteristics: Laboratory Vacuum System Model Aes-vmx0153ma2-45-ds. Piping Into And Out Are In Good Condition Without Any Visible Issues, Size Varies From 2” To 3”. Two Single Stage 10 Hp Liquid Ring Vacuum Pump Skids. Capacity Each Vacuum Pump (2 Pumps) 23.3 Scfm @ 25”hgvac. The Existing Voltage Going To The Vacuum Pump Is 460v, At A Minimum Upgrade The Disconnect Due To Its Age) coordinate And Schedule Delivery, Logistics, Preparation Of Site, And Installation Of Laboratory Vacuum System provide Energy, Water And Emissions (if Any) Cost Savings furnish And Install Bms Controls update Engineering And O&m Documentation startup And Testing 1.3 Period Of Performance: Tbd provide A Schedule With Timelines To Include Ordering Of All Parts, Shipping Timeframe, Preparation Of Site, And Install, And Inspection. the Work Shall Proceed Promptly Upon Execution Of The Resultant Contract And Only After The Issuance Of The Notice To Proceed (ntp) By The Government For The Activities Indicated. the Actual Performance Of The Work And Delivery Of The Required Documents Shall Be In Accordance With The Approved Project Schedule And Shall Be Completed Within 222 Calendar Days Of The Ntp Unless Otherwise Agreed Upon By The Project Officer (po) And Contracting Officer (co). 1.4 Place Of Performance u.s Food And Drug Administration Los Angeles District Office, Pacific Southwest Food And Feed Laboratory., Address: 19701 Fairchild Basement Level, Room B301, Irvine, Ca 92612. 2.0 Specific Requirements: the Contractor Shall Perform All Services Described In This Scope Of Services In Accordance With Applicable Requirements And Provisions Set Forth In This Statement Of Work. The Contractor Will Be Responsible For Relocating Any Electrical, Mechanical, Or Structural Building System Components Necessary To Perform This Work. If So, This Will Be Noted In This Scope Of Work And Such Work May Only Be Performed After Approval From Fda. The Contractor Shall Provide All Necessary Supervision, Labor, Material, Insurance, Training, And Equipment To: contractor Shall Provide Any Necessary Survey, Study, Or Technical Expert Services To Understand The Existing Conditions Of The Vacuum System At Fda Irvine. Contractor Shall Provide New Equipment With Matching Capacity, Or Better. The Necessary Constraints Shall Include, But Not Limited To, Vacuum Pump Hp And Tank Capacity. Contractor Shall Provide Equipment Cutsheet Submittals To Fda For Review And Approval Before Procurement Of Material. Contractor Shall Ensure N+1 Redundancy Integrated Into New System For Resilient Facility Operation. contractor Shall Assess And Provide Repairs Or Additions To Any Housekeeping Pad Intended To Support New Equipment, As Needed. Contractor Shall Provide New Control Panel, Field Located In An Accessible Area Near The Vacuum System. Control Panel Shall Be Integrated With Existing Building Automation System (bas) And Include Alarms Both To Bas And Readout Local To The Panel. Contractor Shall Utilize Power Feed To Existing Vacuum System. Contractor Shall Provide Independent Isolations Valves And Disconnect Means To Permit Service Of Each Vacuum Pump While Maintaining The System’s Operation. Contractor Shall Keep Equipment Shutdowns To A Minimum And Schedule/coordinate All Shutdowns With Fda While Providing Adequate Notice. Contractor Shall Provide Temporary Utilities For Any Shutdown Lasting Longer Than Three (3) Calendar Days. Weekend Shutdowns Are Preferred. Contractor Shall Provide All Inspection And Testing, Except Where Required By Code, Specification, Or Detailed Elsewhere In The Requirements Of This Document. familiarization Training On New System. 3.0 General Requirements: the Contractor Shall: adhere To Project Management Responsibilities As Defined Herein. appoint A Project Manager Who Shall Be The Government’s Primary Point Of Contact And Provide All Necessary Project Representation For The Successful Accomplishment Of The Said Work. the Project Manager Shall Be Thoroughly Familiar With All Requirements And Schedules. The Project Manager Shall Be Identified In The Firm’s Proposal Prior To Contract Award. coordinate All Project Related Activities Including Documentation Through The Project Officer (po) For Approval Unless Otherwise Denoted. bring Any Questions And/or Industry Specification Additions To The Attention Of The Po For Direction. perform All Work In A Skillful And Workmanlike Manner As Deemed Applicable To This Project. provide Appropriate Communication And Coordination Efforts With The Facility Department And The Po To Avoid Disruption Of Facility Operations While Performing Contract Work Such As Meetings, Proposed Phasing Plans, Outage Notifications, Etc. (where Applicable). obtain Necessary Badges Per Fda Policies And Guidelines (if Applicable). Fda Binding Process Is To Be Anticipated Of 1 Month. All Badging Must Be Completed Prior To Start Of On-site Construction. (for This Requirement The Contractor Shall Be Escorted) provide (to The Po) A List Of Possible Employees And Sub-contractors Who May Require Access To The Fda Premises Per The Project Being Administered. provide Utility Outage Notifications Per Facility Department Requirements (if Applicable). perform All Necessary Measurements And Sizing Associated With The Work Assigned. confirm Existing Conditions Of Work Assigned. perform All Associated Project Work In Accordance With Fda; Executive Orders, Energy Policy Act (epact), Energy Independence And Security Act (eisa), Sustainable Design And Federal Regulations; Local City, County, And State Building Codes And Regulations; National Electrical Code (nec), American Society Of Mechanical Engineers (asme), National Fire Protection Association (nfpa), Occupational Safety And Health Administration (osha), Underwriters Laboratories (ul), American National Standards Institute (ansi), And Institute Of Electrical And Electronics Engineers (ieee) Rules And Regulations And Standards; And All Other Applicable Industry Standards. restore All Affected Areas Back To Pre-project Conditions Or Better By The Completion Of The Specified Project Including Necessary Patching, Repairing And/or Replacing. provide All Necessary Drawings, Documentation, And Literature For All Recommended Items Where Applicable. provide All Labor And Equipment Necessary To Accomplish The Above Specified Tasks. assume All Risk And Shall Be Liable For Any Damages To Persons Or Property Caused By The Contractor. be Solely Responsible For The Quality Of His/her Work. Deficiencies And Omissions Shall Be Corrected Prior To Government Acceptance Of Work. be Responsible For Removing Construction And Demolition Debris Daily From Site. The Contractor Shall Provide The Dumpster For The Debris. 5.0 Government Furnished Material And Resources: 5.1 The Government Shall Provide, But Are Not Limited To, The Following Items: site Utility Drawings (upon Request-pdf) point(s) Of Contact At The Fda Site (kickoff Meeting) photographs Of Work-site Conditions And Others As Needed irvine Lab Specification Report Volume 2 (section 15486) (upon Request-pdf) 6.0 Submittals: 6.1 General: Under The Resultant Contract, Unless Otherwise Denoted, The Contractor Shall Provide All Services Necessary To Perform The Following Activities As Related To Completing The Fda Irvine Vacuum Replacement Mentioned Above: project Kick-off Meeting project Schedule (with Earned Value And Loaded Dollar Values) plan Of Action (plan Shall Include Names Of Team Members And Pm – And Phone/email) point-of-contact, Project Manager, Safety And Hazardous Material Plan progress Meetings, Meeting Minutes For Review And Approval By Po (within Five Business Days), 6.2 Deliverables: The Contractor Shall Provide All Deliverables In Accordance With The Project Schedule And Fda Policy Guidelines, And Compliant With Section 508 Requirements. 6.2.1 Physical Deliverables (format): The Documentation Process Shall Be Compiled And Provided Per The Following Submission Requirements Unless Otherwise Denoted: two (2) Copies Of The Operations And Maintenance (o&m) Manuals Shall Be Provided Physically In Binders And Electronically Per Compact Disc And Digital Versatile Disc (cd/dvds) (if Applicable). non-stick, Locking Slant D-style, Three Ring View Binders, 8 1/2x 11 Inches. title, Fda Logo, Contract And Project Number, Submission % (if Applicable), Etc. Shall Be Located On The Front Cover And Spine Of Binder(s). cd/dvds Shall Contain Electronic Copies Of Any Reports, Calculations, Modeling(s), Drawings, Videos, Photos And O&m Manuals Per Final Submission. Cd/dvds Shall Have Printed Labels. cd/dvds Shall Be Placed In Cd/dvd Page Holders With Slaps (like Avery 75263 Or Avery 73721) When Associated With A Binder. Avery 75263 For Multiple Discs And Avery 73721 For A Single Disc. three (3) Signed Copies Of All Warranties Shall Be Provided In Binders And Electronically Per Cd/dvds. Warranty Start Date Shall Begin No Earlier Than The Date Of Installation Acceptance. one (1) Equipment Submission. four (4) Physical Copies Of As-built Marked-up Drawings, Documentation, Etc. For Review And Discussion. Also, Provide Electronic Copies Of The Drawings, Etc. All Electronic Drawings Shall Be Provided In Portable Document Format (pdf) And Computer-aided Design (cad). Deliverables Are To Be Submitted To The Cor And/or Po, Unless Otherwise Stated. four (4) Copies Of Final Drawings Shall Be Provided In Pdf And Cad. *************************************************************************** government Holidays a. The Government Hereby Provides Notification That Government Personnel Observe The Listed Days As Holidays: (1) New Year's Day (7) Labor Day (2) Martin Luther King's Birthday (8) Columbus Day (3) President’s Day (9) Veterans' Day (4) Memorial Day (5) Juneteenth Day (10) Thanksgiving Day (6) Independence Day (11) Christmas Day b. In Addition To The Days Designated As Holidays, The Government Observes The Following Days: (1) Any Other Day Designated By Federal Statute (2) Any Other Day Designated By Executive Order (3) Any Other Day Designated By The President’s Proclamation c. When Any Such Day Falls On A Saturday, The Following Monday Is Observed. Except For Designated Around-the-clock Or Emergency Operations, Contractor Personnel Will Not Be Able To Perform On-site Under This Contract With Fda On Holidays Set Forth Above. The Contractor Will Not Charge Any Holiday As Direct Charge To The Award. d. It Is Understood And Agreed Between The Government And The Contractor That Observance Of Such Days By Government Personnel Shall Not Otherwise Be A Reason For An Additional Period Of Performance, Or Entitlement Of Compensation Except As Set Forth Within The Award. e. Nothing In This Abrogates The Rights And Responsibilities Of The Parties Relating To Stop Work. applicable Provisions And Clauses: far 52.252‐2 Solicitation Provisions Incorporated By Reference (feb 1998) this Contract Incorporates One Or More Clauses By Reference, With The Same Force And Effect As If They Were Given In Full Text. Upon Request, The Contracting Officer Will Make Their Full Text Available. Also, The Full Text Of A Clause May Be Accessed Electronically At This/these Address(es): Https://www.acquisition.gov/far And .https://www.acquisition.gov/hhsar far Provisions: far 52.212-1, Instructions To Offerors—commercial Products And Commercial Services (sept 2023) far 52.212-2, Evaluation—commercial Products And Commercial Services (fill In Evaluation Criteria) (nov 2021) far 52.212-3, Offeror Representations And Certifications—commercial Products And Commercial Services(may 2024) hhsar Provisions: hhsar 352.239-73, Electronic And Information Technology Accessibility Notice.(dec 2015) far Clauses: by Reference far 52.212-4, Contract Terms And Conditions—commercial Products And Commercial Services (nov 2023) by Full Text far 52.212-5contract Terms And Conditions Required To Implement Statutes Or Executive Orders—commercial Products And Commercial Services.(jan 2025) (a)the Contractorshallcomply With The Following Federalacquisitionregulation (far) Clauses, Which Are Incorporated In This Contract By Reference, To Implement Provisions Of Law Or Executive Orders Applicable Toacquisitionsofcommercial Productsandcommercial Services: (1)52.203-19, Prohibition On Requiring Certain Internal Confidentiality Agreements Or Statements(jan 2017)(section 743 Of Division E, Title Vii, Of The Consolidated And Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (pub. L. 113-235) And Its Successor Provisions In Subsequent Appropriations Acts (and As Extended In Continuing Resolutions)). (2)52.204-23, Prohibition Oncontractingfor Hardware, Software, And Services Developed Or Provided By Kaspersky Lab Covered Entities(dec 2023)(section 1634 Of Pub. L. 115-91). (3)52.204-25, Prohibition Oncontractingfor Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment.(nov 2021)(section 889(a)(1)(a) Of Pub. L. 115-232). (4)52.209-10, Prohibition Oncontractingwith Inverted Domestic Corporations(nov 2015). (5)52.232-40, Providing Accelerated Payments Tosmall Business Subcontractors(mar 2023)(31 U.s.c. 3903and10 U.s.c. 3801). (6)52.233-3, Protest After Award(aug 1996)(31u.s.c.3553). (7)52.233-4, Applicable Law For Breach Of Contractclaim(oct 2004)(public Laws 108-77 And 108-78 ( 19u.s.c.3805note)). (b)the Contractorshallcomply With The Far Clauses In This Paragraph (b) That Thecontracting Officerhas Indicated As Being Incorporated In This Contract By Reference To Implement Provisions Of Law Or Executive Orders Applicable Toacquisitionsofcommercial Productsandcommercial Services: _x_(1)52.203-6, Restrictions On Subcontractor Sales To The Government(jun 2020),withalternatei(nov 2021)(41u.s.c.4704 And10 U.s.c. 4655). _x_(2)52.203-13, Contractor Code Of Business Ethics And Conduct(nov 2021)(41u.s.c.3509)). __(3)52.203-15, Whistleblower Protections Under The American Recovery And Reinvestment Act Of 2009(jun 2010)(section 1553 Of Pub. L. 111-5). (applies To Contracts Funded By The American Recovery And Reinvestment Act Of 2009.) _x_(4)52.203-17, Contractor Employee Whistleblower Rights(nov 2023)(41 U.s.c. 4712); This Clause Does Not Apply To Contracts Of Dod, Nasa, The Coast Guard, Or Applicable Elements Of The Intelligence Community—see Far3.900(a). _x_(5)52.204-10, Reporting Executive Compensation And First-tier Subcontract Awards(jun 2020)(pub. L. 109-282) (31u.s.c.6101note). __(6)[reserved]. _x_(7)52.204-14, Service Contract Reporting Requirements(oct 2016)(pub. L. 111-117, Section 743 Of Div. C). __(8)52.204-15, Service Contract Reporting Requirements For Indefinite-delivery Contracts(oct 2016)(pub. L. 111-117, Section 743 Of Div. C). _x_(9)52.204-27, Prohibition On A Bytedance Covered Application(jun 2023)(section 102 Of Division R Of Pub. L. 117-328). __(10)52.204-28, Federalacquisitionsupply Chain Security Act Orders—federal Supply Schedules, Governmentwideacquisitioncontracts, And Multi-agency Contracts.(dec 2023)(pub. L. 115–390, Title Ii). __(11)(i)52.204-30, Federalacquisitionsupply Chain Security Act Orders—prohibition.(dec 2023)(pub. L. 115–390, Title Ii). __(ii)alternatei(dec 2023)of52.204-30. _x_(12)52.209-6, Protecting The Government’s Interest When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, Or Proposed Fordebarment.(nov 2021)(31u.s.c.6101note). __(13)52.209-9, Updates Of Publicly Available Information Regarding Responsibility Matters(oct 2018)(41u.s.c.2313). __(14)[reserved]. __(15)52.219-3, Notice Ofhubzoneset-aside Or Sole-source Award (oct 2022) (15u.s.c.657a). __(16)52.219-4, Notice Of Price Evaluation Preference Forhubzonesmall Business Concerns (oct 2022) (if Theofferorelects To Waive The Preference, Itshallso Indicate In Itsoffer) (15u.s.c.657a). __(17)[reserved] _x_(18)(i)52.219-6, Notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside(nov 2020)(15u.s.c.644). __(ii)alternatei(mar 2020)of52.219-6. __(19)(i)52.219-7, Notice Of Partial Small Business Set-aside(nov 2020)(15u.s.c.644). __(ii)alternatei(mar 2020)of52.219-7. _x_(20)52.219-8, Utilization Of Small Business Concerns (feb 2024) (15u.s.c.637(d)(2) And (3)). __(21)(i)52.219-9, Small Business Subcontracting Plan (sep 2023) (15u.s.c.637(d)(4)). __(ii)alternatei(nov 2016)of52.219-9. __(iii)alternateii(nov 2016)of52.219-9. __(iv)alternateiii(jun 2020)of52.219-9. __(v)alternateiv (sep 2023) Of52.219-9. __(22)(i)52.219-13, Notice Of Set-aside Of Orders(mar 2020)(15u.s.c.644(r)). __(ii)alternatei(mar 2020)of52.219-13. _x_(23)52.219-14, Limitations On Subcontracting (oct 2022) (15u.s.c.657s). __(24)52.219-16, Liquidated Damages—subcontracting Plan(sep 2021)(15u.s.c.637(d)(4)(f)(i)). __(25)52.219-27, Notice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Service-disabled Veteran-owned Small Business (sdvosb) Concerns Eligible Under The Sdvosb Program (feb 2024) (15u.s.c.657f). _x_(26)(i)52.219-28, Post Award Small Business Program Rerepresentation (feb 2024) (15u.s.c.632(a)(2)). __(ii)alternatei(mar 2020)of52.219-28. __(27)52.219-29, Notice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Economically Disadvantagedwomen-owned Small Business Concerns(oct 2022) (15u.s.c.637(m)). __(28)52.219-30, Notice Of Set-aside For, Or Sole-source Award To, Women-owned Small Business Concerns Eligible Under The Women-owned Small Business Program (oct 2022) (15u.s.c.637(m)). __(29)52.219-32, Orders Issued Directly Under Small Business Reserves(mar 20x20)(15u.s.c.644(r)). _x_(30)52.219-33, Nonmanufacturer Rule(sep 2021)(15 U.s.c. 637(a)(17)). _x_(31)52.222-3, Convict Labor(jun 2003)(e.o.11755). __(32)52.222-19, Child Labor-cooperation With Authorities And Remedies(feb 2024). _x_(33)52.222-21, Prohibition Of Segregated Facilities(apr 2015). _x_(34)(i)52.222-26, Equal Opportunity(sep 2016)(e.o.11246). __(ii)alternatei(feb 1999)of52.222-26. _x_(35)(i)52.222-35, Equal Opportunity For Veterans(jun 2020)(38u.s.c.4212). __(ii)alternatei(jul 2014)of52.222-35. _x_(36)(i)52.222-36, Equal Opportunity For Workers With Disabilities(jun 2020)(29u.s.c.793). __(ii)alternatei(jul 2014)of52.222-36. _x_(37)52.222-37, Employment Reports On Veterans (jun 2020) (38u.s.c.4212). _x_(38)52.222-40, Notification Of Employee Rights Under The National Labor Relations Act(dec 2010)(e.o. 13496). _x_(39)(i)52.222-50, Combating Trafficking In Persons(nov 2021)(22u.s.c.chapter78 And E.o. 13627). __(ii)alternatei(mar 2015)of52.222-50(22u.s.c.chapter78 And E.o. 13627). __(40)52.222-54, Employment Eligibility Verification(may2022)(executive Order 12989). (not Applicable To Theacquisitionof Commercially Available Off-the-shelf Items Or Certain Other Types Ofcommercial Productsorcommercial Servicesas Prescribed In Far22.1803.) __(41)(i)52.223-9, Estimate Of Percentage Ofrecovered Materialcontent For Epa–designated Items (may2008) ( 42u.s.c.6962(c)(3)(a)(ii)). (not Applicable To Theacquisitionof Commercially Available Off-the-shelf Items.) __(ii)alternatei(may2008)of52.223-9(42u.s.c.6962(i)(2)(c)). (not Applicable To Theacquisitionof Commercially Available Off-the-shelf Items.) __(42)52.223-11, Ozone-depleting Substances And High Global Warming Potential Hydrofluorocarbons(may2024)(42 U.s.c. 7671,et Seq.). __(43)52.223-12, Maintenance, Service, Repair, Or Disposal Of Refrigeration Equipment And Air Conditioners(may2024)(42 U.s.c. 7671,et Seq.). _x_(44)52.223-20, Aerosols(may2024)(42 U.s.c. 7671,et Seq.). _x_(45)52.223-21, Foams(may2024)(42 U.s.c. 7671,et Seq.). _x_(46)52.223-23,sustainable Products And Services(may2024)(e.o. 14057,7 U.s.c. 8102,42 U.s.c. 6962,42 U.s.c. 8259b, And42 U.s.c. 7671l). __(47)(i)52.224-3privacy Training(jan 2017)(5 U.s.c. 552a). __(ii)alternatei(jan 2017)of52.224-3. _x_(48)(i)52.225-1, Buy American-supplies(oct 2022)(41u.s.c.chapter83). __(ii)alternatei(oct 2022)of52.225-1. __(49)(i)52.225-3, Buy American-free Trade Agreements-israeli Trade Act(nov 2023)(19 U.s.c. 3301 Note,19 U.s.c. 2112 Note,19 U.s.c. 3805 Note,19 U.s.c. 4001 Note,19 U.s.c. Chapter 29(sections 4501-4732), Public Law 103-182, 108-77, 108-78, 108-286, 108-302, 109-53, 109-169, 109-283, 110-138, 112-41, 112-42, And 112-43. __(ii)alternatei [reserved]. __(iii)alternateii(jan 2025)of52.225-3. __(iv)alternateiii(feb 2024)of52.225-3. __(v)alternateiv (oct 2022) Of52.225-3. __(50)52.225-5, Trade Agreements(nov 2023)(19u.s.c.2501,et Seq.,19u.s.c.3301note). x__(51)52.225-13, Restrictions On Certain Foreign Purchases(feb 2021)(e.o.’s, Proclamations, And Statutes Administered By The Office Of Foreign Assets Control Of The Department Of The Treasury). __(52)52.225-26, Contractors Performing Private Security Functions Outside Theunited States(oct 2016) (section 862, As Amended, Of Thenational Defenseauthorization Act For Fiscal Year 2008; 10 U.s.c. Subtitle A, Part V, Subpart G Note). __(53)52.226-4, Notice Of Disaster Oremergencyarea Set-aside (nov 2007) (42u.s.c.5150). __(54)52.226-5, Restrictions On Subcontracting Outside Disaster Oremergencyarea(nov 2007)(42u.s.c.5150). _x_(55)52.226-8, Encouraging Contractor Policies To Ban Text Messaging While Driving(may2024)(e.o. 13513). __(56)52.229-12, Tax On Certain Foreignprocurements(feb 2021). __(57)52.232-29, Terms For Financing Of Purchases Ofcommercial Productsandcommercial Services(nov 2021)(41u.s.c.4505,10 U.s.c. 3805). __(58)52.232-30, Installment Payments Forcommercial Productsandcommercial Services(nov 2021)(41u.s.c.4505,10 U.s.c. 3805). _x_(59)52.232-33, Payment Byelectronic Funds Transfer-system For Award Management(oct2018)(31u.s.c.3332). __(60)52.232-34, Payment Byelectronic Funds Transfer-other Thansystem For Award Management(jul 2013) (31u.s.c.3332). __(61)52.232-36, Payment By Third Party(may2014)(31u.s.c.3332). __(62)52.239-1, Privacy Or Security Safeguards(aug 1996)(5u.s.c.552a). __(63)52.240-1, Prohibition On Unmanned Aircraft Systems Manufactured Or Assembled By American Security Drone Act-covered Foreign Entities(nov 2024)(sections 1821-1826, Pub. L. 118-31,41 U.s.c. 3901note Prec.). __(64)52.242-5, Payments Tosmall Business Subcontractors(jan 2017)(15u.s.c.637(d)(13)). __(65)(i)52.247-64, Preference For Privately Owned U.s.-flag Commercial Vessels(nov 2021)(46 U.s.c. 55305and 10u.s.c.2631). __(ii)alternatei(apr 2003)of52.247-64. __(iii)alternateii(nov 2021)of52.247-64. (c)the Contractorshallcomply With The Far Clauses In This Paragraph (c), Applicable Tocommercial Services, That Thecontracting Officerhas Indicated As Being Incorporated In This Contract By Reference To Implement Provisions Of Law Or Executive Orders Applicable Toacquisitionsofcommercial Productsandcommercial Services: _x_(1)52.222-41, Service Contract Labor Standards(aug 2018)(41u.s.c.chapter67). __(2)52.222-42, Statement Of Equivalent Rates For Federal Hires(may2014)(29u.s.c.206 And 41u.s.c.chapter67). __(3)52.222-43, Fair Labor Standards Act And Service Contract Labor Standards-price Adjustment (multiple Year Andoptioncontracts)(aug 2018)(29u.s.c.206 And 41u.s.c.chapter67). __(4)52.222-44, Fair Labor Standards Act And Service Contract Labor Standards-price Adjustment (may2014) (29u.s.c.206and 41u.s.c.chapter67). __(5)52.222-51, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Maintenance, Calibration, Or Repair Of Certain Equipment-requirements (may2014) (41u.s.c.chapter67). __(6)52.222-53, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Certain Services-requirements(may2014)(41u.s.c.chapter67). __(7)52.222-55, Minimum Wages For Contractor Workers Under Executive Order 14026(jan 2022). __(8)52.222-62, Paid Sick Leave Under Executive Order 13706(jan 2022)(e.o. 13706). __(9)52.226-6, Promoting Excess Food Donation To Nonprofit Organizations (jun 2020) (42u.s.c.1792). __(10)52.247-69, Reporting Requirement For U.s.-flag Air Carriers Regarding Training To Prevent Human Trafficking(jan 2025)(49 U.s.c. 40118(g)). (d)comptroller General Examination Of Record. The Contractorshallcomply With The Provisions Of This Paragraph (d) If This Contract Was Awarded Using Other Than Sealed Bid, Is In Excess Of Thesimplified Acquisition Threshold, As Defined In Far2.101, On The Date Of Award Of This Contract, And Does Not Contain The Clause At52.215-2, Audit And Records-negotiation. (1)the Comptroller General Of Theunited States, Or An Authorized Representative Of The Comptroller General,shallhave Access To And Right To Examine Any Of The Contractor’s Directly Pertinent Records Involving Transactions Related To This Contract. (2)the Contractorshallmake Available At Its Offices At All Reasonable Times The Records, Materials, And Other Evidence For Examination, Audit, Or Reproduction, Until 3 Years After Final Payment Under This Contract Or For Any Shorter Period Specified In Far Subpart4.7, Contractor Records Retention, Of The Other Clauses Of This Contract. If This Contract Is Completely Or Partially Terminated, The Records Relating To The Work Terminatedshallbe Made Available For 3 Years After Any Resulting Final Termination Settlement. Records Relating To Appeals Under The Disputes Clause Or To Litigation Or The Settlement Ofclaimsarising Under Or Relating To This Contractshallbe Made Available Until Such Appeals, Litigation, Orclaimsare Finally Resolved. (3)as Used In This Clause, Records Include Books, Documents, Accounting Procedures And Practices, And Other Data, Regardless Of Type And Regardless Of Form. This Does Not Require The Contractor To Create Or Maintain Any Record That The Contractor Does Not Maintain In The Ordinary Course Of Business Or Pursuant To A Provision Of Law. (e)(1)notwithstanding The Requirements Of The Clauses In Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), And (d) Of This Clause, The Contractor Is Not Required To Flow Down Any Far Clause, Other Than Those In This Paragraph (e)(1), In A Subcontract Forcommercial Productsor Commercial Services. Unless Otherwise Indicated Below, The Extent Of The Flow Downshallbe As Required By The Clause- (i)52.203-13, Contractor Code Of Business Ethics And Conduct(nov 2021)(41u.s.c.3509). (ii)52.203-17, Contractor Employee Whistleblower Rights(nov 2023)(41 U.s.c. 4712). (iii)52.203-19, Prohibition On Requiring Certain Internal Confidentiality Agreements Or Statements (jan 2017) (section 743 Of Division E, Title Vii, Of The Consolidated And Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (pub. L. 113-235) And Its Successor Provisions In Subsequent Appropriations Acts (and As Extended In Continuing Resolutions)). (iv)52.204-23, Prohibition Oncontractingfor Hardware, Software, And Services Developed Or Provided By Kaspersky Lab Covered Entities(dec 2023)(section 1634 Of Pub. L. 115-91). (v)52.204-25, Prohibition Oncontractingfor Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment.(nov 2021)(section 889(a)(1)(a) Of Pub. L. 115-232). (vi)52.204-27, Prohibition On A Bytedance Covered Application(jun 2023)(section 102 Of Division R Of Pub. L. 117-328). (vii)(a)52.204–30, Federalacquisitionsupply Chain Security Act Orders—prohibition.(dec 2023)(pub. L. 115–390, Title Ii). (b)alternatei(dec 2023)of 52.204–30. (viii)52.219-8, Utilization Of Small Business Concerns (feb 2024) (15u.s.c.637(d)(2)and (3)), In All Subcontracts Thatofferfurther Subcontracting Opportunities. If The Subcontract (except Subcontracts To Small Business Concerns) Exceeds The Applicable Threshold Specified In Far19.702(a) On The Date Of Subcontract Award, The Subcontractormustinclude52.219-8in Lower Tier Subcontracts Thatoffersubcontracting Opportunities. (ix)52.222-21, Prohibition Of Segregated Facilities(apr 2015). (x)52.222-26, Equal Opportunity(sep 2016)(e.o.11246). (xi)52.222-35, Equal Opportunity For Veterans(jun 2020)(38u.s.c.4212). (xii)52.222-36, Equal Opportunity For Workers With Disabilities(jun 2020)(29u.s.c.793). (xiii)52.222-37, Employment Reports On Veterans(jun 2020)(38u.s.c.4212). (xiv)52.222-40, Notification Of Employee Rights Under The National Labor Relations Act(dec 2010)(e.o. 13496). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (f) Of Far Clause52.222-40. (xv)52.222-41, Service Contract Labor Standards(aug 2018)(41u.s.c.chapter67). (xvi)(a)52.222-50, Combating Trafficking In Persons(nov 2021)(22u.s.c.chapter78 And E.o 13627). (b)alternatei(mar 2015)of52.222-50(22u.s.c.chapter78ande.o.13627). (xvii)52.222-51, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Maintenance, Calibration, Or Repair Of Certain Equipment-requirements (may2014) (41u.s.c.chapter67). (xviii)52.222-53, Exemption From Application Of The Service Contract Labor Standards To Contracts For Certain Services-requirements(may2014)(41u.s.c.chapter67). (xix)52.222-54, Employment Eligibility Verification(may2022)(e.o. 12989). (xx)52.222-55, Minimum Wages For Contractor Workers Under Executive Order 14026(jan 2022). (xxi)52.222-62, Paid Sick Leave Under Executive Order 13706(jan 2022)(e.o. 13706). (xxii)(a)52.224-3, Privacy Training (jan 2017) (5u.s.c.552a). (b)alternatei(jan 2017)of52.224-3. (xxiii)52.225-26, Contractors Performing Private Security Functions Outside Theunited States(oct 2016)(section 862, As Amended, Of Thenational Defenseauthorization Act For Fiscal Year 2008; 10 U.s.c. Subtitle A, Part V, Subpart G Note). (xxiv)52.226-6, Promoting Excess Food Donation To Nonprofit Organizations(jun 2020)(42u.s.c.1792). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (e) Of Far Clause52.226-6. (xxv)52.232-40, Providing Accelerated Payments Tosmall Business Subcontractors(mar 2023) (31 U.s.c. 3903and10 U.s.c. 3801). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (c) Of52.232-40. (xxvi)52.240-1, Prohibition On Unmanned Aircraft Systems Manufactured Or Assembled By American Security Drone Act-covered Foreign Entities(nov 2024)(sections 1821-1826, Pub. L. 118-31,41 U.s.c. 3901note Prec.). (xxvii)52.247-64, Preference For Privately Owned U.s.-flag Commercial Vessels(nov 2021)(46 U.s.c. 55305and 10u.s.c.2631). Flow Down Required In Accordance With Paragraph (d) Of Far Clause52.247-64. (2)while Not Required, The Contractormayinclude In Its Subcontracts Forcommercial Productsandcommercial Servicesa Minimal Number Of Additional Clauses Necessary To Satisfy Its Contractual Obligations. (end Of Clause) hhsar Clauses: hhsar 352.203-70, Anti-lobbying (dec 2015) hhsar 352.222-70, Contractor Cooperation In Equal Employment Opportunity Investigations (dec 2015) hhsar 352.239-74, Electronic And Information Technology Accessibility additional Clauses: far 52.204-7, System For Award Management far 52.204-13, System For Award Management Maintenance far 52.204-24, Representation Regarding Certain Telecommunications And Video Surveillance Services Or Equipment instructions To Offerors: addendum To Far 52.212-1 Instructions To Offeror-commercial Items: proposal Submission Format: ***quotes Shall Be In 2 Volumes: 1 Technical And 2 Price. The Volumes Shall Be Separate And Complete. The Volumes Shall Be Separate And Complete, So That Evaluation Of One May Be Accomplished Independently Of, And Concurrently With, The Evaluation Of The Other. No Pricing Information Shall Be Provided In Volume 1.*** the Total Number Of Pages For The Technical Quote Shall Not Exceed Ten (10) Pages, Using 1” Margins, Single Spaced, Font Type Time New Roman, And A Font Size Of 12. ***the Solicitation Does Not Commit The Government To Pay Any Cost For The Preparation And Submission Of A Quote Or Proposal. It Is Also Advised That The Contracting Officer (co) Is The Only Individual Who Can Legally Commit And Obligate The Government To The Expenditure Of Public Funds In Connection With The Proposed Acquisition.*** the Contractor Shall Indicate At A Minimum Salient Characteristics Have Been Met To Be Considered Responsive For This Requirement. The Contractor Shall Demonstrate How The Requested Items Or Services, “meet” Or “do No Meet” The Salient/functional Characteristics And Specifications Listed Here-below. The Contractor Shall Annotate Each Salient/functional Characteristics And Specifications With The Following: Meets (if It Meets The Specification) Or Does Not Meet (if It Fails To Meet The Specification). 1.grey Market Or Refurbished Products Will Not Be Accepted. 2. The Vendor Shall Indicate If Non-domestic Items Are Included In The Quote. 3. The Vendor Shall Provide All, Of The Items/services Listed Or None. 4. The Vendor Shall Meet All Technical/salient/functional, Operational Characteristics And Specifications Listed, And If Not The Manufacturer, Shall Be Able To Provide The Required Service With Oem Certified Technicians And Parts Or Show Proof That They Are An Authorized Third Party Reseller/provider. 5. Be Advised That Fda Does Not Accept Documents Which Contain The Use Of Macros. When Submitting Documents Via Email, Do Not Include .exe, Mso, Or Any Other Executable File Types That Could Potentially Trigger Email Security Protections (i.e. Email Blocks, Quarantine). Document Submissions Required Throughout The Award Period(s) Shall Not Have Macro Enabled Functionality And Any Document Delivered Having That Functionality Will Be Deemed Delinquent, If Not Corrected Prior To The Due Date. addendum Paragraph (b): the Quoter Shall Submit A Written Accessibility Conformance Report (acr) For Each Item Not In Compliance With 508 Standards Identified In Clause 352.239-74, Describing How The Item(s) Will Fully Address The Accessibility Requirements Outlined In The Solicitation; And A Description Of The Evaluation Methods The Offeror Will Use To Validate For Conformance To The Revised 508 Standards. The Acr Should Be Based On The Voluntary Product Accessibility Template Version 2.0 (ms Word) Provided By The Industry Technology Industry Council (itic). the Offeror Or Applicant Shall Submit All Electronic Documents For Microsoft Office Suite Products Without The Use Of “macros”. When Submitting Proposals Via Email, Do Not Include .exe, .mso, Or Any Other Executable File Types That Could Potentially Trigger Email Security Protections (i.e. Email Blocks, Quarantine). If The Offeror Or Applicant Submits Documents That Contain Macros, Macro Referenced Files, And/or Executable Files, The Government Will Not Be Able To View Or Open Such Documents And The Submission Will Be Considered Non-responsive To The Solicitation. No Additional Time Will Be Given To An Offeror Or Applicant To Correct The Document Submission And The Government Will Not Inform The Offeror Or Applicant That Their Submission Is Non-responsive Prior To Award. It Is The Offeror’s Or Applicant’s Responsibility To Ensure All Electronic Documents Are Submitted Without The Use Of Macros. technical Acceptability: Will Be Determined By Review Of Information Submitted By The Offeror Which Must Provide Sufficient Technical Information Necessary For The Government To Determine That The Offered Items, Components, And Services Meet Or Exceed The Technical Requirements Identified Above. Offerors Shall Specifically Address The Performance Specifications And Support Same With Submitted Technical Specifications, Descriptive Material, Literature, Brochures, Scientific Publications Where Proposed Solution Has Been Used For Same Or Similar Purposes, And Other Information Which Demonstrates The Capability Of The Offered Solution At Meeting Or Exceeding The Stated Needs Of The Fda. the Contractor Shall Provide Place Of Product Manufacture Or Service Performance And Any Other Applicable Information To Enable Review And Analysis Pertaining To The Buy American Statute And Requirements Relating To Made In America In The Event Of Nonavailability Waiver Request Through The Miao Digital Waiver Portal Is Needed. price: Provide Detailed Price Quote For Each Item/component Proposed To Meet The Schedule Of Items. Include The Firm’s Unique Entity Id (sam) Number With Quote. the Government Is Not Responsible For Locating Or Securing Any Information Which Is Not Identified In The Proposal However The Government Reserves The Right To Obtain Information For Use In The Evaluation From Any And All Sources Including Sources Outside Of The Government. quotes Must Include: Pricing For Each Line Item, Delivery Schedule, Technical Specifications Of The Offered Product. ************************************************************************************* mandatory Site Visit: Offerors Are Required To Attend At No Cost To The Government. a Mandatory Site Visit Is To Inspect The Current Site Where The Vacuum Pump And Preexisting Conditions Are Located. The Site Visit Is Located At: u.s Food And Drug Administration Los Angeles District Office pacific Southwest Food And Feed Laboratory 19701 Fairchild Road irvine, Ca 92612 date: January 29, 2025, start Time: 9:15 Am Pacific Time offeror Must Electronically Provide No Later Than Friday, January 23, 2025, At 10:00am Eastern Time (et), The Company Name And Attendees Names To The Contracting Officer. Each Attendee Must Possess And Present A Valid Government Issued Identification To Enter The Site. Allow 2 Hours For The Site Visit. Failure To Attend The Site Visit Will Result In The Offeror Considered Nonresponsive To The Combined Synopsis Solicitation. during The Site Visit, Offerors Shall Have An Opportunity To Inspect The Site And Ask Questions. All Questions And Answers Will Be Documented And Provided To All Offerors As An Amendment To The Combined Synopsis Solicitation. The Government Will Maintain A Record Of All Attendees, Including Names, And Affiliations. please See The Attached Combined Synopsis Solicitation Document In Full Text.

Details: Description S P E C I F I C A T I O N S B.5 Project Billboard The Contractor Shall Install One (1) Billboard Measuring 8 Ft. X 8 Ft. Tarpaulin, In Front Of The Project Site. Project Billboard Shall Be Installed For Government Information Projects To Inform The Public Of The Implementation Of The Project And To Advise The Road Users Of The On-going Construction. Upon Completion Of The Work, All Signs Installed Shall Be Removed From The Site. 102(1) Roadway Excavation Removal Of Unsuitable Material Where The Plans Show The Top Portion Of The Roadbed To Be Selected Topping, All Unsuitable Materials Shall Be Excavated To The Depth Necessary For Replacement Of The Selected Topping To The Required Compacted Thickness. Where Excavation To The Finished Graded Section Results In A Subgrade Or Slopes Of Unsuitable Soil, The Engineer May Require The Contractor To Remove The Unsuitable Material And Backfill To The Finished Graded Section With Approved Material. The Contractor Shall Conduct His Operations In Such A Way That The Engineer Can Take The Necessary Cross-sectional Measurements Before The Backfill Is Placed. The Excavation Of Muck Shall Be Handled In A Manner That Will Not Permit The Entrapment Of Muck Within The Backfill. The Material Used For Backfilling Up To The Ground Line Or Water Level, Whichever Is Higher, Shall Be Rock Or Other Suitable Granular Material Selected From The Roadway Excavation, If Available. If Not Available, Suitable Material Shall Be Obtained From Other Approved Sources. Unsuitable Material Removed Shall Be Disposed Off In Designated Areas Shown On The Plans Or Approved By The Engineer. Item 201 – Aggregate Base Course 201.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing, Placing And Compacting An Aggregate Base Course On A Prepared Sub-grade/sub-base In Accordance With This Specification And The Lines, Grades, Thickness And Typical Cross-sections Shown On The Plans, Or As Established By The Lgu Project Engineer. 201.2 Material Requirements Aggregate For Base Course Shall Consist Of Hard, Durable Particles Or Fragments Of Crushed Stone, Crushed Slag Or Crushed Or Natural Gravel And Filler Of Natural Or Crushed Sand Or Other Finely Divided Mineral Matter. The Composite Material Shall Be Free From Vegetable Matter And Lumps Or Balls Of Clay, And Shall Be Of Such Nature That It Can Be Compacted Readily To Form A Firm, Stable Base. In Some Areas Where The Conventional Base Course Materials Are Scarce Or Non-available, The Use Of 40% Weathered Limestone Blended With 60% Crushed Stones Or Gravel Shall Be Allowed, Provided That The Blended Materials Meet The Requirements Of This Item. The Base Course Material Shall Conform To Table 201.1, Whichever Is Called For In The Bill Of Quantities Table 201.1 – Grading Requirements Sieve Designation Mass Percent Passing Standard, Mm Alternate Us Standard Grading A Grading B 50 2” 100 37.5 1-1/2” - 100 25.0 1” 60 – 85 - 19.0 ¾” - 60 – 85 12.5 ½” 35 – 65 - 4.75 No. 4 20 – 50 30 – 55 0.425 No. 40 5 – 20 8 – 25 0.075 No. 200 0 – 12 2 – 14 The Fraction Passing The 0.075 Mm (no. 200) Sieve Shall Not Be Greater Than 0.66 (two Thirds) Of The Fraction Passing The 0.425 Mm (no. 40) Sieve. The Fraction Passing The 0.425 Mm (no. 40) Sieve Shall Have A Liquid Limit Not Greater Than 25 And Plasticity Index Not Greater Than 6 As Determined By Aashto T 89 And T 90, Respectively. The Coarse Portion, Retained On A 2.00 Mm (no. 10) Sieve Shall Have A Mass Percent Of Wear Not Exceeding 50 By The Los Angeles Abrasion Test Determined By Aashto T 96. The Material Passing The 19 Mm (3/4 Inch) Sieve Shall Have A Soaked Cbr Value Of Not Less Than 80% As Determined By Aashto T 193. The Cbr Value Shall Be Obtained At The Maximum Dry Density (mdd) As Determined By Aashto T 180, Method D. If Filler, In Addition To That Naturally Present, Is Necessary For Meeting The Grading Requirements Or For Satisfactory Bonding, It Shall Be Uniformly Blended With The Base Course Material On The Road Or In A Pug Mill Unless Otherwise Specified Or Approved. Filler Shall Be Taken From Sources Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer, Shall Be Free From Hard Lumps And Shall Not Contain More Than 15 Percent Of Material Retained On The 4.75 Mm (no. 4) Sieve. 201.3 Construction Requirements 201.3.1 Preparation Of Existing Surface The Existing Surface Shall Be Graded And Finished As Provided Under Item 105, Sub-grade Preparation, Before Placing The Base Material. 201.3.2 Placing It Shall Be In Accordance With All The Requirements Of Subsection 200.3.2, Placing. 201.3.3 Spreading And Compacting It Shall Be In Accordance With All The Requirements Of Subsection 200.3.3, Spreading And Compacting. 201.3.4 Additional Filler Additional Filler, When Required And When Not Added At The Screening Plant, Shall Be Spread In A Uniform Layer Over The Loosely Spread Base Material As Specified By The Lgu Project Engineer, Scarified By Appropriate Heavy Equipment And Then Watered And Mixed As Described Above. These Materials Are Incidental To The Work And No Payment Shall Be Made By The Project To The Contractor. 201.3.5 Trial Sections Trial Sections Shall Conform In All Respects To The Requirements Specified In Subsection 200.3.4. 201.3.6 Tolerances The Aggregate Base Course Shall Be Laid To The Designed Level And Transverse Slopes Shown On The Plans. The Allowable Tolerances Shall Be In Accordance With Following: Permitted Variation From Design Thickness Of Layer ± 10 Mm Permitted Variation From Design Level Of Surface + 5 Mm -10 Mm Permitted Surface Irregularity Measured By 3-m Straight-edge 5 Mm Permitted Variation From Design Crossfall Or Camber ± 0.2% Permitted Variation From Design Longitudinal Grade Over 25 M In Length ± 0.1% 201.4 Environmental Measures During The Course Of Hauling Operations, The Contractor Must At All Times Provide The Necessary Cover For The Dump Body Of The Hauling Equipment To Prevent Accidental Spoilage Of Earth Materials That Will Injure The Travelling Public Or People Living Near By. The Travel Route Of The Hauling Equipment’s Must Always Be Moist To Prevent Blowing Up Of Dusts Particles. Likewise, The Contractor Must Always Observe The Noise Level Of The Exhaust Mufflers Of The Heavy Equipment’s To Be At Minimum. Otherwise, Exhaust Muffler Must Be Provided With Silencers To Reduce Noise Levels Of The Hauling Equipment’s. Travelling Speed Of All Hauling Equipment’s Must Be Reduce When Passing Populated Areas Or At The School Site During School Days. Item 311 – Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 311.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of Pavement Of Portland Cement Concrete, With Or Without Reinforcement, Constructed On The Prepared Base In Accordance With This Specification And In Conformity With Lines, Grades, Thickness And Typical Cross-section Shown On The Plans. 311.2 Material Requirements 311.2.1 Portland Cement Only Type I Portland Cement Shall Be Used Unless Otherwise Provided For In The Special Provisions. Different Brands Or The Same Brands From Different Mills Shall Not Be Mixed Nor Shall They Be Used Alternately Unless The Mix Is Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer. Cement Which For Any Reason Has Become Partially Set Or Which Contains Lumps Of Caked Cement Will Be Rejected. Cement Salvaged From Discarded Or Used Bags Shall Not Be Used. Samples Of Cement Shall Be Obtained In Accordance With Aashto T 127. 311.2.2 Fine Aggregate It Shall Consist Of Natural Sand, Stone Screenings Or Other Inert Materials With Similar Characteristics, Or Combinations Thereof, Having Hard, Strong And Durable Particles. Fine Aggregate From Different Sources Of Supply Shall Not Be Mixed Or Stored In The Same Pile Nor Used Alternately In The Same Class Of Concrete Without The Approval Of The Lgu Project Engineer. It Shall Not Contain More Than Three (3) Mass Percent Of Material Passing The 0.075 Mm (no. 200 Sieve) By Washing Nor More Than One (1) Mass Percent Each Of Clay Lumps Or Shale. The Use Of Beach Sand Will Not Be Allowed Without The Approval Of The Lgu Project Engineer. If The Fine Aggregate Is Subjected To Five (5) Cycles Of The Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test, The Weighted Loss Shall Not Exceed 10 Mass Percent. The Fine Aggregate Shall Be Free From Injurious Amounts Of Organic Impurities. If Subjected To The Colorimetric Test For Organic Impurities And A Color Darker Than The Standard Is Produced, It Shall Be Rejected. However, When Tested For The Effect Of Organic Impurities Of Strength Of Mortar By Aashto T 71, The Fine Aggregate May Be Used If The Relative Strength At 7 And 28 Days Is Not Less Than 95 Mass Percent. The Fine Aggregate Shall Be Well-graded From Coarse To Fine And Shall Conform To Table 311.1 Table 311.1 – Grading Requirements For Fine Aggregate Sieve Designation Mass Percent Passing 9.5 Mm (3/8 In) 100 4.75 Mm (no. 4) 95 – 100 2.36 Mm (no. 8) - 1.18 Mm (no. 16) 45 – 80 0.600 Mm (no. 30) - 0.300 Mm (no. 50) 5 – 30 0.150 Mm (no. 100) 0 – 10 311.2.3 Coarse Aggregate It Shall Consist Of Crushed Stone, Gravel, Blast Furnace Slag, Or Other Approved Inert Materials Of Similar Characteristics, Or Combinations Thereof, Having Hard, Strong, Durable Pieces And Free From Any Adherent Coatings. It Shall Contain Not More Than One (1) Mass Percent Of Material Passing The 0.075 Mm (no. 200) Sieve, Not More Than 0.25 Mass Percent Of Clay Lumps, Nor More Than 3.5 Mass Percent Of Soft Fragments. If The Coarse Aggregate Is Subjected To Five (5) Cycles Of The Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test, The Weighted Loss Shall Not Exceed 12 Mass Percent. It Shall Have A Mass Percent Of Wear Not Exceeding 40 When Tested By Aashto T 96. If The Slag Is Used, Its Density Shall Not Be Less Than 1120 Kg/m3 (70 Lb./cu. Ft.). The Gradation Of The Coarse Aggregate Shall Conform To Table 311.2. Only One Grading Specification Shall Be Used From Any One Source. Table 311.2 – Grading Requirement For Coarse Aggregate Sieve Designation Mass Percent Passing Standard Mm Alternate U. S. Standard Grading A Grading B Grading C 75.00 3 In. 100 - - 63.00 2-1/2 In. 90-100 100 100 50.00 2 In. - 90-100 95-100 37.5 1-1/2 In. 25-60 35-70 - 25.0 1 In. - 0-15 35-70 19.0 ¾ In. 0-10 - - 12.5 ½ In. 0-5 0-5 10-30 4.75 No. 4 - - 0-5 311.2.4 Water Water Used In Mixing, Curing Or Other Designated Application Shall Be Reasonably Clean And Free Of Oil, Salt, Acid, Alkali, Grass Or Other Substances Injurious To The Finished Product. Water Will Be Tested In Accordance With And Shall Meet The Requirements Of Item 714, Water. Water Which Is Drinkable May Be Used Without Test. Where The Source Of Water Is Shallow, The Intake Shall Be So Enclosed As To Exclude Silt, Mud, Grass Or Other Foreign Materials. 311.2.5 Reinforcing Steel It Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Item 404, Reinforcing Steel. Dowels And Tie Bars Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Aashto M 31 Or M 42, Except That Rail Steel Shall Not Be Used For Tie Bars That Are To Be Bent And Re-straightened During Construction. Tie Bars Shall Be Deformed Bars. Dowels Shall Be Plain Round Bars. Before Delivery To The Site Of Work, One-half Of The Length Of Each Dowel Shall Be Painted With One Coat Of Approved Lead Or Tar Paint. The Sleeves For Dowel Bars Shall Be Metal Of Approved Design To Cover 50 Mm ( 2 Inches), Plus Or Minus 5 Mm (1/4 Inch) Of The Dowel, With A Closed End, And With A Suitable Stop To Hold The End Of The Sleeve At Least 25 Mm (1 Inch) From The End Of The Dowel. Sleeves Shall Be Of Such Design That They Do Not Collapse During Construction. 311.2.6 Joint Fillers Poured Joint Fillers Shall Be Mixed Asphalt And Mineral Or Rubber Filler. Preformed Joint Filler Shall Conform To The Applicable Requirements. It Shall Be Punched To Admit The Dowels Where Called For In The Plans. The Filler For Each Joint Shall Be Furnished In A Single Piece For The Full Depth And Width Required For The Joint. 311.2.7 Admixtures Air-entraining Admixture Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Aashto M 154. Chemical Admixtures, If Specified Or Permitted, Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Aashto M 194. Fly Ash, If Specified Or Permitted As A Mineral Admixture And As 20% Partial Replacement Of Portland Cement In Concrete Mix Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Astm C 618. Admixture Should Be Added Only To The Concrete Mix To Produce Some Desired Modifications To The Properties Of Concrete Where Necessary, But Not As Partial Replacement Of Cement. 311.2.8 Curing Materials Curing Materials Shall Conform To The Following Requirements As Specified; A) Burlap Cloth - Aashto M 182 B) Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds - Aashto M 148 C) Sheeting (film) Materials - Aashto M 171 Cotton Mats And Water-proof Paper Can Be Used. 311.2.9 Calcium Chloride/calcium Nitrate It Shall Conform To Aashto M 144, If Specified Or Permitted By The Lgu Project Engineer, As Accelerator. 311.2.10 Storage Of Cement And Aggregate All Cement Shall Be Stored, Immediately Upon Delivery At The Site, In Weatherproof Building Which Will Protect The Cement From Dampness. The Floor Shall Be Raised From The Ground. The Buildings Shall Be Placed In Locations Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer. Provisions For Storage Shall Be Ample, And The Shipments Of Cement As Received Shall Be Separately Stored In Such A Manner As To Allow The Earliest Deliveries To Be Used First And To Provide Easy Access For Identification And Inspection Of Each Shipment. Storage Buildings Shall Have Capacity For Storage Of A Sufficient Quantity Of Cement To Allow Sampling At Least Twelve (12) Days Before The Cement Is To Be Used. Bulk Cement, If Used, Shall Be Transferred To Elevated Air Tight And Weatherproof Bins. Stored Cement Shall Meet The Test Requirements At Any Time After Storage When Retest Is Ordered By The Lgu Project Engineer. At The Time Of Use, All Cement Shall Be Free-flowing And Free Of Lumps. The Handling And Storing Of Concrete Aggregates Shall Be Such As To Prevent Segregation Or The Inclusion Of Foreign Materials. The Lgu Project Engineer May Require That Aggregates Be Stored On Separate Platforms At Satisfactory Locations. In Order To Secure Greater Uniformity Of Concrete Mix, The Lgu Project Engineer May Require That The Coarse Aggregate Be Separated Into Two Or More Sizes. Different Sizes Of Aggregate Shall Be Stored In Separate Bins Or In Separate Stockpiles Sufficiently Removed From Each Other To Prevent The Material At The Edges Of The Piles From Becoming Intermixed. 311.2.11 Proportioning, Consistency And Strength Of Concrete The Contractor Shall Prepare The Design Mix Based On The Absolute Volume Method As Outlined In The American Concrete Institute (aci) Standard 211.1, “recommended Practice For Selecting Proportions For Normal And Heavyweight Concrete”. It Is The Intent Of This Specification To Require At Least 364 Kg Of Cement Per Cubic Meter Of Concrete To Meet The Minimum Strength Requirements. The Lgu Project Engineer Shall Determine From Laboratory Tests Of The Materials To Be Used, The Cement Content And The Proportions Of Aggregate And Water That Will Produce Workable Concrete Having A Slump Of Between 40 And 75 Mm (1-1/2 And 3 Inches) If Not Vibrated Or Between 10 And 40 Mm (1/2 And 1-1/2 Inches) If Vibrated, And A Flexural Strength Of Not Less Than 3.8 Mpa (550 Psi) When Tested By The Third-point Method Or 4.5 Mps (650 Psi) When Tested By The Mid-point Method At Fourteen (14) Days In Accordance With Aashto T97 And T177, Respectively; Or A Compressive Strength Of 24.1 Mps (3500 Psi) For Cores Taken At Fourteen (14) Days And Tested In Accordance With Aashto T24. Slump Shall Be Determined Using Aashto T 119. The Designer Shall Consider The Use Of Lean Concrete (econcrete) Mixtures Using Local Materials Or Specifically Modified Conventional Concrete Mixes In Base Course And In The Lower Course Composite, Monolithic Concrete Pavements Using A Minimum Of 75 Mm (3 Inches) Of Conventional Concrete As The Surface Course. The Mix Design Shall Be Submitted To The Lgu Project Engineer For Approval And Shall Be Accompanied With Certified Test Data From An Approved Laboratory Demonstrating The Adequacy Of The Mix Design. A Change In The Source Of Materials During The Progress Of Work May Necessitate A New Design Mix. 311.3 Construction Requirements 311.3.1 Quality Control Of Concrete 1. General The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The Quality Control Of All Materials During The Handling, Blending, And Mixing And Placement Operations. 2. Quality Control Plan The Contractor Shall Furnish The Lgu Project Engineer A Quality Control Plan Detailing His Production Control Procedures And The Type And Frequency Of Sampling And Testing To Insure That The Concrete Produces Complies With The Specifications. The Lgu Project Engineer Shall Be Provided Free Access To Recent Plant Production Records, And If Requested, Informational Copies Of Mix Design, Materials Certifications And Sampling And Testing Reports. 3. Qualification Of Workmen Experienced And Qualified Personnel Shall Perform All Batching Or Mixing Operation For The Concrete Mix, And Shall Be Present At The Plant And Job Site To Control The Concrete Productions Whenever The Plant Is In Operation. They Shall Be Identified And Duties Defined As Follows: A. Concrete Batcher. The Person Performing The Batching Or Mixing Operation Shall Be Capable Of Accurately Conducting Aggregate Surface Moisture Determination And Establishing Correct Scale Weights For Concrete Materials. He Shall Be Capable Of Assuring That The Proportioned Batch Weights Of Materials Are In Accordance With The Mix Design. B. Concrete Technician. The Person Responsible For Concrete Production Control And Sampling And Testing For Quality Control Shall Be Proficient In Concrete Technology And Shall Have A Sound Knowledge Of The Specifications As They Relate To Concrete Production. He Shall Be Capable Of Conducting Tests On Concrete And Concrete Materials In Accordance With These Specifications. He Shall Be Capable Of Adjusting Concrete Mix Designs For Improving Workability And Specification Compliance And Preparing Trial Mix Designs. He Shall Be Qualified To Act As The Concrete Batcher In The Batcher’s Absence. 4. Quality Control Testing The Contractor Shall Perform All Sampling, Testing And Inspection Necessary To Assure Quality Control Of The Component Materials And The Concrete. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For Determining The Gradation Of Fine And Coarse Aggregates And For Testing The Concrete Mixture For Slump, Air Content, Water-cement Ratio And Temperature. He Shall Conduct His Operations So As To Produce A Mix Conforming To The Approved Mix Design. 5. Documentation The Contractor Shall Maintain Adequate Records Of All Inspections And Tests. The Records Shall Indicate The Nature And Number Of Observations Made, The Number And Type Of Deficiencies Found, The Quantities Approved And Rejected, And Nature Of Any Corrective Action Taken. The Lgu Project Engineer May Take Independent Assurance Samples At Random Location For Acceptance Purposes As He Deems Necessary. 311.3.2 Equipment Equipment And Tools Necessary For Handling Materials And Performing All Parts Of The Work Shall Be Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer As To Design, Capacity And Mechanical Condition. The Equipment Shall Be At The Jobsite Sufficiently Ahead Of The Start Of Construction Operations To Be Examined Thoroughly And Approved. 1. Batching Plant And Equipment A. General. The Batching Shall Include Bins, Weighing Hoppers, And Scales For The Fine Aggregate And For Each Size Of Coarse Aggregate. If Cement Is Used In Bulk, A Bin, A Hopper, And Separate Scale For Cement Shall Be Included. The Weighing Hopper Shall Be Properly Sealed And Vented To Preclude Dusting Operation. The Batch Plant Shall Be Equipped With A Suitable Non-resettable Batch Counter Which Will Correctly Indicate The Number Of Batches Proportioned. B. Bins And Hoppers. Bins With Adequate Separate Compartments For Fine Aggregate And For Each Size Of Coarse Aggregate Shall Be Provided In The Batching Plant. C. Scales. Scales For Weighing Aggregates And Cement Shall Be Of Either The Beam Type Or The Spring-less-dial Type. They Shall Be Accurate Within One-half Percent (0.5%) Throughout The Range Of Use. Poises Shall Be Designed To Be Locked In Any Position And To Prevent Unauthorized Change. Scales Shall Be Inspected And Sealed As Often As The Lgu Project Engineer May Deem Necessary To Assure Their Continued Accuracy. D. Automatic Weighing Devices. Unless Otherwise Allowed On The Contract, Batching Plants Shall Be Equipped With Automatic Weighing Devices Of An Approved Type To Proportion Aggregates And Bulk Cement. 2. Mixers. A. General. Concrete May Be Mixed At The Site Of Construction Or At A Central Plant, Or Wholly Or In Part In Truck Mixers. Each Mixer Shall Have A Manufacturer’s Plate Attached In A Prominent Place Showing The Capacity Of The Drum In Terms Of Volume Of Mixed Concrete And The Speed Of Rotation Of The Mixing Drum Or Blades. B. Mixers At Site Of Construction. Mixing Shall Be Done In An Approved Mixer Capable Of Combining The Aggregates, Cement And Water Into A Thoroughly Mixed And Uniform Mass Within The Specified Mixing Period And Discharging And Distributing The Mixture Without Segregation On The Prepared Grade. The Mixer Shall Be Equipped With An Approved Timing Device Which Will Automatically Lock The Discharge Lever When The Drum Has Been Charged And Released It At The End Of The Mixing Period. In Case Of Failure Of The Timing Device, The Mixer May Be Used For The Balance Of The Day While It Is Being Repaired, Provided That Each Batch Is Mixed 90 Seconds. The Mixer Shall Be Equipped With A Suitable Non-resettable Batch Counter Which Shall Correctly Indicate The Number Of The Batches Mixed. C. Truck Mixer And Truck Agitators. Truck Mixers Used For Mixing And Hauling Concrete, And Truck Agitators Used For Hauling Central-mixed Concrete, Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Aashto M 157. D. Non-agitator Truck. Bodies Of Non-agitating Hauling Equipment For Concrete Shall Be Smooth, Mortar-tight Metal Containers And Shall Be Capable Of Discharging The Concrete At A Satisfactory Controlled Rate Without Segregation. 3. Paving And Finishing Equipment The Concrete Shall Be Placed With An Approved Paver Designed To Spread, Consolidate, Screed And Float Finish The Freshly Placed Concrete In One Complete Pass Of The Machine In Such A Manner That A Minimum Of Hand Finishing Will Be Necessary To Provide A Dense And Homogeneous Pavement In Conformance With The Plans And Specifications. The Finishing Machine Shall Be Equipped With At Least Two (2) Oscillating Type Transverse Screed. Vibrators Shall Operate At A Frequency Of 8,300 To 9,600 Impulses Per Minute Under Load At A Maximum Spacing Of 60 Cm. 4. Concrete Saw The Contractor Shall Provide Sawing Equipment In Adequate Number Of Units And Power To Complete The Sawing With Water-cooled Diamond Edge Saw Blade Or An Abrasive Wheel To The Required Dimensions And At The Required Rate. He Shall Provide At Least One (1) Stand-by Saw In Good Working Condition And With An Ample Supply Of Saw Blades. 5. Forms Forms Shall Be Of Steel, Of An Approved Section, And Of Depth Equal To The Thickness Of The Pavement At The Edge. The Base Of The Forms Shall Be Of Sufficient Width To Provide Necessary Stability In All Directions. The Flange Braces Must Extend Outward On The Base To Not Less Than 2/3 The Height Of The Form. All Forms Shall Be Rigidly Supported On Bed Of Thoroughly Compacted Material During The Entire Operation Of Placing And Finishing The Concrete. Forms Shall Be Provided With Adequate Devices For Secure Setting So That When In Place, They Will Withstand, Without Visible Spring Or Settlement, The Impact And Vibration Of The Consolidation And Finishing Or Paving Equipment. 311.3.3 Preparation Of Grade After The Sub-grade Of Base Has Been Placed And Compacted To The Required Density, The Areas Which Will Support The Paving Machine And The Grade On Which The Pavement Is To Be Constructed Shall Be Trimmed To The Proper Elevation By Means Of A Properly Designed Machine Extending The Prepared Work Areas Compacted At Least 60 Cm Beyond Each Edge Of The Proposed Concrete Pavement. If Loss Of Density Results From The Trimming Operations, It Shall Be Restored By Additional Compaction Before Concrete Is Placed. If Any Traffic Is Allowed To Use The Prepared Sub-grade Or Base, The Surface Shall Be Checked And Corrected Immediately Ahead Of The Placing Concrete. The Sub-grade Or Base Shall Be Uniformly Moist When The Concrete Is Placed. 311.3.4 Setting Forms 1. Base Support. The Foundation Under The Forms Shall Be Hard And True To Grade So That The Form When Set Will Be Firmly In Contact For Its Whole Length And At The Specified Grade. (any Roadbed, Which At The Form Line Is Found Below Established Grade, Shall Be Filled With Approved Granular Materials To Grade In Lifts Of Three (3) Cm Or Less, And Thoroughly Re-rolled Or Tamped.) Imperfections Or Variations Above Grade Shall Be Corrected By Tamping Or By Cutting As Necessary. 2. Form Setting Forms Shall Be Set Sufficiently In Advance Of The Point Where Concrete Is Being Placed. After The Forms Have Been Set To Correct Grade, The Grade Shall Be Thoroughly Tamped, Mechanically Or By Hand, At Both The Inside And Outside Edges Of The Base Of The Forms. The Forms Shall Not Deviate From True Line Bv More Than One (1) Cm At Any Point. 3. Grade And Alignment The Alignment And Grade Elevations Of The Forms Shall Be Checked And Corrections Made By The Contractor Immediately Before Placing The Concrete. Testing As To Crown And Elevation, Prior To Placing Of Concrete Can Be Made By Means Of Holding An Approved Template In A Vertical Position And Moved Backward And Forward On The Forms. When Any Form Has Been Disturbed Or Any Grade Has Become Unstable, The Form Shall Be Reset And Rechecked. 311.3.5 Conditioning Of Sub-grade Or Base Course When Side Forms Have Been Securely Set To Grade, The Sub-grade Or Base Course Shall Be Brought To Proper Cross-section. High Areas Shall Be Trimmed To Proper Elevation. Low Areas Shall Be Filled And Compacted To A Condition Similar To That Of Surrounding Grade. The Finished Grade Shall Be Maintained In A Smooth And Compacted Condition Until The Pavement Is Placed. Unless Waterproof Sub-grade Or Base Course Cover Material Is Specified, The Sub-grade Or Base Course Shall Be Uniformly Moist When The Concrete Is Placed. If It Subsequently Becomes Too Dry, The Sub-grade Or Base Course Shall Be Sprinkled, But The Method Of Sprinkling Shall Not Be Such As To Form Mud Or Pools Of Water. 311.3.6 Handling, Measuring And Batching Materials The Batch Plant Site, Layout, Equipment And Provisions For Transporting Material Shall Be Such As To Assure A Continuous Supply Of Material To The Work. Stockpiles Shall Be Built Up In Layers Of Not More Than One (1) Meter In Thickness. Each Layer Shall Be Completely In Place Before Beginning The Next Which Shall Not Be Allowed To “cone” Down Over The Next Lower Layer. Aggregates From Different Sources And Of Different Grading Shall Not Be Stockpiled Together. All Washed Aggregates And Aggregates Produced Or Handled By Hydraulic Methods, Shall Be Stockpiled Or Binned For Draining At Least Twelve (12) Hours Before Being Batched. When Mixing Is Done At The Side Of The Work, Aggregates Shall Be Transported From The Batching Plant To The Mixer In Batch Boxes, Vehicle Bodies, Or Other Containers Of Adequate Capacity And Construction To Properly Carry The Volume Required. Partitions Separating Batches Shall Be Adequate And Effective To Prevent Spilling From One Compartment To Another While In Transit Or Being Dumped. When Bulk Cement Is Used, The Contractor Shall Use A Suitable Method Of Handling The Cement From Weighing Hopper To Transporting Container Or Into The Batch Itself For Transportation To The Mixer, With Chute, Boot Or Other Approved Device, To Prevent Loss Of Cement, And To Provide Positive Assurance Of The Actual Presence In Each Batch Of The Entire Cement Content Specified. Bulk Cement Shall Be Transported To The Mixer In Tight Compartments Carrying The Full Amount Of Cement Required For The Batch. However, If Allowed In The Special Provisions, It May Be Transported Between The Fine And Coarse Aggregate. When Cement Is Placed In Contact With The Aggregates, Batches May Be Rejected Unless Mixed Within 1-1/2 Hours Of Such Contact. Cement In Original Shipping Packages May Be Transported On Top Of The Aggregates, Each Batch Containing The Number Of Sacks Required By The Job Mix. The Mixer Shall Be Charged Without Loss Of Cement. Batching Shall Be So Conducted As To Result In The Weight To Each Material Required Within A Tolerance Of One (1) Percent For The Cement And Two (2) Percent For Aggregates. Water May Be Measured Either By Volume Or By Weight. The Accuracy Of Measuring The Water Shall Be Within A Range Of Error Of Not Over Than One (1) Percent. Unless The Water Is To Be Weighed, The Water-measuring Equipment Shall Include An Auxiliary Tank From Which The Measuring Tank Shall Be Equipped With An Outside Tap And Valve To Provide Checking The Setting, Unless Other Means Are Provided For Readily And Accurately Determining The Amount Of Water In The Tank. The Volume Of The Auxiliary Tank Shall Be At Least Equal To That Of The Measuring Tank. 311.3.7 Mixing Concrete The Concrete May Be Mixed At The Site Of The Work In A Central-mix Plant, Or In Truck Mixers. The Mixer Shall Be Of An Approved Type And Capacity. Mixing Time Will Be Measured From The Time All Materials, Except Water, Are In The Drum. Ready-mixed Concrete Shall Be Mixed And Delivered In Accordance With Requirements Of Aashto M 157, Except That The Minimum Required Revolutions At The Mixing Speed For Transit-mixed Concrete May Be Reduced To Not Less Than That Recommended By The Mixer Manufacturer. The Number Of Revolutions Recommended By The Mixer Manufacturer Shall Be Indicated On The Manufacturer’s Serial Plate Attached To The Mixer. The Contractor Shall Furnish Test Data Acceptable To The Lgu Project Engineer Verifying That The Make And Model Of The Mixer Will Produce Uniform Concrete Conforming To The Provision Of Aashto M 157 At The Reduced Number Of Revolutions Shown On The Serial Plate. When Mixed At The Site Or In A Central Mixing Plant, The Mixing Time Shall Not Be Less Than Fifty (50) Seconds Nor More Than Ninety (90) Seconds, Unless Mixer Performance Tests Prove Adequate Mixing Of The Concrete Is A Shorter Time Period. Four (4) Seconds Shall Be Added To The Specified Mixing Time If Timing Starts At The Instant The Skip Reaches Its Maximum Raised Positions. Mixing Time Ends When The Discharge Chute Opens. Transfer Time In Multiple Drum Mixers Is Included In Mixing Time. The Contents Of An Individual Mixer Drum Shall Be Removed Before A Succeeding Batch Is Emptied Therein. The Mixer Shall Be Operated At The Drum Speed As Shown On The Manufacturer’s Name Plate Attached On The Mixer. Any Concrete Mixed Less Than The Specified Time Shall Be Discarded And Disposed Off By The Contractor At His Expense. The Volume Of Concrete Mixed Per Batch Shall Not Exceed The Mixer’s Nominal Capacity In Cubic Metre, As Shown On The Manufacturer’s Standard Rating Plate On The Mixer, Except That An Overload Up To Ten (10) Percent Above The Mixer’s Nominal Capacity May Be Permitted Provided Concrete Test Data For Strength, Segregation, And Uniform Consistency Are Satisfactory, And Provided No Spillage Of Concrete Takes Place. The Batches Shall Be So Charged Into The Drum That A Portion Of The Mixing Water Shall Be Entered In Advance Of The Cement And Aggregates. The Flow Of Water Shall Be Uniform And All Water Shall Be In The Drum By The End Of The First Fifteen (15) Seconds Of The Mixing Period. The Throat Of The Drum Shall Be Kept Free Of Such Accumulations As May Restrict The Free Flow Of Materials Into The Drum. Mixed Concrete From The Central Mixing Plant Shall Be Transported In Truck Mixers, Truck Agitators Or Non-agitating Truck Specified In Subsection 311.3.2, Equipment. The Time Elapsed From The Time Water Is Added To The Mix Until The Concrete Is Deposited In Place At The Site Shall Not Exceed Forty Five (45) Minutes When The Concrete Is Hauled In Non-agitating Trucks, Nor Ninety (90) Minutes When Hauled In Truck Mixers Or Truck Agitators, Except That In Hot Weather Or Under Other Conditions Contributing To Quick Hardening Of The Concrete, The Maximum Allowable Time May Be Reduced By The Lgu Project Engineer. In Exceptional Cases And When Volumetric Measurements Are Authorized For Small Project Requiring Less Than 75 Cu.m. Of Concrete Per Day Of Pouring, The Weight Proportions Shall Be Converted To Equivalent Volumetric Proportions. In Such Cases, Suitable Allowance Shall Be Made For Variations In The Moisture Condition Of The Aggregates, Including The Bulking Effect In The Fine Aggregate. Batching And Mixing Shall Be In Accordance With Astm C 685, Section 6 Through 9. Concrete Mixing By Chute Is Allowed Provided That A Weighing Scale For Determining The Batch Weight Will Be Used. Retendering Concrete By Adding Water Or By Other Means Shall Not Be Permitted, Except That When Concrete Is Delivered In Truck Mixers, Additional Water May Be Added To The Batch Materials And Additional Mixing Performed To Increase The Slump To Meet The Specified Requirements, If Permitted By The Lgu Project Engineer, Provided All These Operations Are Performed Within Forty-five (45) Minutes After The Initial Mixing Operation And The Water-cement Ratio Is Not Exceeded. Concrete That Is Not Within The Specified Slump Limits At The Time Of Placement Shall Not Be Used. Admixtures For Increasing The Workability Or For Accelerating The Setting Of The Concrete Will Be Permitted Only When Specifically Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer. 311.3.8 Limitation Of Mixing No Concrete Shall Be Mixed, Placed Or Finished When Natural Light Is Insufficient, Unless An Adequate And Approved Artificial Lighting System Is Operated. During Hot Weather, The Lgu Project Engineer Shall Require That Steps Be Taken To Prevent The Temperature Of Mixed Concrete From Exceeding A Maximum Temperature Of (900f 320c). Concrete Not In Place Within Ninety (90) Minutes From The Time The Ingredients Were Charged Into The Mixing Drum Or That Has Developed Initial Set Shall Not Be Used. Retendering Of Concrete Or Mortar Which Has Partially Hardened, That Is Remixing With Or Without Additional Cement, Aggregate, Or Water, Shall Not Be Permitted. In Order That The Concrete May Be Properly Protected Against The Effects Of Rain Before The Concrete Is Sufficiently Hardened, The Contractor Will Be Required To Have Available At All Times Materials For The Protection Of The Edges And Surface Of The Unhardened Concrete. 311.3.9 Placing Concrete Concrete Shall Be Deposited In Such A Manner To Require Minimal Rehandling. Unless Truck Mixers Or Non-agitating Hauling Equipment Are Equipped With Means To Discharge Concrete Without Segregation Of The Materials, The Concrete Shall Be Unloaded Into An Approved Spreading Device And Mechanically Spread On The Grade In Such A Manner As To Prevent Segregation. Placing Shall Be Continuous Between Transverse Joints Without The Use Of Intermediate Bulkheads. Necessary Hand Spreading Shall Be Done With Shovels, Not Rakes. Workmen Shall Not Be Allowed To Walk In The Freshly Mixed Concrete With Boots Or Shoes Coated With Earth Or Foreign Substances. When Concrete Is To Be Placed Adjoining A Previously Constructed Lane And Mechanical Equipment Will Be Operated Upon The Existing Lane, That Previously Constructed Lane Shall Have Attained The Strength For Fourteen (14) Day Concrete. If Only Finishing Equipment Is Carried On The Existing Lane, Paving In Adjoining Lanes May Be Permitted After Three (3) Days. Concrete Shall Be Thoroughly Consolidated Against And Along The Faces Of All Forms And Along The Full Length And On Both Sides Of All Joint Assemblies, By Means Of Vibrators Inserted In The Concrete. Vibrators Shall Not Be Permitted To Come In Contact With A Joint Assembly, The Grade, Or A Side Form. In No Case Shall The Vibrator Be Operated Longer Than Fifteen (15) Seconds In Any One Location. Concrete Shall Be Deposited As Near As Possible To The Expansion And Contraction Joints Without Disturbing Them, But Shall Not Be Dumped From The Discharge Bucket Or Hopper Into A Joint Assembly Unless The Hopper Is Well Centered On The Joint Assembly. Should Any Concrete Material Fall On Or Be Worked Into The Surface Of A Complete Slab, It Shall Be Removed Immediately. 311.3.10 Test Specimens As Work Progresses, At Least One (1) Set Consisting Of Three (3) Concrete Beam Test Specimens, 150 Mm X 150 Mm X 525 Mm Or 900 Mm Shall Be Taken From Each 330 M2 Of Pavement, 230 Mm Depth, Or Fraction Thereof Placed Each Day. Test Specimens Shall Be Made Under The Supervision Of The Lgu Project Engineer, And The Contractor Shall Provide All Concrete And Other Facilities Necessary In Making The Test Specimens And Shall Protect Them From Damage By Construction Operations. Cylinder Samples Shall Not Be Used As Substitute For Determining The Adequacy Of The Strength Of Concrete. The Beams Shall Be Made, Cured, And Tested In Accordance With Aashto T 23 And T 97. 311.3.11 Strike-off Of Concrete And Placement Of Reinforcement Following The Placing Of The Concrete, It Shall Be Struck Off To Conform To The Cross-section Shown On The Plans And To An Elevation Such That When The Concrete Is Properly Consolidated And Finished, The Surface Of The Pavement Will Be At The Elevation Shown On The Plans. When Reinforced Concrete Pavement Is Placed In Two (2) Layers, The Bottom Layer Shall Be Struck Off And Consolidated To Such Length And Depth That The Sheet Of Fabric Or Bar Mat May Be Laid Full Length On The Concrete In Its Final Position Without Further Manipulation. The Reinforcement Shall Then Be Placed Directly Upon The Concrete, After Which The Top Layer Of The Concrete Shall Be Placed, Struck Off And Screened. Any Portion Of The Bottom Layer Of Concrete Which Has Been Placed More Than 30 Minutes Without Being Covered With The Top Layer Shall Be Removed And Replaced With Freshly Mixed Concrete At The Contractor’s Expense. When Reinforced Concrete Is Placed In One Layer, The Reinforcement May Be Firmly Positioned In Advance Of Concrete Placement Or It May Be Placed At The Depth Shown On The Plans In Plastic Concrete, After Spreading By Mechanical Or Vibratory Means. Reinforcing Steel Shall Be Free From Dirt, Oil, Paint, Grease, Mill Scale And Loose Or Thick Rust Which Could Impair Bond Of The Steel With The Concrete. 311.3.12 Joints Joints Shall Be Constructed Of The Type And Dimensions, And At The Locations Required By The Plans Or Special Provisions. All Joints Shall Be Protected From The Intrusion Of Injurious Foreign Material Until Sealed. 1. Longitudinal Joint Deformed Steel Tie Bars Of Specified Length, Size, Spacing And Materials Shall Be Placed Perpendicular To The Longitudinal Joints, They Shall Be Placed By Approved Mechanical Equipment Or Rigidly Secured By Chair Or Other Approved Supports To Prevent Displacement. Tie Bars Shall Not Be Painted Or Coated With Asphalt Or Other Materials Or Enclosed In Tubes Or Sleeves. When Shown On The Plans And When Adjacent Lanes Of Pavement Are Constructed Separately, Steel Side Forms Shall Be Used Which Will Form A Keyway Along The Construction Joint. Tie Bars, Except Those Made Of Rail Steel, May Be Bent At Right Angles Against The Form Of The First Lane Constructed And Straightened Into Final Position Before The Concrete Of The Adjacent Lane Is Placed, Or In Lieu Of Bent Tie Bars, Approved Two-piece Connectors May Be Used. Longitudinal Formed Joints Shall Consist Of A Groove Or Cleft, Extending Downward From And Normal To, The Surface Of The Pavement. These Joints Shall Be Effected Or Formed By An Approved Mechanically Or Manually Operated Device To The Dimensions And Line Indicated On The Plans And While The Concrete Is In A Plastic State. The Groove Or Cleft Shall Be Filled With Either A Premolded Strip Or Poured Material As Required. The Longitudinal Joints Shall Be Continuous, There Shall Be No Gaps In Either Transverse Or Longitudinal Joints At The Intersection Of The Joints. Longitudinal Sawed Joints Shall Be Cut By Means Of Approved Concrete Saws To The Depth, Width And Line Shown On The Plans. Suitable Guide Lines Or Devices Shall Be Used To Assure Cutting The Longitudinal Joint On The True Line. The Longitudinal Joint Shall Be Sawed Before The End Of The Curing Period Or Shortly Thereafter And Before Any Equipment Or Vehicles Are Allowed On The Pavement. The Sawed Area Shall Be Thoroughly Cleaned And, If Required, The Joint Shall Immediately Be Filled With Sealer. Longitudinal Pavement Insert Type Joints Shall Be Formed By Placing A Continuous Strip Of Plastic Materials Which Will Not React Adversely With The Chemical Constituent Of The Concrete. 2. Transverse Expansion Joint The Expansion Joint Filler Shall Be Continuous From Form To Form, Shaped To Sub-grade And To The Keyway Along The Form. Preformed Joint Filler Shall Be Furnished In Lengths Equal To The Pavement Width Or Equal To The Width Of One Lane. Damaged Or Repaired Joint Filler Shall Not Be Used. The Expansion Joint Filler Shall Be Held In A Vertical Position. An Approved Installing Bar, Or Other Device, Shall Be Used If Required To Secure Preformed Expansion Joint Filler At The Proper Grade And Alignment During Placing And Finishing Of The Concrete. Finished Joint Shall Not Deviate More Than 6 Mm From A Straight Line. If Joint Fillers Are Assembled In Sections, There Shall Be No Offsets Between Adjacent Units. No Plugs Of Concrete Shall Be Permitted Anywhere Within The Expansion Space. 3. Transverse Contraction Joint/weakened Joint When Shown On The Plans, It Shall Consist Of Planes Of Weakness Created By Forming Or Cutting Grooves In The Surface Of The Pavement And Shall Include Load Transfer Assemblies. The Depth Of The Weakened Plane Joint Should At All Times Not Be Less Than 50 Mm, While The Width Should Not Be More Than 6 Mm. A. Transverse Strip Contraction Joint. It Shall Be Formed By Installing A Parting Strip To Be Left In Place As Shown On The Plans. B. Formed Groove. It Shall Be Made By Depressing An Approved Tool Or Device Into The Plastic Concrete. The Tool Or Device Shall Remain In Place At Least Until The Concrete Has Attained Its Initial Set And Shall Then Be Removed Without Disturbing The Adjacent Concrete, Unless The Device Is Designed To Remain In The Joint. C. Sawed Contraction Joint. It Shall Be Created By Sawing Grooves In The Surface Of The Pavement Of The Width Not More Than 6 Mm, Depth Should At All Times Not Be Less Than 50 Mm, And At The Spacing And Lines Shown On The Plans, With An Approved Concrete Saw. After Each Joint Is Sawed, It Shall Be Thoroughly Cleaned Including The Adjacent Concrete Surface. Sawing Of The Joint Shall Commence As Soon As The Concrete Has Hardened Sufficiently To Permit Sawing Without Excessive Raveling, Usually 4 To 24 Hours. All Joints Shall Be Sawed Before Uncontrolled Shrinkage Cracking Takes Place. If Necessary, The Sawing Operations Shall Be Carried On During The Day Or Night, Regardless Of Weather Conditions. The Sawing Of Any Joint Shall Be Omitted If Crack Occurs At Or Near The Joint Location Prior To The Time Of Sawing. Sawing Shall Be Discounted When A Crack Develops Ahead Of The Saw. In General, All Joints Should Be Sawed In Sequence. If Extreme Condition Exist Which Make It Impractical To Prevent Erratic Cracking By Early Sawing, The Contraction Joint Groove Shall Be Formed Prior To Initial Set Of Concrete As Provided Above. 4. Transverse Construction Joint It Shall Be Constructed When There Is An Interruption Of More Than 30 Minutes In The Concreting Operations. No Transverse Joint Shall Be Constructed Within 1.50 M Of An Expansion Joint, Contraction Joint, Or Plane Of Weakness. If Sufficient Concrete Has Been Mixed At The Time Of Interruption To Form A Slab Of At Least 1.5 M Long, The Excess Concrete From The Last Preceding Joint Shall Be Removed And Disposed Off As Directed. 5. Load Transfer Device Dowel, When Used, Shall Be Held In Position Parallel To The Surface And Center Line Of The Slab By A Metal Device That Is Left In The Pavement. The Portion Of Each Dowel Painted With One Coat Of Lead Or Tar, In Conformance With The Requirements Of Item 404, Reinforcing Steel, Shall Be Thoroughly Coated With Approved Bituminous Materials, E.g., Mc-70, Or An Approved Lubricant, To Prevent The Concrete From Binding To That Portion Of The Dowel. The Sleeves For Dowels Shall Be Metal Designed To Cover 50 Mm Plus Or Minus 5 Mm (1/4 Inch), Of The Dowel, With A Watertight Closed End And With A Suitable Stop To Hold The End Of The Sleeves At Least 25 Mm (1 Inch) From The End Of The Dowel. In Lieu Of Using Dowel Assemblies At Contraction Joints, Dowel May Be Placed In The Full Thickness Of Pavement By A Mechanical Device Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer. 311.3.13 Final Strike-off (consolidation And Finishing) 1. Sequence The Sequence Of Operations Shall Be The Strike-off And Consolidation, Floating And Removal Of Laitance, Straight-edging And Final Surface Finish. Work Bridges Or Other Devices Necessary To Provide Access To The Pavement Surface For The Purpose Of Finishing Straight-edging, And Make Corrections As Hereinafter Specified, Shall Be Provided By The Contractor. In General, The Addition Of Water To The Surface Of The Concrete To Assist In Finishing Operations Will Not Be Permitted. If The Application Of Water To The Surface Is Permitted, It Shall Be Applied As Fog Spray By Means Of An Approve Spray Equipment. 2. Finishing Joints The Concrete Adjacent To Joints Shall Be Compacted Or Firmly Placed Without Voids Or Segregation Against The Joint Material Assembly, Also Under And Around All Load Transfer Devices, Joint Assembly Units, And Other Features Designed To Extend Into The Pavement. Concrete Adjacent To Joints Shall Be Mechanically Vibrated As Required In Subsection 311.3.9, Placing Concrete. After The Concrete Has Been Placed And Vibrated Adjacent To The Joints As Required In Subsection 311.3.9, The Finishing Machine Shall Be Brought Forward, Operating In A Manner To Avoid Damage Or Misalignment Of Joints. If Uninterrupted Operation Of The Finishing Machine, To Over And Beyond The Joints Causes Segregation Of Concrete, Damage To, Or Misalignment Of The Joints, The Finishing Machine Shall Be Stopped When The Front Screed Is Approximately 20 Cm (8 Inches) From The Joint. Segregated Concrete Shall Be Removed From In Front Of And Off The Joint. The Front Screed Shall Be Lifted And Set Directly On Top Of The Joint And The Forward Motion Of The Finishing Machine Resumed. When The Second Screed Is Close Enough To Permit The Excess Mortar In Front Of It To Flow Over The Joint, It Shall Be Lifted And Carried Over The Joint. Thereafter, The Finishing Machine May Be Run Over The Joint Without Lifting The Screeds, Provided There Is No Segregated Concrete Immediately Between The Joint And The Screed Or On Top Of The Joint. 3. Machine Finishing A. Non-vibratory Method. The Concrete Shall Be Distributed Or Spread As Soon As Placed. As Soon As The Concrete Has Been Placed, It Shall Be Struck Off And Screwed By An Approved Finishing Machine. The Machine Shall Go Over Each Area Of Pavement As Many Times And At Such Intervals As Necessary To Give The Proper Compaction And Leave A Surface Of Uniform Texture. Excessive Operation Over A Given Area Shall Be Avoided. The Tops Of The Forms Shall Be Kept Clean By An Effective Device Attached To The Machine And The Travel Of The Machine On The Forms Shall Be Maintained True Without Wobbling Or Other Variation Tending To Affect The Precision Finish. During The First Pass Of The Finishing Machine, A Uniform Ridge Of Concrete Shall Be Maintained Ahead Of The Front Screed In Its Entire Length. B. Vibratory Method. When Vibration Is Specified, Vibrators For Full Width Vibration Of Concrete Paving Slabs, Shall Meet The Requirements In Subsection 311.3.2, Equipment. If Uniform And Satisfactory Density Of The Concrete Is Not Obtained By The Vibratory Method At Joints, Along Forms, At Structures, And Throughout The Pavement, The Contractor Will Be Required To Furnish Equipment And Method Which Will Produce Pavement Conforming To The Specifications. All Provisions In Item (a) Above Not In Conflict With The Provisions For The Vibratory Method Shall Govern. 4. Hand Finishing Hand Finishing Methods May Only Be Used Under The Following Conditions: A. In The Event Of Breakdown Of The Mechanical Equipment, Hand Methods May Be Used To Finish The Concrete Already Deposited On The Grade. B. In Narrow Widths Or Areas Of Irregular Dimensions Where Operations Of The Mechanical Equipment Is Impractical, Hand Methods May Be Used. Concrete, As Soon As Placed, Shall Be Struck Off And Screeded. An Approved Portable Screed Shall Be Used. A Second Screed Shall Be Provided For Striking Off The Bottom Layer Of Concrete If Reinforcement Is Used. The Screed For The Surface Shall Be At Least 60 Cm (2 Feet) Longer Than The Maximum Width Of The Slab To Be Struck Off. It Shall Be Of Approved Design, Sufficiently Rigid To Retain Its Shape, And Constructed Either Of Metal Or Other Suitable Material Shod With Metal. Consolidation Shall Be Attained By The Use Of Suitable Vibrator Or Other Approved Equipment. In Operation, The Screed Shall Be Moved Forward On The Forms With A Combined Longitudinal And Transverse Shearing Motion, Moving Always In The Direction In Which The Work Is Progressing And So Manipulated That Neither End Is Raised From The Side Forms During The Striking Off Process. If Necessary, This Shall Be Repeated Until The Surface Is Of Uniform Texture, True To Grade And Cross-section, And Free From Porous Areas. 5. Floating After The Concrete Has Been Struck Off And Consolidated, It Shall Be Further Smoothed, Trued, And Consolidated By Means Of A Longitudinal Float, Either By Hand Or Mechanical Method. A. Hand Method. The Hand-operated Longitudinal Float Shall Be Not Less Than 365 Cm (12 Feet) In Length And 15 Cm (6 Inches) In Width, Properly Stiffened To Prevent Flexibility And Warping. The Longitudinal Float, Operated From Foot Bridges Resting On The Side Forms And Spanning But Not Touching The Concrete, Shall Be Worked With A Sawing Motion While Held In A Floating Position Parallel To The Road Center Line, And Moving Gradually From One Side Of The Pavement To The Other. Movement Ahead Along The Center Line Of The Pavement Shall Be In Successive Advances Of Not More Than One-half The Length Of The Float. Any Excess Water Or Soupy Material Shall Be Wasted Over The Side Forms On Each Pass. B. Mechanical Method. The Mechanical Longitudinal Float Shall Be Of A Design Approved By The Lgu Project Engineer, And Shall Be In Good Working Condition. The Tracks From Which The Float Operates Shall Be Accurately Adjusted To The Required Crown. The Float Shall Be Accurately Adjusted And Coordinated With The Adjustment Of The Transverse Finishing Machine So That A Small Amount Of Mortar Is Carried Ahead Of The Float At All Times. The Forward Screed Shall Be Adjusted So That The Float Will Lap The Distance Specified By The Lgu Project Engineer On Each Transverse Trip. The Float Shall Pass Over Each Areas Of Pavement At Least Two Times, But Excessive Operation Over A Given Area Will Not Be Permitted. Any Excess Water Or Soupy Material Shall Be Wasted Over The Side Forms On Each Pass. C. Alternative Mechanical Method. As An Alternative, The Contractor May Use A Machine Composed Of A Cutting And Smoothing Float Or Floats Suspended From And Guided By A Rigid Frame. The Frame Shall Be Carried By Four Or More Visible Wheels Riding On, And Constantly In Contact With The Side Forms. If Necessary, Following One Of The Preceding Method Of Floating, Long Handled Floats Having Blades Not Less Than 150 Cm (5 Feet) In Length And 15 Cm (6 Inches) In Width May Be Used To Smooth And Fill In Open-textured Areas In The Pavement. Long-handled Floats Shall Not Be Used To Float The Entire Surface Of The Pavement In Lieu Of, Or Supplementing, One Of The Preceding Methods Of Floating. When Strike Off And Consolidation Are Done By The Hand Method And The Crown Of The Pavement Will Not Permit The Use Of The Longitudinal Float, The Surface Shall Be Floated Transversely By Means Of The Long-handled Float. Care Shall Be Taken Not To Work The Crown Out Of The Pavement During The Operation. After Floating, Any Excess Water And Laitance Shall Be Removed From The Surface Of The Pavement By A 3-m Straight-edge Or More In Length. Successive Drags Shall Be Lapped One-half The Length Of The Blade. 6. Straight-edge Testing And Surface Correction After The Floating Has Been Completed And The Excess Water Removed, But While The Concrete Is Still Plastic, The Surface Of The Concrete Shall Be Tested For Trueness With A 300 Cm Long Straight-edge. For This Purpose, The Contractor Shall Furnish And Use An Accurate 300-cm Straight-edge Swung From Handles 100 Cm (3 Feet) Longer Than One-half The Width Of The Slab. The Straight-edge Shall Be Held In Contact With The Surface In Successive Positions Parallel To The Road Center Line And The Whole Area Gone Over From One Side Of The Slab To The Other As Necessary. Advances Along The Road Shall Be In Successive Stages Of Not More Than One-half The Length Of The Straight-edge. Any Depressions Found Shall Be Immediately Filled With Freshly Mixed Concrete, Struck Off, Consolidated And Refinished. High Areas Shall Be Cut Down And Refinished. Special Attention Shall Be Given To Assure That The Surface Across Joints Meets The Requirements For Smoothness. Straight-edge Testing And Surface Corrections Shall Continue Until The Entire Surface Is Found To Be Free From Observable Departures From The Straight-edge And The Slab Conforms To The Required Grade And Cross-section. 7. Final Finish If The Surface Texture Is Broom Finished, It Shall Applied When The Water Sheen Has Practically Disappeared. The Broom Shall Be Drawn From The Center To The Edge Of The Pavement With Adjacent Strokes Slightly Overlapping. The Brooming Operation Should Be So Executed That The Corrugations Produced In The Surface Shall Be Uniform In Appearance And Not More Than 1.5 Mm In Depth. Brooming Shall Be Completed Before The Concrete Is In Such Condition That The Surface Will Be Unduly Roughened By The Operation. The Surface Thus Finished Shall Be Free From Rough And Porous Areas, Irregularities, And Depressions Resulting From Improper Handling Of The Broom. Brooms Shall Be Of The Quality Size And Construction And Be Operated So As To Produce A Surface Finish Meeting The Approval Of The Lgu Project Engineer. Subject To Satisfactory Results Being Obtained And Approval Of The Lgu Project Engineer, The Contractor Will Be Permitted To Substitute Mechanical Brooming In Lieu Of The Manual Brooming Herein Described. If The Surface Texture Is Belt Finished, When Straight-edging Is Complete And Water Sheen Has Practically Disappeared And Just Before The Concrete Becomes Non-plastic, The Surface Shall Be Belted With 2-ply Canvass Belt Not Less Than 20 Cm Wide And At Least 100 Cm Longer Than The Pavement Width. Hand Belts Shall Have Suitable Handles To Permit Controlled, Uniform Manipulation. The Belt Shall Be Operated With Short Strokes Transverse To The Center Line And With A Rapid Advances Parallel To The Center Line. If The Surface Texture Is Drag Finished, A Drag Shall Be Used Which Consists Of A Seamless Strip Of Damp Burlap Or Cotton Fabric, Which Shall Produce A Uniform Of Gritty Texture After Dragging It Longitudinally Along The Full Width Of Pavement. For Pavement 5 M Or More In Width, The Drag Shall Be Mounted On A Bridge Which Travels On The Forms. The Dimensions Of The Drag Shall Be Such That A Strip Of Burlap Or Fabric At Least 100 Cm Wide Is In Contact With The Full Width Of Pavement Surface While The Drag Is Used. The Drag Shall Consist Of Not Less Than 2 Layers Of Burlap With The Bottom Layer Approximately 15 Cm Wider Than The Layer. The Drag Shall Be Maintained In Such Condition That The Resultant Surface Is Of Uniform Appearance And Reasonably Free From Grooves Over 1.5 Mm In Depth. Drag Shall Be Maintained Clean And Free From Encrusted Mortar. Drags That Cannot Be Cleaned Shall Be Discarded And New Drags Be Substituted. Regardless Of The Method Used For Final Finish, The Hardened Surface Of Pavement Shall Have A Coefficient Of Friction Of 0.25 Or More. Completed Pavement That Is Found To Have A Coefficient Of Friction Less Than 0.25 Shall Be Grounded Or Scored By The Contractor At His Expense To Provide The Required Coefficient Of Friction. 8. Edging At Forms And Joints After The Final Finish, But Before The Concrete Has Taken Its Initial Set, The Edges Of The Pavement Along Each Side Of Each Slab, And On Each Side Of Transverse Expansion Joints, Formed Joints, Transverse Construction Joints, And Emergency Construction Joints, Shall Be Worked With An Approved Tool And Rounded To The Radius Required By The Plans. A Well – Defined And Continuous Radius Shall Be Produced And A Smooth, Dense Mortar Finish Obtained. The Surface Of The Slab Shall Not Be Unduly Disturbed By Tilting The Tool During The Use. At All Joints, Any Tool Marks Appearing On The Slab Adjacent To The Joints Shall Be Eliminated By Brooming The Surface. In Doing This, The Rounding Of The Corner Of The Slab Shall Not Be Disturbed. All Concrete On Top Of The Joint Filler Shall Be Completely Removed. All Joints Shall Be Tested With A Straight-edge Before The Concrete Has Set And Correction Made If One Edge Of The Joint Is Higher Than The Other. 311.3.14 Surface Test As Soon As The Concrete Has Hardened Sufficiently, The Pavement Surface Shall Be Tested With A 3-m Straight-edge Or Other Specified Device. Areas Showing High Spots Of More Than 3 Mm But Not Exceeding 12 Mm In 3 M Shall Be Marked And Immediately Ground Down With An Approved Grinding Tool To An Elevation Where The Area Or Spot Will Not Show Surface Deviations In Excess Of 3 Mm When Tested With 3 M Straight-edge. Where The Departure From Correct Cross-section Exceeds 12 Mm, The Pavement Shall Be Removed And Replaced By And At The Expense Of The Contractor. Any Area Or Section So Removed Shall Be Not Less Than 1.5 M In Length And Not Less Than The Full Width Of The Lane Involved. When It Is Necessary To Remove And Replace A Section Of Pavement, Any Remaining Portion Of The Slab Adjacent To The Joints That Is Less Than 1.5 M In Length, Shall Also Be Removed And Replaced. 311.3.15 Curing Immediately After The Finishing Operations Have Been Completed And The Concrete Has Sufficiently Set, The Entire Surface Of The Newly Placed Concrete Shall Be Cured In Accordance With Either One Of The Methods Described Herein. Failure To Provide Sufficient Cover Material Of Whatever Kind The Contractor May Elect To Use, Or The Lack Of Water To Adequately Take Care Of Both Curing And Other Requirements, Shall Be A Cause For Immediate Suspension Of Concreting Operations. The Concrete Shall Not Be Left Exposed For More Than ½ Hour Between Stages Of Curing Or During The Curing Period. In All Congested Places, Concrete Works Should Be Designed So That The Designed Strength Is Attained. 1. Cotton Of Burlap Mats The Surface Of The Pavement Shall Be Entirely Covered With Mats. The Mats Used Shall Be Of Such Length (or Width) That As Laid They Will Extend At Least Twice The Thickness Of The Pavement Beyond The Edges Of The Slab. The Mat Shall Be Placed So That The Entire Surface And The Edges Of The Slab Are Completely Covered. Prior To Being Placed, The Mats Shall Be Saturated Thoroughly With Water. The Mat Shall Be So Placed And Weighted Down So As To Cause Them To Remain In Intimate Contact With The Covered Surface. The Mat Shall Be Maintained Fully Wetted And In Position For 72 Hours After The Concrete Has Been Placed Unless Otherwise Specified. 2. Waterproof Paper The Top Surface And Sides Of The Pavement Shall Be Entirely Covered With Waterproof Paper, The Units Shall Be Lapped At Least 45 Cm. The Paper Shall Be So Placed And Weighted Down So As To Cause It To Remain In Intimate Contact With The Surface Covered. The Paper Shall Have Such Dimension But Each Unit As Laid Will Extend Beyond The Edges Of The Slab At Least Twice The Thickness Of The Pavement, Or At Pavement Width And 60 Cm Strips Of Paper For The Edges. If Laid Longitudinally, Paper Not Manufactured In Sizes Which Will Provide This Width Shall Be Securely Sewed Or Cemented Together, The Joints Being Securely Sealed In Such A Manner That They Do Not Open Up Or Separate During The Curing Period. Unless Otherwise Specified, The Covering Shall Be Maintained In Place For 72 Hours After The Concrete Has Been Placed. The Surface Of The Pavement Shall Be Thoroughly Wetted Prior To The Placing Of The Paper. 3. Straw Curing When This Type Of Curing Is Used, The Pavement Shall Be Cured Initially With Burlap Or Cotton Mats, Until After Final Set Of The Concrete Or, In Any Case, For 12 Hours After Placing The Concrete. As Soon As The Mats Are Removed, The Surface And Sides Of The Pavement Shall Be Thoroughly Wetted And Covered With At Least 20 Cm Of Straw Or Hay, Thickness Of Which Is To Be Measured After Wetting. If The Straw Or Hay Covering Becomes Displaced During The Curing Period, It Shall Be Replaced To The Original Depth And Saturated. It Shall Be Kept Thoroughly Saturated With Water For 72 Hours And Thoroughly Wetted Down During The Morning Of The Fourth Day, And The Cover Shall Remain In Place Until The Concrete Has Attained The Required Strength. 4. Impervious Membrane Method The Entire Surface Of The Pavement Shall Be Sprayed Uniformly With White Pigmented Curing Compound Immediately After The Finishing Of The Surface And Before The Set Of The Concrete Has Taken Place, Or If The Pavement Is Cured Initially With Jute Or Cotton Mats, It May Be Applied Upon Removal Of The Mass. The Curing Compound Shall Not Be Applied During Rain. Curing Compound Shall Be Applied Under Pressure At The Rate 4 L To Not More Than 14 M2 By Mechanical Sprayers. The Spraying Equipment Shall Be Equipped With A Wind Guard. At The Time Of Use, The Compound Shall Be In A Thoroughly Mixed Condition With The Pigment Uniformly Dispersed Throughout The Vehicle. During Application, The Compound Shall Be Stirred Continuously By Effective Mechanical Means. Hand Spraying Of Odd Widths Or Shapes And Concrete Surface Exposed By The Removal Of Forms Will Be Permitted. Curing Compound Shall Not Be Applied To The Inside Faces Of Joints To Be Sealed, But Approved Means Shall Be Used To Insure Proper Curing At Least 72 Hours And To Prevent The Intrusion Of Foreign Material Into The Joint Before Sealing Has Been Completed. The Curing Compound Shall Be Of Such Character That The Film Will Harden Within 30 Minutes After Application. Should The Film Be Damaged From Any Cause Within The 72 Hour Curing Period, The Damaged Portions Shall Be Repaired Immediately With Additional Compound. 5. White Polyethylene Sheet The Top Surface And Sides Of The Pavement Shall Be Entirely Covered With Polyethylene Sheeting. The Units Used Shall Be Lapped At Least 45 Cm. The Sheeting Shall Be So Placed And Weighted Down So As To Cause It To Remain Intimate Contact With The Surface Covered. The Sheeting As Prepared For Use Shall Have Such Dimension That Each Unit As Laid Will Extend Beyond The Edges Of The Slab At Least Twice The Thickness Of The Pavement. Unless Otherwise Specified, The Covering Shall Be Maintained In Place For 72 Hours After The Concrete Has Been Placed. 311.3.16 Removal Of Forms After Forms For Concrete Shall Remain In Place Undisturbed For Not Less Than Twenty Four (24) Hours After Concrete Pouring. In The Removal Of Forms, Crowbars Should Be Used In Pulling Out Nails And Pins. Care Should Be Taken So As Not To Break The Edges Of The Pavement. In Case Portions Of The Concrete Are Spalled, They Shall Be Immediately Repaired With Fresh Mortar Mixed In The Proportion Of One Part Of Portland Cement And Two Parts Fine Aggregates. Major Honeycomb Areas Will Be Considered As Defective Work And Shall Be Removed And Replaced At The Expense Of The Contractor. Any Area Or Section So Removed Shall Not Be Less Than The Distance Between Weakened Plane Joint Nor Less Than The Full Width Of The Lane Involved. 311.3.17 Sealing Joints Joints Shall Be Sealed With Asphalt Sealant Soon After Completion Of The Curing Period And Before The Pavement Is Opened To Traffic, Including The Contractor’s Equipment. Just Prior To Sealing, Each Joint Shall Be Thoroughly Cleaned Of All Foreign Materials Including Membrane Curing Compound And The Joint Faces Shall Be Clean And Surface Dry When The Seal Is Applied. The Sealing Material Shall Be Applied To Each Joint Opening To Conform To The Details Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Lgu Project Engineer. Material For Seal Applied Hot Shall Be Stirred During Heating So That Localized Overheating Does Not Occur. The Pouring Shall Be Done In Such A Manner That The Material Will Not Be Spilled On The Exposed Surfaces Of The Concrete. The Use Of Sand Or Similar Material As A Cover For The Seal Will Not Be Permitted. Preformed Elastomeric Gaskets For Sealing Joints Shall Be Of The Cross-sectional Dimensions Shown On The Plans. Seals Shall Be Installed By Suitable Tools, Without Elongation And Secured In Placed With An Approved Lubricant Adhesive Which Shall Cover Both Sides Of The Concrete Joints. The Seals Shall Be Installed In A Compressive Condition And Shall At Time Of Placement Be Below The Level Of The Pavement Surface By Approximately 6 Mm. The Seals Shall Be In One Piece For The Full Width Of Each Transverse Joint. 311.3.18 Protection Of Pavement The Contractor Shall Protect The Pavement And Its Appurtenances Against Both Public Traffic And Traffic Caused By His Own Employees And Agents. This Shall Include Watchmen To Direct Traffic And The Erection Of And Maintenance Of Warning Signs, Lights, Pavement Bridges Or Cross-overs, Etc. The Plans Or Special Provisions Will Indicate The Location And Type Of Device Or Facility Required To Protect The Work And Provide Adequately For Traffic. All Boreholes After Thickness And/or Strength Determinations Of Newly Constructed Asphalt And Concrete Pavements Shall Be Immediately Filled/restored With The Prescribed Concrete/asphalt Mix After Completion Of The Drilling Works. Any Damage To The Pavement, Occurring Prior To Final Acceptance, Shall Be Repaired Or The Pavement Be Replaced. 311.3.19 Concrete Pavement – Slip Form Method If The Contract Calls For The Construction Of Pavement Without The Use Of Fixed Forms, The Following Provisions Shall Apply: 1. Grade After The Grade Or Base Has Been Placed And Compacted To The Required Density, The Areas Which Will Support The Paving Machine Shall Be Cut To The Proper Elevation By Means Of A Properly Designed Machine. The Grade On Which The Pavement Is To Be Constructed Shall Then Be Brought To The Proper Profile By Means Of Properly Designed Machine. If The Density Of The Base Is Disturbed By The Grading Operation, It Shall Be Corrected By Additional Compaction Before Concrete Is Placed. The Grade Should Be Constructed Sufficiently In Advance Of The Placing Of The Concrete. If Any Traffic Is Allowed To Use The Prepared Grade, The Grade Shall Be Checked And Corrected Immediately Before The Placing Of Concrete. 2. Placing Concrete The Concrete Shall Be Placed With An Approved Slip-form Paver Designed To Spread, Consolidate, Screed And Float-finish The Freshly Placed Concrete In One Complete Pass Of The Machine In Such A Manner That A Minimum Of Hand Finish Will Be Necessary To Provide A Dense And Homogenous Pavement In Conformance With The Plans And Specifications. The Machine Shall Vibrate The Concrete For The Full Width And Depth Of The Strip Of Pavement Being Placed. Such Vibration Shall Be Accompanied With Vibrating Tubes Or Arms Working In The Concrete Or With A Vibrating Screed Or Pan Operating On The Surface Of The Concrete. The Sliding Forms Shall Be Rigidly Held Together Laterally To Prevent Spreading Of The Forms. The Forms Shall Trail Behind The Paver For Such A Distance That No Appreciable Slumping Of The Concrete Will Occur, And That Necessary Final Finishing Can Be Accomplished While The Concrete Is Still Within The Forms. Any Edge Slump Of The Pavement, Exclusive Of Edge Rounding, In Excess Of 6 Mm Shall Be Corrected Before The Concrete Has Hardened. The Concrete Shall Be Held At A Uniform Consistency, Having A Slump Of Not More Than 40 Mm (1-12/ Inches). The Slip Form Paver Shall Be Operated With As Nearly As Possible A Continuous Forward Movement And That All Operations Of Mixing, Delivering And Spreading Concrete Shall Be Coordinated So As To Provide Uniform Progress With Stopping And Starting Of The Paver Held To A Minimum. If, For Any Reason, It Is Necessary To Stop The Forward Movement Of The Paver The Vibratory And Tamping Elements Shall Also Be Stopped Immediately. No Tractive Force Shall Be Applied To The Machine, Except That Which Is Controlled From The Machine. 3. Finishing The Surface Smoothness And Texture Shall Meet The Requirements Of Subsections 311.3.13 And 311.3.14. 4. Curing Unless Otherwise Specified, Curing Shall Be Done In Accordance With One Of The Methods Included In Subsection 311.3.15. The Curing Media Shall Be Applied At The Appropriate Time And Shall Be Applied Uniformly And Completely To All Surfaces And Edges Of The Pavement. 5. Joints All Joints Shall Be Constructed In Accordance With Subsection 311.3.12. 6. Protection Against Rain In Order That The Concrete May Be Properly Protected Against Rain Before The Concrete Is Sufficiently Hardened, The Contractor Will Be Required To Have Available At All Times, Materials For The Protection Of The Edges And Surface Of The Unhardened Concrete. Such Protective Materials Shall Consist Of Standard Metal Forms Or Wood Planks Having A Nominal Thickness Of Not Less Than 50 Mm (2 Inches) And A Nominal Width Of Not Less Than The Thickness Of The Pavement At Its Edge For The Protection Of The Pavement Edges, And Covering Material Such As Burlap Or Cotton Mats, Curing Paper Or Plastic Sheeting Materials For The Protection Of The Surface Of The Pavement. When Rain Appears Imminent, All Paving Operations Shall Stop And All Available Personnel Shall Begin Placing Forms Against The Sides Of The Pavement And Covering The Surface Of The Unhardened Concrete With The Protective Covering. 311.3.22 Acceptance Of Concrete The Strength Level Of The Concrete Will Be Considered Satisfactory If The Averages Of All Sets Of Three (3) Consecutive Strength Test Results Equal Or Exceed The Specified Strength, Fc’ And No Individual Strength Test Result Is Deficient By More Than 15% Of The Specified Strength, Fc’. Concrete Deemed To Be Not Acceptable Using The Above Criteria May Be Rejected Unless The Contractor Can Provide Evidence, By Means Of Core Tests, That The Quality Of Concrete Represented By Failed Test Results Is Acceptable In Place. At Least Three (3) Representative Cores Shall Be Taken From Each Member Or Area Of Concrete In Place That Is Considered Deficient. The Location Of Cores Shall Be Determined By The Engineer So That There Will Be At Least Impairment Of Strength Of The Structure. The Obtaining And Testing Of Drilled Cores Shall Be In Accordance With Aashto T 24. Concrete In The Area Represented By The Cores Will Be Considered Adequate If The Average Strength Of The Cores Is Equal To At Least 85% Of, And If No Single Core Is Less Than 75% Of, The Specified Strength, Fc’. If The Strength Of Control Specimens Does Not Meet The Requirements Of This Subsection, And It Is Not Feasible Or Not Advisable To Obtain Cores From The Structure Due To Structural Considerations, Payment Of The Concrete Will Be Made At An Adjusted Price Due To Strength Deficiency Of Concrete Specimens As Specified Hereunder: Deficiency In Strength Of Concrete Specimens, Percent (%) Percent (%) Of Contract Price Allowed Less Than 5 100 5 To Less Than 10 80 10 To Less Than 15 70 15 To Less Than 20 60 20 To Less Than 25 50 25 Or More 0 311.3.23 Opening To Traffic The Engineer Will Decide When The Pavement May Be Opened To Traffic. The Road Will Not Be Opened To Traffic Until Test Specimens Molded And Cured In Accordance With Aashto T 23 Have Attained The Minimum Strength Requirements In Subsection 311.2.11. If Such Tests Are Not Conducted Prior To The Specified Age The Pavement Shall Not Be Operated To Traffic Until 14 Days After The Concrete Was Placed. Before Opening To Traffic, The Pavement Shall Be Cleaned And Joint Sealing Completed. 311.3.24 Tolerance And Pavement Thickness 1. General The Thickness Of The Pavement Will Be Determined By Measurement Of Cores From The Completed Pavement In Accordance With Aashto T 148. The Completed Pavement Shall Be Accepted On A Lot Basis. A Lot Shall Be Considered As 1000 Linear Meters Of Pavement When A Single Traffic Lane Is Poured Or 500 Linear Meters When Two Lanes Are Poured Concurrently. The Last Unit In Each Slab Constitutes A Lot In Itself When Its Length Is At Least ½ Of The Normal Lot Length. If The Length Of The Last Unit Is Shorter Than ½ Of The Normal Lot Length, It Shall Be Included In The Previous Lot. Other Areas Such As Intersections, Entrances, Crossovers, Ramp, Etc., Will Be Grouped Together To Form A Lot. Small Irregular Areas May Be Included With Other Unit Areas To Form A Lot. Each Lot Will Be Divided Into Five (5) Equal Segments And One Core Will Be Obtained From Each Segment In Accordance With Aashto T 24. 2. Pavement Thickness It Is The Intent Of This Specification That The Pavement Has A Uniform Thickness As Called For On The Plans For The Average Of Each Lot As Defined. After The Pavement Has Met All Surface Smoothness Requirements, Cores For Thickness Measurements Will Be Taken. In Calculating The Average Thickness Of The Pavement, Individual Measurements Which Are In Excess Of The Specified Thickness By More Than 5 Mm Will Be Considered As The Specified Thickness Plus 5 Mm And Measurement Which Are Less Than The Specified Thickness By More Than 25 Mm Shall Not Be Included In The Average. When The Average Thickness For The Lot Is Deficient, The Contract Unit Price Will Be Adjusted For Thickness In Accordance With Paragraph (3 Below). Individual Areas Within A Segment Found Deficient In Thickness By More Than 25 Mm Shall Be Evaluated By The Lgu Project Engineer, And If In His Judgment, The Deficient Areas Warrant Removal, They Shall Be Removed And Replaced By The Contractor With Pavement Of The Specified Thickness At His Entire Expense. However, If The Evaluation Of The Lgu Project Engineer Is That The Deficient Area Should Not Be Removed And Replaced, Such Area Will Not Be Paid. When The Measurement Of Any Core Is Less Than The Specified Thickness By More Than 25 Mm, The Actual Thickness Of The Pavement In This Area Will Be Determined By Taking Additional Cores At No Less Than 5 M Intervals Parallel To The Center Line In Each Direction From The Affected Location Until A Core Is Found In Each Direction, Which Is Not Deficient In Thickness By More Than 25 Mm. The Area Of Slab For Which No Payment Will Be Made Shall Be The Product Of The Paving Width Multiplied By The Distance Along The Center Line Of The Road Between Transverse Sections Found Not Deficient In Thickness By More Than 25 Mm. The Thickness Of The Remainder Of The Segment To Be Used To Get The Average Thickness Of Each Lot Shall Be Determined By Taking The Average Thickness Of Additional Cores Which Are Not Deficient By More Than 25 Mm. 3. Adjustment For Thickness When The Average Thickness Of The Pavement Per Lot Is Deficient, Payment For The Lot Shall Be Adjusted As Follows: Deficiency In The Average Thickness Per Lot (mm) Percent (%) Of Contract Price Per Lot 0 – 5 100% Payment 6 – 10 95% Payment 11 – 15 85% Payment 16 – 20 70% Payment 21 – 25 50% Payment More Than 25 Remove And Replace/ No Payment No Acceptance And Final Payment Shall Be Made On Completed Pavement Unless Core Test For Thickness Determination Is Conducted 311.4 Environmental Measures In Loading Cement To The Truck And Unloading It To The Temporary Bodega, And From The Bodega To Batching Plant And During Concrete Work Operation Workers Doing This Job Shall Be Provided With Gears So As To Avoid Inhaling Cement Dust Particles That Could Affect Their Health. Workers In Construction Site Shall Be Provided With Working Gloves, Mask Boots And Clothing To Prevent Workers From Being Contaminated With Concrete Mix. The Contractor Shall See To It That The Noise Level Of The Exhaust Mufflers Of The Equipment Shall Be At The Minimum. Otherwise, The Contractor Must Replace All The Exhaust Mufflers Of The Equipment With A New One And Or Provide Muffler Silencers. All Roads Leading The Construction Site And Batching Plant Shall Be Moist During The Entire Works Operation To Prevent The Blowing Up Of Dust Particles. During Work Operation, Precautionary Signboards Shall Be Provided By The Contractor To Prevent Accidents And Damage To The Freshly Laid Concrete.

Details: Description Bulacan Agricultural State College San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Procurement Of Goods 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Fy 2025 Preface These Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) For The Procurement Of Goods Through Competitive Bidding Have Been Prepared By The Government Of The Philippines For Use By Any Branch, Constitutional Commission Or Office, Agency, Department, Bureau, Office, Or Instrumentality Of The Government Of The Philippines, National Government Agencies, Including Government-owned And/or Controlled Corporations, Government Financing Institutions, State Universities And Colleges, And Local Government Unit. The Procedures And Practices Presented In This Document Have Been Developed Through Broad Experience, And Are For Mandatory Use In Projects That Are Financed In Whole Or In Part By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution In Accordance With The Provisions Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Republic Act No. 9184. The Bidding Documents Shall Clearly And Adequately Define, Among Others: (i) The Objectives, Scope, And Expected Outputs And/or Results Of The Proposed Contract Or Framework Agreement, As The Case May Be; (ii) The Eligibility Requirements Of Bidders; (iii) The Expected Contract Or Framework Agreement Duration, The Estimated Quantity In The Case Of Procurement Of Goods, Delivery Schedule And/or Time Frame; And (iv) The Obligations, Duties, And/or Functions Of The Winning Bidder. Care Should Be Taken To Check The Relevance Of The Provisions Of The Pbds Against The Requirements Of The Specific Goods To Be Procured. If Duplication Of A Subject Is Inevitable In Other Sections Of The Document Prepared By The Procuring Entity, Care Must Be Exercised To Avoid Contradictions Between Clauses Dealing With The Same Matter. Moreover, Each Section Is Prepared With Notes Intended Only As Information For The Procuring Entity Or The Person Drafting The Bidding Documents. They Shall Not Be Included In The Final Documents. The Following General Directions Should Be Observed When Using The Documents: A. All The Documents Listed In The Table Of Contents Are Normally Required For The Procurement Of Goods. However, They Should Be Adapted As Necessary To The Circumstances Of The Particular Procurement Project. B. Specific Details, Such As The “name Of The Procuring Entity” And “address For Bid Submission,” Should Be Furnished In The Instructions To Bidders, Bid Data Sheet, And Special Conditions Of Contract. The Final Documents Should Contain Neither Blank Spaces Nor Options. C. This Preface And The Footnotes Or Notes In Italics Included In The Invitation To Bid, Bid Data Sheet, General Conditions Of Contract, Special Conditions Of Contract, Schedule Of Requirements, And Specifications Are Not Part Of The Text Of The Final Document, Although They Contain Instructions That The Procuring Entity Should Strictly Follow. D. The Cover Should Be Modified As Required To Identify The Bidding Documents As To The Procurement Project, Project Identification Number, And Procuring Entity, In Addition To The Date Of Issue. E. Modifications For Specific Procurement Project Details Should Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract As Amendments To The Conditions Of Contract. For Easy Completion, Whenever Reference Has To Be Made To Specific Clauses In The Bid Data Sheet Or Special Conditions Of Contract, These Terms Shall Be Printed In Bold Typeface On Sections I (instructions To Bidders) And Iii (general Conditions Of Contract), Respectively. F. For Guidelines On The Use Of Bidding Forms And The Procurement Of Foreign-assisted Projects, These Will Be Covered By A Separate Issuance Of The Government Procurement Policy Board. Table Of Contents Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations ………………………….4 Section I. Invitation To Bid……………………………………………………..7 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders…………………………………………...10 1. Scope Of Bid ………………………………………………………………………. 11 2. Funding Information………………………………………………………………. 11 3. Bidding Requirements ……………………………………………………………. 11 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices 11 5. Eligible Bidders…………………………………………………………………… 11 6. Origin Of Goods ………………………………………………………………….. 12 7. Subcontracts ……………………………………………………………………… 12 8. Pre-bid Conference ………………………………………………………………. 12 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents …………………………… 12 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components …………. 12 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component …………………………... 13 12. Bid Prices …………………………………………………………………………. 13 13. Bid And Payment Currencies ……………………………………………………… 14 14. Bid Security ………………………………………………………………………. 14 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids ……………………………………………………… 14 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids …………………………………………………. 14 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids ………………………………….. 15 18. Domestic Preference ……………………………………………………………… 15 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids ……………………………………. 15 20. Post-qualification ………………………………………………………………… 16 21. Signing Of The Contract …………………………………………………………… 16 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet …………………………………………………..17 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract ……………………...………..19 1. Scope Of Contract ………………………………………………………………… 20 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment ……………………………………….. 20 3. Performance Security ……………………………………………………………. 20 4. Inspection And Tests ……………………………………………………………… 20 5. Warranty …………………………………………………………………………. 21 6. Liability Of The Supplier ………………………………………………………….. 21 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract ………………………………….22 Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements ……………………………………....30 Section Vii. Technical Specifications …………………………………………34 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents …………..38 Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations Abc – Approved Budget For The Contract. Bac – Bids And Awards Committee. Bid – A Signed Offer Or Proposal To Undertake A Contract Submitted By A Bidder In Response To And In Consonance With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. Also Referred To As Proposal And Tender. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[c]) Bidder – Refers To A Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, Distributor And/or Consultant Who Submits A Bid In Response To The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[d]) Bidding Documents – The Documents Issued By The Procuring Entity As The Bases For Bids, Furnishing All Information Necessary For A Prospective Bidder To Prepare A Bid For The Goods, Infrastructure Projects, And/or Consulting Services Required By The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[e]) Bir – Bureau Of Internal Revenue. Bsp – Bangko Sentral Ng Pilipinas. Consulting Services – Refer To Services For Infrastructure Projects And Other Types Of Projects Or Activities Of The Gop Requiring Adequate External Technical And Professional Expertise That Are Beyond The Capability And/or Capacity Of The Gop To Undertake Such As, But Not Limited To: (i) Advisory And Review Services; (ii) Pre-investment Or Feasibility Studies; (iii) Design; (iv) Construction Supervision; (v) Management And Related Services; And (vi) Other Technical Services Or Special Studies. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[i]) Cda - Cooperative Development Authority. Contract – Refers To The Agreement Entered Into Between The Procuring Entity And The Supplier Or Manufacturer Or Distributor Or Service Provider For Procurement Of Goods And Services; Contractor For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects; Or Consultant Or Consulting Firm For Procurement Of Consulting Services; As The Case May Be, As Recorded In The Contract Form Signed By The Parties, Including All Attachments And Appendices Thereto And All Documents Incorporated By Reference Therein. Cif – Cost Insurance And Freight. Cip – Carriage And Insurance Paid. Cpi – Consumer Price Index. Ddp – Refers To The Quoted Price Of The Goods, Which Means “delivered Duty Paid.” Dti – Department Of Trade And Industry. Exw – Ex Works. Fca – “free Carrier” Shipping Point. Fob – “free On Board” Shipping Point. Foreign-funded Procurement Or Foreign-assisted Project– Refers To Procurement Whose Funding Source Is From A Foreign Government, Foreign Or International Financing Institution As Specified In The Treaty Or International Or Executive Agreement. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[b]). Framework Agreement – Refers To A Written Agreement Between A Procuring Entity And A Supplier Or Service Provider That Identifies The Terms And Conditions, Under Which Specific Purchases, Otherwise Known As “call-offs,” Are Made For The Duration Of The Agreement. It Is In The Nature Of An Option Contract Between The Procuring Entity And The Bidder(s) Granting The Procuring Entity The Option To Either Place An Order For Any Of The Goods Or Services Identified In The Framework Agreement List Or Not Buy At All, Within A Minimum Period Of One (1) Year To A Maximum Period Of Three (3) Years. (gppb Resolution No. 27-2019) Gfi – Government Financial Institution. Gocc – Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporation. Goods – Refer To All Items, Supplies, Materials And General Support Services, Except Consulting Services And Infrastructure Projects, Which May Be Needed In The Transaction Of Public Businesses Or In The Pursuit Of Any Government Undertaking, Project Or Activity, Whether In The Nature Of Equipment, Furniture, Stationery, Materials For Construction, Or Personal Property Of Any Kind, Including Non-personal Or Contractual Services Such As The Repair And Maintenance Of Equipment And Furniture, As Well As Trucking, Hauling, Janitorial, Security, And Related Or Analogous Services, As Well As Procurement Of Materials And Supplies Provided By The Procuring Entity For Such Services. The Term “related” Or “analogous Services” Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To, Lease Or Purchase Of Office Space, Media Advertisements, Health Maintenance Services, And Other Services Essential To The Operation Of The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[r]) Gop – Government Of The Philippines. Gppb – Government Procurement Policy Board. Incoterms – International Commercial Terms. Infrastructure Projects – Include The Construction, Improvement, Rehabilitation, Demolition, Repair, Restoration Or Maintenance Of Roads And Bridges, Railways, Airports, Seaports, Communication Facilities, Civil Works Components Of Information Technology Projects, Irrigation, Flood Control And Drainage, Water Supply, Sanitation, Sewerage And Solid Waste Management Systems, Shore Protection, Energy/power And Electrification Facilities, National Buildings, School Buildings, Hospital Buildings, And Other Related Construction Projects Of The Government. Also Referred To As Civil Works Or Works. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[u]) Lgus – Local Government Units. Nfcc – Net Financial Contracting Capacity. Nga – National Government Agency. Philgeps - Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System. Procurement Project – Refers To A Specific Or Identified Procurement Covering Goods, Infrastructure Project Or Consulting Services. A Procurement Project Shall Be Described, Detailed, And Scheduled In The Project Procurement Management Plan Prepared By The Agency Which Shall Be Consolidated In The Procuring Entity's Annual Procurement Plan. (gppb Circular No. 06-2019 Dated 17 July 2019) Psa – Philippine Statistics Authority. Sec – Securities And Exchange Commission. Slcc – Single Largest Completed Contract. Supplier – Refers To A Citizen, Or Any Corporate Body Or Commercial Company Duly Organized And Registered Under The Laws Where It Is Established, Habitually Established In Business And Engaged In The Manufacture Or Sale Of The Merchandise Or Performance Of The General Services Covered By His Bid. (item 3.8 Of Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019, Dated 23 May 2019). Supplier As Used In These Bidding Documents May Likewise Refer To A Distributor, Manufacturer, Contractor, Or Consultant. Un – United Nations. Section I. Invitation To Bid Notes On The Invitation To Bid The Invitation To Bid (ib) Provides Information That Enables Potential Bidders To Decide Whether To Participate In The Procurement At Hand. The Ib Shall Be Posted In Accordance With Section 21.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Apart From The Essential Items Listed In The Bidding Documents, The Ib Should Also Indicate The Following: A. The Date Of Availability Of The Bidding Documents, Which Shall Be From The Time The Ib Is First Advertised/posted Until The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; B. The Place Where The Bidding Documents May Be Acquired Or The Website Where It May Be Downloaded; C. The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; And D. Any Important Bid Evaluation Criteria (e.g., The Application Of A Margin Of Preference In Bid Evaluation). The Ib Should Be Incorporated In The Bidding Documents. The Information Contained In The Ib Must Conform To The Bidding Documents And In Particular To The Relevant Information In The Bid Data Sheet. Bulacan Agricultural State College San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Invitation To Bid For 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub 1. The Bulacan Agricultural State College, Through The Gaa Capital Outlay Fy 2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of One Billion Pesos Pesos (php1,000,000,000.00) Being The Abc To Payments Under The Contract For Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Now Invites Bids For The Above Procurement Project. Delivery Of The Goods Is Required With Contract Duration Of 280 Calendar Days. Bidders Should Have Completed, Within The Last Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instructions To Bidders). 3. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) No. 9184. Bidding Is Restricted To Filipino Citizens/sole Proprietorships, Partnerships, Or Organizations With At Least Sixty Percent (60%) Interest Or Outstanding Capital Stock Belonging To Citizens Of The Philippines, And To Citizens Or Organizations Of A Country The Laws Or Regulations Of Which Grant Similar Rights Or Privileges To Filipino Citizens, Pursuant To Ra No. 5183. 4. Prospective Bidders May Obtain Further Information From Bulacan Agricultual State College And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below During Office Hours From 8am To 4:30pm. 5. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On January 16, 2025 To February 7, 2025 From The Given Address And Website(s) Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Php75,000.00. The Procuring Entity Shall Allow The Bidder To Present Its Proof Of Payment For The Fees By Presenting The Receipt Upon Submission Of Their Bid Documents. 6. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On January 24, 2025, 09:00 Am Via Zoom Platform (meeting Id: 853 1254 4715, Passcode: 578270) Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. 7. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At The Office Address Indicated Below On Or Before 08:30 Am Of February 7, 2025. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 8. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 14. 9. Bid Opening Shall Be On February 7, 2025, 09:00 Am At The Conference Room, Administration Building, Basc, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. 10. Observers Will Be Invited To Attend And Witness The Bid Proceedings. 11. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. 12. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Rona Angela O. Clarin Bac Secretariat Head Bulacan Agricultural State College Brgy. Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan (044) 697-1240 And 0923-108-1526 Ronaangela_clarin@basc.edu.ph Www.basc.edu.ph 13. You May Visit The Following Websites: For Downloading Of Bidding Documents: Http://www.basc.edu.ph January 16, 2025 (sgd) Ronald Reagan T. Alonzo,ph.d. Bac Chairperson Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders Notes On The Instructions To Bidders This Section On The Instruction To Bidders (itb) Provides The Information Necessary For Bidders To Prepare Responsive Bids, In Accordance With The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity. It Also Provides Information On Bid Submission, Eligibility Check, Opening And Evaluation Of Bids, Post-qualification, And On The Award Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Bulacan Agricultural State College Wishes To Receive Bids For The Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub With Identification Number 2025-01g. The Procurement Project (referred To Herein As “project”) Is Composed Of Twenty-eight (28) Components The Details Of Which Are Described In Section Vii (technical Specifications). 2. Funding Information 2.1. The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For Gaa Fy 2025 In The Amount Of Php1,000,000,000.00 2.2. The Source Of Funding Is: A. Nga, The General Appropriations Act Of 2025. 3. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manuals And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Ib By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Verified And Accepted The General Requirements Of This Project, Including Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Suppliers, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. 5. Eligible Bidders 5.1. Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. 5.2. Not Applicable. 5.3. Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No.9184, The Bidder Shall Have An Slcc That Is At Least One (1) Contract Similar To The Project The Value Of Which, Adjusted To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Must Be At Least Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Or Have Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts, The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) In The Case Of Non-expendable Supplies And Services Or Twenty-five Percent (25%) In The Case Of Expendable Supplies] Of The Abc For This Project; 5.4. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.1 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6. Origin Of Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un, Subject To Domestic Preference Requirements Under Itb Clause 18. 7. Subcontracts 7.1. The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That: A. Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 8. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On The Specified Date And Time At Its Physical Address As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10.1. The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 10.2. The Bidder’s Slcc As Indicated In Itb Clause 5.3 Should Have Been Completed Within The Last Five (5) Years Prior To The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10.3. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. Similar To The Required Authentication Above, For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 11.1. The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 11.2. If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity, A Certification Issued By Dti Shall Be Provided By The Bidder In Accordance With Section 43.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 11.3. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. 11.4. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 12. Bid Prices 12.1. Prices Indicated On The Price Schedule Shall Be Entered Separately In The Following Manner: A. For Goods Offered From Within The Procuring Entity’s Country: I. The Price Of The Goods Quoted Exw (ex-works, Ex-factory, Ex-warehouse, Ex-showroom, Or Off-the-shelf, As Applicable); Ii. The Cost Of All Customs Duties And Sales And Other Taxes Already Paid Or Payable; Iii. The Cost Of Transportation, Insurance, And Other Costs Incidental To Delivery Of The Goods To Their Final Destination; And Iv. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, Listed In E. B. For Goods Offered From Abroad: I. Unless Otherwise Stated In The Bds, The Price Of The Goods Shall Be Quoted Delivered Duty Paid (ddp) With The Place Of Destination In The Philippines As Specified In The Bds. In Quoting The Price, The Bidder Shall Be Free To Use Transportation Through Carriers Registered In Any Eligible Country. Similarly, The Bidder May Obtain Insurance Services From Any Eligible Source Country. Ii. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, As Listed In Section Vii (technical Specifications). 13. Bid And Payment Currencies 13.1. For Goods That The Bidder Will Supply From Outside The Philippines, The Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradeable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies, Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. 13.2. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In Philippine Pesos. 14. Bid Security 14.1. The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. 14.2. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until 120 Days From The Opening Of Bids. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The Original Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid And Plus Two (2) Copies Of Each Kind, Labeled As Copy 1 And Copy 2 Duly Signed By The Authorized Representative Of The Bidder. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 16.1. The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 17.1. The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. 17.2. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 18. Domestic Preference 18.1. The Procuring Entity Will Grant A Margin Of Preference For The Purpose Of Comparison Of Bids In Accordance With Section 43.1.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 19.1. The Procuring Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed,” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19.2. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, Bidders May Submit A Proposal On Any Of The Lots Or Items, And Evaluation Will Be Undertaken On A Per Lot Or Item Basis, As The Case Maybe. In This Case, The Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 15 Shall Be Submitted For Each Lot Or Item Separately. 19.3. The Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items Shall Be Indicated In Section Vii (technical Specifications), Although The Abcs Of These Lots Or Items Are Indicated In The Bds For Purposes Of The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Nfcc Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 19.4. The Project Shall Be Awarded As One Project Having Several Items That Shall Be Awarded As One Contract. 19.5. Except For Bidders Submitting A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation, All Bids Must Include The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Which Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. For Bidders Submitting The Committed Line Of Credit, It Must Be At Least Equal To Ten Percent (10%) Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 20. Post-qualification 20.1. Not Applicable 20.2. Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. 21. Signing Of The Contract 21.1. The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Notes On The Bid Data Sheet The Bid Data Sheet (bds) Consists Of Provisions That Supplement, Amend, Or Specify In Detail, Information, Or Requirements Included In The Itb Found In Section Ii, Which Are Specific To Each Procurement. This Section Is Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing The Specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Itb And Has To Be Prepared For Each Specific Procurement. The Procuring Entity Should Specify In The Bds Information And Requirements Specific To The Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Processing Of The Procurement, And The Bid Evaluation Criteria That Will Apply To The Bids. In Preparing The Bds, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Specifies And Complements Provisions Of The Itb Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements, If Any, To Provisions Of The Itb As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Procurement, Must Also Be Incorporated. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.3 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Shall Be: A. Supply, Delivery, Installation, Commissioning And Set-up Of Ict Materials And Laboratory Equipment With Any Of The Two (2) Components As Follows: 1. Productivity Software And/or Licenses 2. Hardware Such As Servers, Desktops And/or Laptops 3. Closed-circuit Television (cctv) 4. Smart Solar Lighting Systems 5. Network Infrastructure B. Completed Within Three (3) Years Prior To The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids That Is Equivalent To 50% Of Abc Or Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts, The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) In The Case Of Non-expendable Supplies And Services Or Twenty-five Percent (25%) In The Case Of Expendable Supplies] Of The Abc For This Project; 7.1 Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 12 The Bid Prices Of Goods And Services Supplied From Outside Of The Philippines Shall Be Quoted In Philippine Pesos. 14.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration, Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: A. The Amount Of Not Less Than Php20,000,000.00 [(2%) Of The Abc] If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; Or B. The Amount Of Not Less Than Php50,000,000.00[(5%) Of The Abc], If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 19.3 The Project Will Be Awarded As A Single Project. 20.2 1. Income Tax Return (form 1701/1702) With Audited Financial Statement., 2. Business Tax Return (forms 2550m And 2550q) Prior To Opening Of Bids Filed Thru Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps). Only Tax Returns Filed And Taxes Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) Shall Be Accepted. 21.2 Not Applicable Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract Notes On The General Conditions Of Contract The General Conditions Of Contract (gcc) In This Section, Read In Conjunction With The Special Conditions Of Contract In Section V And Other Documents Listed Therein, Should Be A Complete Document Expressing All The Rights And Obligations Of The Parties. Matters Governing Performance Of The Supplier, Payments Under The Contract, Or Matters Affecting The Risks, Rights, And Obligations Of The Parties Under The Contract Are Included In The Gcc And Special Conditions Of Contract. Any Complementary Information, Which May Be Needed, Shall Be Introduced Only Through The Special Conditions Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. Additional Requirements For The Completion Of This Contract Shall Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc). 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment 2.1. Advance Payment Of The Contract Amount Is Provided Under Annex “d” Of The Revised 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 2.2. The Procuring Entity Is Allowed To Determine The Terms Of Payment On The Partial Or Staggered Delivery Of The Goods Procured, Provided Such Partial Payment Shall Correspond To The Value Of The Goods Delivered And Accepted In Accordance With Prevailing Accounting And Auditing Rules And Regulations. The Terms Of Payment Are Indicated In The Scc. 3. Performance Security Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award By The Bidder From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than Prior To The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 4. Inspection And Tests The Procuring Entity Or Its Representative Shall Have The Right To Inspect And/or To Test The Goods To Confirm Their Conformity To The Project In Addition To Tests In The Scc, Section Iv (technical Specifications) Shall Specify What Inspections And/or Tests The Procuring Entity Requires, And Where They Are To Be Conducted. The Procuring Entity Shall Notify The Supplier In Writing, In A Timely Manner, Of The Identity Of Any Representatives Retained For These Purposes. All Reasonable Facilities And Assistance For The Inspection And Testing Of Goods, Including Access To Drawings And Production Data, Shall Be Provided By The Supplier To The Authorized Inspectors At No Charge To The Procuring Entity. 5. Warranty 6.1. In Order To Assure That Manufacturing Defects Shall Be Corrected By The Supplier, A Warranty Shall Be Required From The Supplier As Provided Under Section 62.1 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6.2. The Procuring Entity Shall Promptly Notify The Supplier In Writing Of Any Claims Arising Under This Warranty. Upon Receipt Of Such Notice, The Supplier Shall, Repair Or Replace The Defective Goods Or Parts Thereof Without Cost To The Procuring Entity, Pursuant To The Generic Procurement Manual. 6. Liability Of The Supplier The Supplier’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Supplier Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Notes On The Special Conditions Of Contract Similar To The Bds, The Clauses In This Section Are Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing Contract-specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Gcc Found In Section Iv. The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc) Complement The Gcc, Specifying Contractual Requirements Linked To The Special Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Procuring Entity’s Country, The Sector, And The Goods Purchased. In Preparing This Section, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Complements Provisions Of The Gcc Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements To Provisions Of The Gcc As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Purchase, Must Also Be Incorporated. However, No Special Condition Which Defeats Or Negates The General Intent And Purpose Of The Provisions Of The Gcc Should Be Incorporated Herein. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 1 Delivery And Documents – For Purposes Of The Contract, “exw,” “fob,” “fca,” “cif,” “cip,” “ddp” And Other Trade Terms Used To Describe The Obligations Of The Parties Shall Have The Meanings Assigned To Them By The Current Edition Of Incoterms Published By The International Chamber Of Commerce, Paris. The Delivery Terms Of This Contract Shall Be As Follows: “the Delivery Terms Applicable To This Contract Are Delivered At Basc, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Risk And Title Will Pass From The Supplier To The Procuring Entity Upon Receipt And Final Acceptance Of The Goods At Their Final Destination.” Delivery Of The Goods Shall Be Made By The Supplier In Accordance With The Terms Specified In Section Vi (schedule Of Requirements). For Purposes Of This Clause The Procuring Entity’s Representative At The Project Site Is Dr. Ma. Melanie A. Cruz And Mr. Florentino S. Casuco, Jr. Incidental Services – The Supplier Is Required To Provide All Of The Following Services, Including Additional Services, If Any, Specified In Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements: A. Performance Or Supervision Of On-site Assembly And/or Start-up Of The Supplied Goods; B. Furnishing Of Tools Required For Assembly And/or Maintenance Of The Supplied Goods; C. Furnishing Of A Detailed Operations And Maintenance Manual For Each Appropriate Unit Of The Supplied Goods; D. Performance Or Supervision Or Maintenance And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods, For A Period Of Time Agreed By The Parties, Provided That This Service Shall Not Relieve The Supplier Of Any Warranty Obligations Under This Contract; And E. Training Of The Procuring Entity’s Personnel, At The Supplier’s Plant And/or On-site, In Assembly, Start-up, Operation, Maintenance, And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods. The Contract Price For The Goods Shall Include The Prices Charged By The Supplier For Incidental Services And Shall Not Exceed The Prevailing Rates Charged To Other Parties By The Supplier For Similar Services. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Packaging – The Supplier Shall Provide Such Packaging Of The Goods As Is Required To Prevent Their Damage Or Deterioration During Transit To Their Final Destination, As Indicated In This Contract. The Packaging Shall Be Sufficient To Withstand, Without Limitation, Rough Handling During Transit And Exposure To Extreme Temperatures, Salt And Precipitation During Transit, And Open Storage. Packaging Case Size And Weights Shall Take Into Consideration, Where Appropriate, The Remoteness Of The Goods’ Final Destination And The Absence Of Heavy Handling Facilities At All Points In Transit. The Packaging, Marking, And Documentation Within And Outside The Packages Shall Comply Strictly With Such Special Requirements As Shall Be Expressly Provided For In The Contract, Including Additional Requirements, If Any, Specified Below, And In Any Subsequent Instructions Ordered By The Procuring Entity. The Outer Packaging Must Be Clearly Marked On At Least Four (4) Sides As Follows: Name Of The Procuring Entity Name Of The Supplier Contract Description Final Destination Gross Weight Any Special Lifting Instructions Any Special Handling Instructions Any Relevant Hazchem Classifications A Packaging List Identifying The Contents And Quantities Of The Package Is To Be Placed On An Accessible Point Of The Outer Packaging If Practical. If Not Practical The Packaging List Is To Be Placed Inside The Outer Packaging But Outside The Secondary Packaging. Transportation – Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip, Or Ddp, Transport Of The Goods To The Port Of Destination Or Such Other Named Place Of Destination In The Philippines, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged And Paid For By The Supplier, And The Cost Thereof Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under This Contract To Transport The Goods To A Specified Place Of Destination Within The Philippines, Defined As The Project Site, Transport To Such Place Of Destination In The Philippines, Including Insurance And Storage, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged By The Supplier, And Related Costs Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip Or Ddp, Goods Are To Be Transported On Carriers Of Philippine Registry. In The Event That No Carrier Of Philippine Registry Is Available, Goods May Be Shipped By A Carrier Which Is Not Of Philippine Registry Provided That The Supplier Obtains And Presents To The Procuring Entity Certification To This Effect From The Nearest Philippine Consulate To The Port Of Dispatch. In The Event That Carriers Of Philippine Registry Are Available But Their Schedule Delays The Supplier In Its Performance Of This Contract The Period From When The Goods Were First Ready For Shipment And The Actual Date Of Shipment The Period Of Delay Will Be Considered Force Majeure. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Intellectual Property Rights – The Supplier Shall Indemnify The Procuring Entity Against All Third-party Claims Of Infringement Of Patent, Trademark, Or Industrial Design Rights Arising From Use Of The Goods Or Any Part Thereof 2.2 The Terms Of Payment Shall Be As Follows: 15% : Upon Submission Of Signed Contract 25% : Submission And Acceptance Of Detailed Work Plan And Systems Design 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Internet Connectivity 15. Campus Network System 16. Fiber Optics Works 17. Structured Cabling Works 18. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19. Campus Data Center Upgrade 20. Data Center Network Switches 21. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 22. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23. Cloud Infrastructure 24. Ip-pabx System 25. Software & Networking Laboratories 26. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27. E-library Infrastructure 28. Smart Function Hall 26.43% 1st Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 1. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 2. Campus Data Center Upgrade 3. Data Center Network Switches 4. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 5. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 6. Ip-pabx System 7. Software & Networking Laboratories 8. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 9. E-library Infrastructure 10. Smart Function Hall 11. Campus Network System 12. Fiber Optics Works 13. Structured Cabling Works 14. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 15. Document Management System 16. Queuing / Appointment System 1st Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 1. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 2. Payroll Management System 3. Assets & Fleet Management System 4. Document Management System 5. Trouble Ticketing System 6. Queuing / Appointment System 7. Campus Portal System 23.57% 2nd Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 1. Internet Connectivity 2. University Library System 3. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 2nd Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 1. Cloud Infrastructure 2. University Information System 3. Learning Management System 4. Executive Information System 5. University Library System Hardware Installation, Configuration And Integration 1. Campus Network System 2. Structured Cabling Works 3. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 4. Data Center Network Switches 5. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 6. Ip-pabx System 7. E-library Infrastructure Acceptance Of Volume Testing 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing : Completion Of Training 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Campus Network System 15. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 16. Campus Data Center Upgrade 17. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 18. Smart Function Hall 10% : Project Acceptance And Turnover 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Internet Connectivity 15. Campus Network System 16. Fiber Optics Works 17. Structured Cabling Works 18. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19. Campus Data Center Upgrade 20. Data Center Network Switches 21. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 22. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23. Cloud Infrastructure 24. Ip-pabx System 25. Software & Networking Laboratories 26. E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27. E-library Infrastructure 28. Smart Function Hall 4 The Inspections And Tests That Will Be Conducted Are: On Site Testing Of All Items To Be Procured. Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements The Delivery Schedule Expressed As Weeks/months Stipulates Hereafter A Delivery Date Which Is The Date Of Delivery To The Project Site. Item Number Description Quantity Delivered, Weeks/months 1 University Information System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 2 Learning Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 3 Innovative Cashiering System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 4 Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 5 Payroll Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 6 Assets & Fleet Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 7 Document Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 8 Trouble Ticketing System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 9 Queuing System / Appointment System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 10 Executive Information System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 11 Campus Portal System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 12 University Library System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 13 Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 14 Internet Connectivity 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 15 Campus Network System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 16 Fiber Optics Works 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 17 Structured Cabling Works 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 18 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 19 Campus Data Center Upgrade 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 20 Data Center Network Switches (network Infrastructure) 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 21 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block & File Storage System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 22 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 23 Basc Cloud Infrastructure 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 24 Ip-pabx System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 25 Software And Networking Laboratories 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 26 E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 27 E-library Infrastructure 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 28 Smart Function Hall 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed For Details See Terms Of Reference [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of ____________________________ Section Vii. Technical Specifications Notes For Preparing The Technical Specifications A Set Of Precise And Clear Specifications Is A Prerequisite For Bidders To Respond Realistically And Competitively To The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity Without Qualifying Their Bids. In The Context Of Competitive Bidding, The Specifications (e.g. Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And After-sales Service/parts, Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items) Must Be Prepared To Permit The Widest Possible Competition And, At The Same Time, Present A Clear Statement Of The Required Standards Of Workmanship, Materials, And Performance Of The Goods And Services To Be Procured. Only If This Is Done Will The Objectives Of Transparency, Equity, Efficiency, Fairness , And Economy In Procurement Be Realized, Responsiveness Of Bids Be Ensured, And The Subsequent Task Of Bid Evaluation And Post-qualification Facilitated. The Specifications Should Require That All Items, Materials And Accessories To Be Included Or Incorporated In The Goods Be New, Unused, And Of The Most Recent Or Current Models, And That They Include Or Incorporate All Recent Improvements In Design And Materials Unless Otherwise Provided In The Contract. Samples Of Specifications From Previous Similar Procurements Are Useful In This Respect. The Use Of Metric Units Is Encouraged. Depending On The Complexity Of The Goods And The Repetitiveness Of The Type Of Procurement, It May Be Advantageous To Standardize The General Technical Specifications And Incorporate Them In A Separate Subsection. The General Technical Specifications Should Cover All Classes Of Workmanship, Materials, And Equipment Commonly Involved In Manufacturing Similar Goods. Deletions Or Addenda Should Then Adapt The General Technical Specifications To The Particular Procurement. Care Must Be Taken In Drafting Specifications To Ensure That They Are Not Restrictive. In The Specification Of Standards For Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship, Recognized Philippine And International Standards Should Be Used As Much As Possible. Where Other Particular Standards Are Used, Whether National Standards Or Other Standards, The Specifications Should State That Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship That Meet Other Authoritative Standards, And Which Ensure At Least A Substantially Equal Quality Than The Standards Mentioned, Will Also Be Acceptable. The Following Clause May Be Inserted In The Special Conditions Of Contract Or The Technical Specifications. Sample Clause: Equivalency Of Standards And Codes Wherever Reference Is Made In The Technical Specifications To Specific Standards And Codes To Be Met By The Goods And Materials To Be Furnished Or Tested, The Provisions Of The Latest Edition Or Revision Of The Relevant Standards And Codes Shall Apply, Unless Otherwise Expressly Stated In The Contract. Where Such Standards And Codes Are National Or Relate To A Particular Country Or Region, Other Authoritative Standards That Ensure Substantial Equivalence To The Standards And Codes Specified Will Be Acceptable. Reference To Brand Name And Catalogue Number Should Be Avoided As Far As Possible; Where Unavoidable They Should Always Be Followed By The Words “or At Least Equivalent.” References To Brand Names Cannot Be Used When The Funding Source Is The Gop. Where Appropriate, Drawings, Including Site Plans As Required, May Be Furnished By The Procuring Entity With The Bidding Documents. Similarly, The Supplier May Be Requested To Provide Drawings Or Samples Either With Its Bid Or For Prior Review By The Procuring Entity During Contract Execution. Bidders Are Also Required, As Part Of The Technical Specifications, To Complete Their Statement Of Compliance Demonstrating How The Items Comply With The Specification. Technical Specifications Item Specification Statement Of Compliance [bidders Must State Here Either “comply” Or “not Comply” Against Each Of The Individual Parameters Of Each Specification Stating The Corresponding Performance Parameter Of The Equipment Offered. Statements Of “comply” Or “not Comply” Must Be Supported By Evidence In A Bidders Bid And Cross-referenced To That Evidence. Evidence Shall Be In The Form Of Manufacturer’s Un-amended Sales Literature, Unconditional Statements Of Specification And Compliance Issued By The Manufacturer, Samples, Independent Test Data Etc., As Appropriate. A Statement That Is Not Supported By Evidence Or Is Subsequently Found To Be Contradicted By The Evidence Presented Will Render The Bid Under Evaluation Liable For Rejection. A Statement Either In The Bidder's Statement Of Compliance Or The Supporting Evidence That Is Found To Be False Either During Bid Evaluation, Post-qualification Or The Execution Of The Contract May Be Regarded As Fraudulent And Render The Bidder Or Supplier Liable For Prosecution Subject To The Applicable Laws And Issuances.] 1 University Information System 2 Learning Management System 3 Innovative Cashiering System 4 Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5 Payroll Management System 6 Assets & Fleet Management System 7 Document Management System 8 Trouble Ticketing System 9 Queuing System / Appointment System 10 Executive Information System 11 Campus Portal System 12 University Library System 13 Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14 Internet Connectivity 15 Campus Network System 16 Fiber Optics Works 17 Structured Cabling Works 18 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19 Campus Data Center Upgrade 20 Data Center Network Switches (network Infrastructure) 21 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block & File Storage System 22 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23 Basc Cloud Infrastructure 24 Ip-pabx System 25 Software And Networking Laboratories 26 E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27 E-library Infrastructure 28 Smart Function Hall For Details See Terms Of Reference [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of ____________________________ Republic Of The Philippines Bulacan Agricultural State College Address: Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan Website: Https://basc.edu.ph/ Tel/fax No.: (044) 931 8660 Terms Of Reference Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub   Definition Of Terms Key Description Internet-based Application A Client/server Application That Uses Standard Internet Protocols For Connecting The Client To The Server. Acl Access Control List Ap Transmit Power Access Point Transmit Power Aec Acoustic Echo Cancellation Ad Database Active Directory Database Arp Address Resolution Protocol Awg American Wire Gauge Api Application Programming Interface Abc Approved Budget Cost Ai Rf Artificial Intelligence Radio Frequency Afms Assets & Fleet Management System Aes/ebu Audio Engineering Society / European Broadcasting Union Ah Authentication Header Ajb Auto Jitter Buffer Agc Automatic Gain Control Agronomy The Application Of Science And Technology From The Fields Of Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Ecology, Soil Science, Water Science, Pest Management, And Genetics To The Improvement And Management Of The World's Major Food Crops. Animal Husbandry The Branch Of Agriculture Is Concerned With Animals That Are Raised For Meat, Fiber, Milk, Or Other Products. It Includes Day-to-day Care, Management, Production, Nutrition, Selective Breeding, And Livestock Raising. Anpr Camera Automatic Number Plate Recognition Camera Basc Bulacan Agricultural State College Bunas Bulacan National Agricultural School Bi Dashboard Business Intelligence Dashboard Cmmi5 Capability Maturity Model Integration 5 Cpu Central Processing Unit Ca Certificate Authentication Certificate Authority Certificate Authentication Cor Certificate Of Registration Ceh Certification Certified Ethical Hacker Certification Cgeit Certified In The Governance Of Enterprise It Isc Certified Information Systems Security Professional Cpmp Certified Project Management Practitioner Cos Class Of Service Cctv Closed-circuit Television Cng Comfort Noise Generation Dtr Daily Time Record Dpa Data Privacy Act [r.a. No. 10173] Db Decibel Dbm Department Of Budget And Management Dscp Differentiated Services Code Point Dsp Digital Signal Processing Dvi Digital Visual Interface Dss Direct Station Selection Dr Drills Disaster Recovery Drills Dms Document Management System Dns Domain Name System Ddr4 Double Data Rate 4 Dfp Dynamic Fabric Provisioning Dhcp Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Dps Dynamic Path Selection Ecc Employee Compensation Contribution Esp Encapsulating Security Payload Eis Executive Information System Xlr External Line Return Fpi Fabric Performance Impact Fspf Fabric Shortest Path First Foc Fiber Optic Cable Ftp File Transfer Protocol Fdmi Flat Display Mounting Interface Fhd Ir Full High Definition Infrared Camera Fqdn Fully Qualified Domain Name Fdm Fused Deposition Modeling Gbe Gigabit Ethernet Gb Gigabyte Gbps Gigabyte Per Second Gui Graphical User Interface Gddr5 Graphics Double Data Rate 5 Hdd Hard Disk Drive Hi-fi High Fidelity Hdmi High-definition Multimedia Interface Hf Amplifier High-frequency Amplifier Hris Human Resource Information System Http Hypertext Transfer Protocol Ict Information And Communications Technology Ict Information Communication Technology Itil Certification Information Technology Infrastructure Library Certification Ir Infrared Radiation Ir/rgb Infra-red/red, Green And Blue Ieee Institute Of Electrical And Electronics Engineers Ipmi Intelligent Platform Management Interface Iec Standard International Electrotechnical Commission Standard Iso International Organization For Standardization Igmp Internet Group Management Protocol Ike Internet Key Exchange Ip Internet Protocol Ipofc Internet Protocol Over Fibre Channel Ip-pabx Internet Protocol Private Branch Exchange Ipsec Internet Protocol Security Ipv4 Internet Protocol Version 4 Ipv6 Internet Protocol Version 6 Isp Internet Service Provider Isl Trunking Inter-switch Link Trunking Management Tunnel Encryption It Is A Secure Channel Or Connection Established Between A Management Station And A Network Device To Remotely Manage And Configure The Device. Intelligent Load Balancing It Is The Technique Used In Computer Networking And Server Management To Distribute Incoming Network Traffic Or Workload Across Multiple Servers Or Resources In A Way That Optimizes Resource Utilization, Improves Performance, And Ensures High Availability. Kpi Key Performance Indicator Kvm Keyboard, Video, Mouse Lms Learning Management System Ldap Lightweight Directory Access Protocol Lacp Link Aggregation Control Protocol Lan Local Area Network Lf Amplifier Low-frequency Amplifier Mac Media Access Control Mp Megapixels Ms Milliseconds Mcb Miniature Circuit Breaker Maps Monitoring And Alerting Policy Suite M-lag Multichassis Link Aggregation Group Mimo Multiple-input And Multiple-output Nhmfc National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation Nat Network Address Translation Nat-t Network Address Translation-traversal Ndi Network Device Interface Nic’s Network Interface Cards Nvme Network Address Translation Ops Open Pluggable Specification Ospf Open Shortest Path First Oem Original Equipment Manufacturer Oem Certification Original Equipment Manufacturer Certification Pppoe Point-to-point Protocol Over Ethernet Pptp Point-to-point Tunneling Protocol Pvc Polyvinyl Chloride Pdu Power Distribution Unit Poe Power Over Ethernet Pacu Precision Air-conditioning Units Pc Project Category Psc Project Sub– Category Rfid Radio Frequency Identification Ram Random Access Memory Rdp Read Diagnostics Parameter Rstp Real-time Streaming Protocol Rj Registered Jack Rdbms Relational Database Management System Rh Relative Humidity Rcs Reliable Commit Service Rog Report Of Grades Rotc Reserve Officers' Training Corps Rpm Revolutions Per Minute Rip Routing Information Protocol Srtp Secure Real-time Transport Protocol Ssl Secure Sockets Layer Ssl Vpn Secure Sockets Layer Virtual Private Network Sata Serial Advanced Technology Attachment Sp Service Provider Ssid Service Set Identifier Sip Session Initiation Protocol Stp Shielded Twisted Pair Sms Short Message Service Sns Simple Name Server Sso Single Sign-on Sddq Slow Drain Device Quarantine Sddq Slow Drain Device Quarantine Sfp Small Form-factor Pluggable Cadre A Small Group Of People Specially Trained For A Particular Purpose Or Profession. Ssd Solid State Drive Spl Sound Pressure Level Soa Statement Of Account San Storage Area Network Sqlnet Structured Query Language Network Tb Terabyte Encrypted Communication The Process Of Encoding Information In Such A Way That Only Authorized Parties Can Access And Understand It. Tat Time & Attendance Terminal Tor Transcript Of Records Tcp/ip Transmission Control Protocol/internet Protocol Tls Transport Layer Security Tftp Trivial File Transfer Protocol Uhd Ultra High Definition Ups Uninterruptible Power Supply Usb Universal Serial Bus Uis University Information System Utp Unshielded Twisted Pair Udp User Datagram Protocol Ui User Interface Vga Video Graphics Array Vram Video Random-access Memory Vlan Virtual Local Area Network Vms Virtual Machines Vpn Virtual Private Network Vad Voice Activity Detection Voip Voice Over Internet Protocol Wpa Wi-fi Protected Access Wep Wired Equivalent Privacy Wan Wireless Area Network Wi-fi Wireless Fidelity Wips Wireless Intrusion Prevention System I. Introduction A. Executive Summary The Bulacan Agricultural State College (basc) Was Established In 1952. It Started As The Community Agricultural School In Bintog, Plaridel, Bulacan With About 100 Students. The Succeeding Years Saw An Increase In The Number Of Students. Unlike Before, Students Came Not Only From The Local Community But Also From Elsewhere In The Province. With This, The School Was Aptly Named The Bulacan Provincial High School. In 1955, With A Growing Population And A Need To Accommodate The Same, Presidential Proclamation No. 163 Was Issued Allocating 200 Hectares Of Land For The School In Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Not Long After, Republic Act (r.a.) No. 948 Was Issued Changing The School’s Name To Bulacan National Agricultural School (bunas). In 1960, Tertiary Education Was Offered In Bunas With A Two-year Associate In Agriculture Program, Which Eventually Led To The Offering Of The Bachelor Of Science In Agriculture Degree With Majors In Agronomy And Animal Husbandry. Cognizant Of The Broad-based Agricultural Education And Training Needs Of The Bulakeños, Hon. Ricardo C. Silverio, And Then Representative Of District Ii Of The Province Of Bulacan Authored House Bill No. 2389 Which Moved For An Expanded Educational Program For Bunas. With The Bilateral Approval Of Both Houses, President Fidel V. Ramos Signed R.a. No. 8548, Officially Converting The Bunas Into A Chartered State College Known As The Bulacan National Agricultural State College On February 24, 1998. Its Name Was Changed To Bulacan Agricultural State College By Virtue Of R.a. No. 9249 Signed By Her Excellency Gloria Macapagal Arroyo On February 19, 2004. As Mandated By Its Charter, Basc Shall Provide Higher Professional, Technical, And Special Instructions For Special Purposes And Promote Research And Extension Services And Advanced Studies In Agriculture, Arts And Science Programs, And Other Allied Courses. It Shall Also Offer Short-term Technical And Vocational Non-degree Courses Within Its Area Of Specialization To Meet The Needs Of Its Constituents. Basc Main Campus Is Situated In Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. It Has Three Extension Campuses – Doña Remedios Trinidad Campus; Balagtas Technical Vocational School Campus; And Fortunato Halili National Agricultural School. The Basc Board Of Trustees Is The Policy-making Body Of The College Composed Of The Following: Chairperson: Chairperson, Commission On Higher Education Vice-chairperson: President, Bulacan Agricultural State College Members: Chairperson, Senate Committee On Higher And Technical Education Chairperson, House Committee On Higher And Technical Education Director, Neda Region Iii Director, Da Region Iii President, Basc Alumni Association Faculty Trustee Student Trustee Prominent Citizen Resource Person: Director, Dost Region Iii The College Is Headed By Its President, Dr. Jameson H. Tan, And Assisted By Dr. Cecilia S. Santiago, Vice President For Academic Affairs; Dr. Ronald Reagan T. Alonzo, Vice President For Administration, Finance And Business Affairs; And Dr. Honeylet J. Nicolas, Vice President For Research, Extension, Production And Development. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Shall Strive For Excellence In Agriculture And Other Allied Disciplines. It Shall Provide For And Address Ever-changing Educational Needs And Services For Those Seeking To Expand Their Intellectual Horizons. Basc Shall Address National And International Issues And Be Established As A Major Presence And Contributor To The Progress Of The Global Community. To Ensure The Training Of Productive And Competitive Graduates In Agriculture And Other Related Disciplines, Basc Is Keen On Delivering The Following Goals/objectives. 1. Produce Quality Graduates Equipped With Knowledge And Expertise Enough To Meet The Demands And Challenges Of The Fast-changing Society. 2. Develop A Cadre Of Highly Competent Manpower To Implement The Various Academic, Research, Extension, Training, And Production Programs Of The College. 3. Undertake Relevant Research, Extension, And Training Programs To Accelerate Productivity And For Additional Income Of People In Rural And Urban Areas. 4. Promote The General Welfare Of The Faculty And Staff As Well As The Students. 5. Maintain A Wholesome Academic Community Conducive To Learning By Providing A State-of-the-art Laboratory, Information And Communication Equipment, And A Modern Library, Sports, And Other Facilities. 6. Establish Networks, Linkages, Or Collaboration With Other Stakeholders To Take Advantage Of The Synergy For Fund Sourcing. 7. Develop And Implement Resource Generation Projects To Modernize And Sustain The Operation Of The College. 8. Implement An Improved Administrative Efficiency And Financial Management System. Delivering These Goals/objectives Would Require Adding And Improving Systems As Well As Information Communication Technology (ict) Equipment For Basc To Provide Better Management, Process, Technology, And System, Thus, Achieving An Improvement For The Goals Outlined Above. The Agency Aligns Its Support Commitments To Its Core Programs Focused On The Desired Impact Of Improved Ict Equipment And Systems Using The Latest Technology And Developing A Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub. To Address These Services, Systems Are Needed To Properly Put In Place All The Information. These Systems Will Target All The Services Mentioned In Such That Each Service Will Be Dealt With One By One As Follows: 1. University Information System – A Platform That Can Oversee And Streamline All Aspects Of University Operations, From Student Admission, Enrollment, Student And Alumni Services, Faculty And Staff Management, Curriculum Management, Grades, And Academic Progress. 2. Learning Management System – It Should Integrate Course Development, Distribution, Evaluation, And Control Into A Unified, Device-compatible Interface. It Facilitates Personalized Learning Trajectories That Enhance Student Engagement And Achievement By Centralizing Communication, Content, Analytics, And Work Process Automation. 3. Cashiering System – This Is A Cutting-edge And Highly Efficient Solution To Transform Cashiering Operations Within The Basc Setting. 4. Human Resource Management System & Timekeeping System – Integrates All Human Resource (hr) Functions Into A Unified System Designed To Streamline Hr Process Workflow And Improve Data Management, Data Security, Integrity, Onboarding, Benefits Administration, Compliance, Performance Tracking, Development, And Retention. 5. Payroll Management System – This Represents A Cutting-edge Solution To Revolutionize And Simplify Payroll Management. 6. Assets & Fleet Management System – A Comprehensive Platform Designed To Assist The University In Efficiently Monitoring And Administering The University’s Valuable Assets And Fleet Of Vehicles. 7. Document Management System – A Digital Platform Designed To Consolidate And Enhance The Document Management Processes Within Basc. 8. Trouble Ticketing System – Provides Centralized Incident/problem Reporting, Coordinated Troubleshooting, Assignment, Tracking, Knowledge Base Documentation, And Customer Communication Streams To Rapidly Restore Technology Performance And Availability While Optimizing Resource Efficiency And Minimizing Disruptions Across Users And Business Operations. 9. Queueing / Appointment System – A Solution Designed To Streamline And Enhance The Way Universities Handle Queues And Appointments For A Wide Range Of Services. 10. Executive Information System – Selectively Aggregate, Analyze, And Visualize Kpis On Vital Organizational Statistics From Integrated Bi Dashboards Tuned To Strategic Objectives To Reveal Insights Driving Informed Decisions And Management By Exception For Optimized, Data-driven Governance And Outcomes. 11. Campus Portal System - This Should Encompass Intranet Platforms Facilitating Single Sign-on Access For Faculty, Staff, And Administrators. These Portals Practically Incorporate Critical Academic Resources, College Services, And Administrative Systems For Their Respective Roles. 12. University Library System – Consolidates The Management Of Physical And Digital Resources On Campus. These Include Discovery Layers, Circulation, Patron Records, Book/media Cataloging, And User Usage Analytics. 13. Econference Room With Video Conferencing – A Solution Designed To Streamline And Enhance The Institution By Facilitating Seamless Real-time Communication Between Individuals Or Groups In Different Locations. Reporting And Any Associated Sub-modules Thereof May Be Necessary. Ii. Project Objectives A. General Objectives The Main Objective Of Bulacan Agriculture State College (basc) Is To Enhance The Educational Experience, Improve Campus Operations, And Address The Needs Of Students, Faculty, And Staff In An Efficient, Sustainable, And Forward-thinking Way. The System Shall Be Securely Accessible By All Stakeholders Anytime And Anywhere. B. Specific Objectives The Project Aims To Provide A System With The Following Features: • The System Must Promote The Virtue Of Transparency. • The System Runs On An Internet-based Application. • The System Is Available On Both Android And Ios Mobile Devices. • The System Should Record And Track Potential Students From Their First Inquiry To Enrollment. • The System Should Record And Calculate Grades, As Well As Facilitate The Transmission Of Grades To The Dean’s And Registrar’s Office. • The System That Manages Academic Records, Courses, And Academic-related Information For Students. • The System Should Record Each Student's Class Attendance And Allow The Teachers To View It. • The System Should Have A Dashboard For Quickly Identifying The Total Quantity Of Tasks, Assignments, Tests, Quizzes, Finished Projects, And Subjects For Each User. • The System That Handles The Student’s Enrollment Charges, Accounts Receivable, Payment, And Adjustment Of Student’s Fees. • The System Should Have An Online Registration That Automatically Assesses Fees. • The System That Can Manage The Payments Of The Students Includes Printing Official Receipts And Cashier Settings. • The System Can Manage Registrar Department Transactions From The Submission Of Records, Enrollment Up To Graduation, And The Issuance Of Transcript Of Records Of Students. • The System That Can Manage And Monitor Students’ Health And Well-being. • The System Can Display Upcoming Events, Announcements, And News. • The System Handles The Alumni Master File And Enables The User To Create, Edit, And Update The Alumni Profile. • The System Can Enable Parents To Monitor The Activities And Progress Of Their Children. • The System Is Accessible Anywhere, Anytime. • The System That Is User-friendly. The Proposal To Be Submitted Shall Include The Following: • Executive Summary. O Cost Of The System O Advantages Of The Proposal • Company Information • Solution Overview O Solution Architecture O High-level Component Description • Process Flows • Detailed Description Of Sub-system • Technical Specification • Dimensioning • Web-based System • Mobile Web Access (android And Ios) • Project Workshop • Performance Management • Hardware And Site Information • Installation And Trainin Iii. Scope Of Work The Project Comprises Several Phases Of Development And Implementation. It Includes Not Only The Provision Of The Software Development/customization Services, Hardware, And Network With Accessories But Also Support Services, Necessary To Achieve The Project’s Objective. A. Systems Analysis This Phase Covers The Data Collection Process In Order To Improve The Efficiency Of Related Systems In Basc. The Process Includes But Is Not Limited To The Following: 1. Data Gathering, Consultation, And Evaluation Of Existing Systems-related Information Management Systems In Basc. 2. Documentation, Assessment, And Testing Of The Existing Basc Processes. 3. Preparation, Assessment, And Evaluation Of The Current Database Of The Existing Systems. 4. Identification Of Issues, System Requirements, And Development Opportunities Of The Existing Versus The Proposed System. 5. Data Migration Plan, Execution Plan, Reversion Plan, Backup Plan, And Verification Process From Existing Database To New Database. 6. Actual Migration And Verification Of Data. 7. Executions Of Backup Plan. 8. Post-migration Verifications. 9. Capacity Planning. 10. Knowledge Transfer B. Systems Design And Development Supply, Install, And Implement A System Upgrade For Availability To A Web, Desktop, And Mobile Version, Inclusive Of (2) Two Years Of Software And Maintenance Support. The Solution Shall Include The Following Modules And Sub-modules Of The System Software: The Development/customization Of The System Consists Of But Is Not Limited To The Five Functionalities: (a) Information Management; (b) Provision Of Statistical Chart On Dashboard; (c) Service Status Monitoring; (d) Security Management; (e) Reporting And Any Associated Sub-modules Thereof As May Be Necessary. B.1 Pre-requisite Setup Module ● University Information Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Module To Set Organizational Units With The Following Hierarchy ○ University > Campus > College > Department ○ Approval Level Hierarchy ● The Admission Setups Should Have The Following: Document Types, Application Types, Admission Limits, Entrance Exams, Entrance Exam Schedules, Interview Schedules, Medical Schedules. ● Furthermore, Clinic Records Management Setups That Play A Vital Role In University Operations. ● Clearance Management Setups ● Learning Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● It Should Have A Configuration Grading Parameters, Rubrics Matrix Of The Activities, Major Course Output (mco), Syllabus, And Lesson Plans. ● Cashiering Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Cashiering Setup: Must Allow Setting Up Customer Master Data, Accounts Group, Sub Groups, Discounts, Collection Of Terms Settings, And Interests, Fines, & Penalties Settings. ● Human Resource Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Holiday: Holiday Types And Holidays ● People Attributes: Talents, Hobbies, And People Relationships ● Hr Settings: Employment Types, Positions, And Leave Types ● Schedule Settings: Schedule Templates And Schedule Parts ● Government Settings: Withholding Tax, Sss, Philhealth, Pag-ibig, Gsis. ● Salary Grades: Salary Grades And Salary Level ● Default Leave Types: Manage Default Leave Types, Which Are Used For Easy Assignment Of Leaves To Employees (e.g., Regular, Jo, Casual, Oyster, And Part-time Employees) ● Training And Seminar: Manage Training And Seminar; Use For Easy Training, Seminar, Certification, And Workshop Creation. ● Manage Suspension Types ● Manage Termination Types ● Payroll Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Mandatory Deductions: ○ Withholding Tax ○ Philhealth Contribution ○ Pag-ibig Contributions/home Development Mutual Fund (hdmf) ○ Gsis Contribution ● Loans ○ Gsis Mpl (multi-purpose Loan) ○ Gsis Gfal (governmentfinancial Assistance Loans) ○ Gsis Housing Loan ○ Gsis Policy Loan ○ Gsis Computer Loan ○ Gsis Salary Loan ○ Gsis Consolidated Loan ○ Gsis Emergency Loan ○ Gsis Educational Loan ○ Gsis Old Loan ○ Pag-ibig Housing Loan ○ Pag-ibig Multi Purpose Loan ○ Pag-ibig Calamity Loan ○ Grocery Loan ○ Koop ○ Hospital Bills Loan ○ Psmb Fund ○ National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation(nhmfc) ○ Provident Fund ○ Land Bank Of The Philippines(lbp) Salary Loan ○ Unlimited Optional Life Insurance (uoli) ○ Development Bank Of The Philippines (dbp) Loan ● Other Deductions ○ Absences/lates ○ Sss Contribution ○ Gsis Optional Insurance ○ Pag-ibig Mpii ○ Child Support ○ Philhealth Up ○ Additional Tax ○ Basc Personnel Credit Cooperative (pcc) ○ Basc Faculty And Employee Association (fea) ● Other Income ○ Overtime (e.g., Normal O.t., Rest Day O.t., Holiday O.t., Non-working Holiday O.t., And Special Non-working Holiday O.t.) ○ Night Differential ○ Salary Adjustment ○ Pera (personnel Economic Relief Allowance) ○ Meal Allowance ○ Fitness Allowance ○ Transportation Allowance ○ Rice Allowance ○ Uniform Allowance ○ Laundry Allowance ○ Communication ○ Internet Allowance ○ 13th Month ○ Bonus Pay ○ Retirement Pay ● Assets And Fleets Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Asset Groups ● Asset Categories ● Asset Types ● Asset Articles ● Annual Procurement Plan (app) / Project Procurement Management Plan (ppmp) ● Document Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Delivery Type ● Document Category ● Document Security Level ● Document Type ● Process Flow ● Trouble Ticketing Settings ● Secured Access Management ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Category Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For System Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Types Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For State Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Impact Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Urgency Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Team Settings. ● Executive Information Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Dashboard Configuration And Control ● Campus Portal Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Basc Active Directory W/ Configuration ● Themes Configurations ● University Library Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Access Control ● Library Locations ● Shelves Mapping ● Call Number/book Mapping ● Queueing/appointment Settings ● Secured Access Management ● The Solution Must Have An Office/department Setups To Manage The List Of Office/departments. ● The Solution Must Have A Service Set Up To Handle The List Of Services. ● The Solution Must Have Window Settings To Manage The Window List. ● The Solution Must Have Window-type Setups To Control The Queueing System Window Types. ● The Solution Must Have Marquee Setups To Configure The Footer Data Or Information. ● The Solution Must Have Printer Setups To Manage The List Of Printers. ● The Solution Must Have Advertisement Setups To Manage The List Of Advertisements. B.2 University Information System ● Academics ● The Solution Must Enable The Setup Of Courses, Sections, Course Programs, And Curriculum. ● The Solution Must Include A Course Master List To Manage And View Course Information, Course Program Inclusion, And Section Details. ● The Solution Must Include A Master List Of Course Programs To Streamline The Management And Viewing Of Course Program Information, Curriculum Details, And Curriculum Structure. ● The Solution Must Include A Curriculum List To Easily Manage And View Academic Progression Or Flowchart. ● Enrollment Module ● The System Must Have An Online Registration With Automatic Assessment Of Fees, Interconnected With The Other Modules To Facilitate The Automatic Course Advising. ● The System Must Have A Monitoring Of Section Fill Rates. ● The System Must Have A Post-enrollment (adding/changing/dropping) Module. ● The System Must Support Automatically Generating A “list Of Allowed Subjects And Schedules To Be Taken”. ● The System Must Support The Ability To Prevent Choosing Subjects With Prerequisites Not Yet Taken. ● The System Must Support The Ability To Show The Maximum Number Of Allowed Units A Particular Student Can Enroll In Based On Previous Semester Grades With The Capability To Add And Decrease Units By The Registrar Department. ● The System Must Support Enlistment To Rotc And Pe Subjects. ● The System Must Support The Automatic Generation Of Assessment Slips And Registration Slips. ● The System Must Have A Curriculum Auditing. ● The System Must Support Students' Online Queries Of Available Subjects. ● The System Must Support The Generation Of Reports Such As A Summary Of Enrolled Students. ● Section Management Module ● The Solution Must Be Able To Assist In Creating Multiple Sections For Courses To Accommodate Varying Class Sizes, Instructor Availability, And Scheduling Preferences. ● The System Must Aid In Managing Instructor Workloads To Ensure Equitable Distribution Of Teaching Assignments And Compliance With Contractual Obligations. ● The Solution Must Provide Real-time Updates And Notifications To Students, Faculty, And Staff Regarding Changes To Class Schedules, Room Assignments, Or Instructor Assignments. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Reports On Room Utilization, Resource Usage, And Scheduling Patterns To Inform Decision-making And Resource Allocation. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Enroll Students In Courses And Sections Using Normal Scheduling Techniques While Supporting Non-standard Term Arrangements. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Schedules For Both Students And Professors. ● Admission Module ● The Solution Must Allow The Creation Of Applications For Potential Students. ● The Solution Must Contain A List Of Applicants To Easily Manage/view The Applicant’s Complete Information, Attachments, And Progress Status. ● The Solution Must Allow The Setting Of Admission Limits To Know The Number Of Allowed Applicants Quickly. ● The Solution Must Allow Applicant Pooling That Is Printable. ● Must Have A List Of Applicants Scheduled For The Entrance Exam, Interviews, And Medical. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Customize The Requirements Of Students For Admission. ● Must Support The Fast Generation Of Reports For The List Of Applicants. ● Grade Management Module ● The System Maintains Complete Records Of The Academic Grades Of The Students. ● The System Must Facilitate Academic Grade Crediting For Transfer Students. ● The System Must Have A Module To Handle Effortless Reviews Of Grades Submitted By Faculty Members. ● The Students Must Be Able To View Their Historical Grades Anytime Thereby Replacing Class Cards. ● Registrar Module ● Must Have Tools To Monitor And Manage Various Operations Of The Registrar Like Monitoring Screen For Records, Certification, And Documents Requested By Students And Alumni. ● Must Contain Complete Student Information, Academic Data File, And Scanned Submitted Documents Of Students. ● Must Support The Fast Generation Of Tor, Cor, Rog, And Form 9 ● Must Be Capable Of Generating A List Of Candidates For Graduation, Scholarships, And Honors. ● The Solution Must Allow The Generation Of The Following Reports: Academic Evaluation, Official List Of Enrollment, Diploma, Registration, Shiftee, Student Directory, Subject Masterlist, And Summary Of Enrollment Reports. ● Must Be Able To Apply Tags To Documents Being Submitted By New Enrollees And Remind The User Of Documents That Students Need To Submit. ● Must Have The List Of Student Subsidy And Adding Of Students For The Scholarship. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Correcting Student Grades. ■ Students With An 'incomplete' (inc) Grade Will Have One Year To Fulfill Requirements To Update Their Grades; Otherwise, The Grade Will Be Changed To A Failing Grade. ● Student Services ● Must Allow Teachers To Submit Requests For Grade Corrections In Case Of Errors Or Discrepancies In Their Recorded Grades. ● The Solution Must Facilitate Tracking The Progress Of Such Requests And Include Checks To Ensure The Necessary Supporting Documentation Is Provided. ● The Grade Correction Request Must Be Reviewed And Approved By Relevant Faculty Members And The Registrar. ● The Solution Must Allow Students To Request Essential Documents Such As Copies Of Report Cards And Academic Certifications For Various Purposes (e.g., Employment, Further Education, Or Personal Records.) ● The Solution Must Allow Students To Specify The Details Of Their Requests (e.g., Number Of Copies, Type Of Document, Purpose) And Provide Estimated Processing Times. ● The Solution Must Notify The Students About The Status Of Their Requests, From Submission To Approval And Document Issuance. ● The Solution Must Have A Feature That Supports Students To Request For Change Of Their Course Or Program Of Study. ● The Solution Must Have A Process That Involves Submitting A Detailed Request, Including The Reason For The Change And Relevant Supporting Information. ● Alumni Module ● The Solution Must Have An Alumni Module That Can Populate The Alumni Master File. ● The System Must Have A Record That Can Be Utilized To Contact The Alumni. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Update Alumni Information. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Search The Directory Of Alumni. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Update The Alumni Profile. ● Scholarship Management ● The System Must Serve As A Central Repository For All Scholarships. ● The Solution Must Handle Recurring Scholarships, Including Reminders To Renew. ● The Solution Must Provide Tools To Automatically Monitor Compliance With Scholarship Conditions (e.g., Gwa Maintenance). ● The System Must Be Integrated With Academic Records And Financial Systems For Validation. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Real-time Application Status Tracking For Students. ● Awards And Distinction Management ● The System Must Provide A Streamlined Management Of Awards Through Automation. ● The System Must Be Able To Support Multiple Types Of Awards (e.g., Academic Excellence, Leadership, Research, Sports, And Cultural Activities) ● The System Must Be Able To Select Recipients By Committees. ● The System Must Be Able To Ensure Adherence To University Policies And Regulations Regarding Awards. ● The System Must Provide Fields To Define Award Qualifications (e.g., Gwa Thresholds, Competition Results, Or Nomination-based Recognitions) ● Academe Module ● The System Must Provide An Overview Of The Academic Organizational Chart Of The University's Faculties. ● Curriculum Module ● The System Must Provide Tools For Designing And Structuring Academic Programs, Including Defining Course Sequences, Corequisites, And Prerequisites ● The System Must Allow The User To Maintain A Comprehensive Catalog Of Available Academic Programs, Including Undergraduate Majors, Minors, Graduate Programs, And Certificates. ● Acts As A Map Between Program Learning Goals And Course Learning Objectives To Guarantee Coherence And Alignment Across The Curriculum. ● Block Sections Management Module ● The System Must Be Able To Efficiently Manage Student Groupings (block Sections) For Better Academic And Administrative Coordination. ● This Module Manages Predetermined Groupings Of Students Who Attend Classes Together For The Entirety Of A Course Or Academic Program. ● This Module Must Be Able To Automatically Assign Students To Sections Based On Predefined Rules, Such As Enrollment Data, Course Requirements, And Class Size Limits. ● Short Courses Management Module ● This Module Offers Enrollment Information, Fees, And Course Content For Tesda Courses And Other Modules. ● The System Should Include A Student List, Class Schedules, Faculty Assignments, Assessment Results, And The Issue Of Training Certificates, As Well As Other Data On Short-term Courses. ● Clinic Records Management Module ● The System Must Have A Component Designed To Facilitate The Management Of The Clinical Records Of The Students And The Dispensing Of Clinic Items. B.3 Learning Management System ● Administration Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Allow The Customization Of The Grading Transmutation. ● The System Must Allow The Customization Of The General Passing Percentage. ● Professor Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Automatically Retrieve The Classes Assigned To Teachers. ● The System Must Automatically Retrieve The List Of Students Enrolled In Each Class. ● The System Must Allow Teachers To Manage The Student Attendance Records. ● The System Must Support The Creation Of Lessons And The Attachment Of Related Files, Including Modules, Powerpoint Presentations, Excel Spreadsheets, Pdfs, Word Documents, Text Files, Videos, And Images. ● The System Must Permit The Addition Of User Activities, Such As Assignments, Projects, Quizzes, And Exams. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Creating And Generating A Rubric To Provide Clear Expectations For Each Evaluation Criterion. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Generating The Student Portfolio For A Range Of 3 To 5 Years. ● The System Must Be Able To Archive The Students' Assignments, Projects, Quizzes, And Exams. ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Grade Consultation ● The System Must Allow Teachers To Set Time Limits For Activity Questions. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Preventive Measures For Cheating. (e.g. Disabling Screenshots) ● The System Must Enable The Configuration Of Date Ranges For Users To Complete Assigned Activities. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Schedules And Deadlines For Posting The Activities, And Quizzes. ● The System Must Allow The Shuffling Of Quizzes And Exam Item Numbers And Answers. ● The System Must Provide Immediate Visibility Of Scores On Activities Upon Completion. ● The System Must Allow The List Of Created Questions To Be Viewable And Editable By The Activity Creator. ● The System Must Support The Creation Of Lessons And Quizzes One At A Time, All With The Same Subject Description. ● The System Must Allow The Teachers To View The Grades Of His/her Students. ● The System Must Allow The Teachers To Generate Reports For Each Class. ● Student Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Have A Dashboard To Easily Identify The Total Number Of Completed Activities, Assignments, Quizzes, Exams, Projects, And Subjects Per User. ● The System Must Allow Students To Change Their Passwords And Usernames During Their Initial Login. ● The System Must Provide A Newsfeed Feature To Display Upcoming Events And The School's Mission And Vision. ● The System Must Enable Students To Upload Profile Pictures. ● The System Must Support Live Chat And Messaging Functionality Between Students Of The Class. ● The System Must Automatically Post Classes In Which A Student Is Enrolled To Their User Account. ● The System Must Support User/class Attendance Tracking Within The Learning Management System (lms). ● The System Must Enable File Attachments To Lessons That Are Downloadable To The Users' Devices. ● The System Must Allow Students To View The Results Of Their Activities. ● The System Must Ensure That Detailed Activity Results Are Posted. ● The System Must Include An Activity Stream To Summarize The Recent, Upcoming, Later, And Missed Activities Providing An Overview Of A Student's Activity Status. ● The System Must Include Notifications When There’s New Activity Uploaded, Modifications, And Grade Posting. ● The System Must Provide Visibility Into Student Ranking. ● Parents Module ● The System Must Enable Parents To Monitor The Activities And Progress Of Their Children Within The System. ● The System Must Support The Addition Of Children With No Limitations, With An Auto-identification Feature. ● The System Must Comply With The Data Privacy Act. ● Student Transcript Module ● The System Must Have An Academic Record Or Course Management ● The System Must Play A Crucial Role In Managing And Organizing Academic-related Information For Students. ● The System Must Have A Module That Focuses On Tracking And Displaying Details Related To Individual Courses, Classes, And Academic Progress. B.4 Cashiering System ● Cashier Module ● The System Must Be Capable Of Setting Up The Assessment Fees. ● The System Must Be Able To Keep A Record Of A Student's Soa And Its Current Status Whether It’s An Active Soa Or Inactive. ● The System Must Be Able To Preview Or Print Student’s Soa Based On The Selected Academic Year And Semester. ● The System Must Be Able To Have An Audit Trail For Any Actions Or Activity Made Per Account. ● The System Should Support Walk-in Payments At Physical Locations Whether By Cash Or By Check. It Should Enable The Manual Entry Of Payment Details And Generate Receipts. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Identifying Eligible Students Based On Predefined Criteria And Offer A Range Of Financial Incentives, Including Scholarships, Fee Reductions, And Grants. It Must Also Establish An Efficient Application And Selection Process While Promoting Transparency And Fairness In Awarding Scholarships. B.5 Human Resource Management System And Timekeeping System ● Employee Management Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Single Repository Where All Employee Records Are Stored, Updated, And Maintained. ● The System Must Be Able To Reflect Any Updates Or Changes Made To The Master Database Across All Modules. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Linkage Of Personnel Files To The University Information System. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare And Generate An Employee Masterlist. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Organizational Units With A Hierarchy. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Viewable Organizational Chart Of The University, Which Is Linked To The Employee Plantilla Records. ● The System Must Be Able To Manage Employees Based On Their Plantilla Numbers. ● The System Must Be Able To Organize The Employee Hierarchy By Rearranging The Plantilla Numbers Of Specific Employees Through A Drag-and-drop Interface. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Employee Self Service For The Following: ■ Request To Update Profile. ■ Receive Notifications, News, And Announcements. ■ View Attendance. ■ View Schedule. ■ View Leave Balances, Benefit Balance, And Ledgers. ■ View Monthly Net Pay Summary/payslip. ■ Request Dtr Correction. ■ Submit Requests For Leave, Overtime, Business Trip, And Six Days Of Work. ● The System Must Be Able To Record And Generate Audit Trail Reports. ● Time-keeping Monitoring Modules ● The System Must Be Able To Link With The Biometrics Attendance System. ● The System Must Be Able To Link With The Payroll Management System. ● The System Must Be Able To Do Auto-tracking Of Sick Leave And Vacation Leave Balances. ● The System Must Be Able To Monitor Regular And Special Holidays With Automated Computation Of Pay Rates. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare A Summary Of Attendance And Absences. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare A Summary Of Overtime For Validation And Approval. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Calendar Of Approved And Pending Leave Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Holidays Such As But Not Limited To Recurring Regular-holidays And Special Non-working Holidays. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Template Schedules To Be Assigned To A Bulk/group/ Per Employee. ● The System Must Be Able To Record And Generate Audit Trail Reports. B.6 Payroll Management System ● Automated Payroll System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide The Analytics Of Payroll Reports With Real-time And Accurate Data. ● The System Must Be Able To Display, Create, And Manage Payroll Period/s For Generating Payroll Reports. ● The System Must Be Able To Create And Manage Payroll Groups And Assign Employees To Their Payroll Groups Accordingly. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Bank Details And Salary Pertaining To The Corresponding Employee’s Job Type, Salary Grade, And Step. ● The System Must Have A Feature That Customizes And Manages Employees’ Allowances, Deductions, Loans, And Other Compensation Components. ● The System Must Be Able To Export Files For All Tables/lists Within The Payroll System (e.g., Employee Lists, Payroll Reports For A Certain Period, And Others). ● The System Must Have A User Access Control Wherein The Administrator Can Manage Who Can View, Edit, And Delete The Employee And Payroll Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Track Audit Logs Including Who Accessed The System And Made Changes. ● The System Must Have A Feature For Providing Alerts And Notifications Regarding Updates About Generating Payroll Reports And Releasing Payslips. ● The System Must Be Able To Archive Data With Complete Accessibility For Future Reference. ● The System Must Have A Feature That Allows The User To Have Backup And Recovery To Maintain Historical Payroll Records For Auditing And Compliance Purposes. ● Mandatory Deductions And Contribution Module ● The System Must Be Able To Accurately Calculate And Deduct Mandatory Contributions Such As Gsis Contribution, Philhealth, Pag-ibig, And Withholding Tax. ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate With The Latest Bir Tax Tables To Ensure Compliance With Tax Regulations. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Generate Reports For Government Agencies. ● Other Deductions Module ● The System Must Allow Flexible Customization Of Other Deductions. ● The System Must Have A User-friendly Interface For Easy Input And Management Of Deduction Rules. ● Other Income Module ● The System Must Be Able To Accommodate Various Types Of Other Income. ● The System Must Be Able To Calculate The Appropriate Tax. ● Loans Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow The Creation And Tracking Of Different Loan Types With Varying Interest Rates And Repayment Terms. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Compute Loan Amortization And Deduct Payments From Employee Salaries. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Update Loan Balances And Remaining Dues. ● Attendance Module ● The System Should Be Able To Record Employee Attendance And Generate Accurate Time And Attendance Reports. ● The System Must Be Able To Calculate Overtime, Night Differential, And Other Time-based Compensations. ● Bank Transmittal ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Accurate Bank Files For Payroll Disbursement. ● The System Must Be Compatible With Various Bank Formats To Ensure Seamless Integration With Banking Systems. ● Integration To Time Keeping Monitoring Module ● The System Must Be Able To Connect And Communicate With The Biometrics Attendance System. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Automated Tracking Of Sick Leave And Vacation Leave Balances Of Employees. ● The System Must Be Able To Monitor Regular And Special Holidays With The Inclusion Of An Automated Computation Of Pay Rates. ● Integration To Hris System ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate Data With The Human Resources Information System (hris) For The Employees’ Relevant Data Including Basic Information, Job Position, Salary Grade, And Bank Details. ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate Data With Hris To Track Employee Work Hours, Including Regular Hours, Overtime, Absences, And Leave Requests. B.7 Assets & Fleet Management System ● Asset Management System ● The System Must Be Able To Show And Manage The General Information, Vendor Details, Warranty Information, Financial Info, And Depreciation Info. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Asset Update. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Auction. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And The Progress Of The Repair And Maintenance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Decommissioning. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost And Progress Of The Disposal. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Issuance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The User Transfer. ● The System Must Be Able To Create, Update, And Delete Assets With Their Respective Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A Comprehensive Inventory Of All Assets, Including Physical Equipment, Software, Licenses, And Other Resources. Each Asset Is Typically Associated With Relevant Information Such As: ■ Article (laptops, Furniture, Or Journals) ■ Property Number ■ Assigned Number ■ Purchase Date ■ Vendor Name ■ Service Provider (optional If Different As To Vendor Name) ■ Financial Information ■ Required Documents (e.g., Purchase Request) ● The System Must Be Able To Track The Movement And Changes In The Status Of Assets. This Includes: ■ Recording Of Asset Transfers ■ Disposal ● Fleet Management System ● The System Must Be Able To Show And Manage General Information, Vehicle Registration Details, Vendor Details, Warranty Information, Financial Info, And Depreciation Info. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And The Progress Of The Fleet Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Fleet Update. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Fleet Auction. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Repair And Maintenance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Decommissioning. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The Disposal. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The Fleet Issuance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The User Transfer. ● The System Must Be Able To Show A Statistical Overview Of Fleets According To Its Categories And Types (e.g., Motorcycles, Service Vehicles, Heavy Equipment). ● The System Must Be Able To Have An Elaborative List Of Records Of All Fleets And Their Corresponding Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Have Integration With The Asset Management System To Be Able To Handle Instances Of Assets Being Carried On A Vehicle, Allowing Easier Management, Monitoring, And Inventory. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A Comprehensive Inventory Of All Fleets. Each Fleet Is Typically Associated With Relevant Information Such As: ■ Article (service Vehicle, Car, Heavy Equipment) ■ Body No./ Plate No./ Conduction Sticker No. ■ Assigned Department ■ Registration Information ■ Vendor Information ■ Insurance Information ■ Financial Information ■ Depreciation Information ■ Attachments ● Requisition And Issuance Slip ● Par ● Purchase Request ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Feature That Schedules And Tracks Vehicle Maintenance, Including Oil Changes, Tire Rotation,s And Physical Inspections. ● Inventory Management Module ● The System Must Be Accountable For Tracking, Managing, And Maintaining Various Assets And Fleets Owned Or Used By The Academic Institution. ● The System Must Be Able To Maintain A Centralized Database Of University-owned Resources, Including Computers, Equipment, Furniture, And Other Tangible Assets. B.8 Document Management System ● Document Management System (dms) ● The System Must Be Able To Track Both Physical And Electronic Documents. ● The System Must Be Able To Store Electronic Documents, Such As Pdfs, Word Processing Files, And Digital Images Of Paper-based Content. ● The System Must Be Able To Be A Centralized Repository Where Documents Can Be Easily Searched, Accessed, And Updated By Authorized Business Users. ● The System Must Be Able To Define The Recipient’s Routes With Information Such As Time & Date Sent, Time & Date Received, And Remarks. ● The System Must Be Able To Save/download Uploaded Attachments. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Tracking With A Unique Batch Number As A Tracking Reference. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Easier Identification Of Status For Users By Using Color Codes. ● The System Must Be Able To Send System Notifications On Printing Barcodes, Tracking Status Changes, Receiving Recipients, And Other System Actionable Functionalities. ● Process Flow Management ● The System Must Allow For The Customization Of Workflows To Accommodate Various Document Types And Other Business Processes. ● The System Must Offer A Visual Interface, Such As A Dashboard, To Display And Monitor Process Flows Efficiently. ● Routing Management ● The System Must Be Able To Automate The Routing Of Documents To Appropriate Individuals Or Departments Based On Predefined Rules And Flow. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow For Dynamic Routing, Where Documents Can Be Rerouted As Needed. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Real-time Notifications To Users Upon Receipt Of A Document. ● The System Must Be Able To Include A History Log To Track The Routing Path For Auditing Purposes. ● Integration To Hris ● The System Must Be Able To Seamlessly Integrate With The Organization's Hris To Access Employee Information, Such As Names, Email Addresses, And Department Affiliations. ● Barcode Printing Module ● The System Must Be Able To Print Barcode Labels In Batches With A Unique Tag/number. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Accurate Status Of The Document Based On The Printed/attached Barcode. ● Security Module ● The System Must Be Able To Record The Audit Trail For All The User Actions Inside The System. ● The System Must Provide Document Security And Access Control Depending On The Security Level. ● The System Must Be Able To Create/update Accounts And Give Them Access Rights Depending On The Business User's Role. B.9 Trouble Ticketing System ● Incident Ticket Management ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Incident Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Related Incident Tickets Based On Category, Type, System, And Description During Creation. ● The System Must Be Able To Assign The Incident Ticket To The Appropriate Team Based On The System Defined In The Assignment Rules. ● The System Must Be Able To Filter Incident Ticket Lists Based On State (e.g., Open, In Progress, Hold, Resolved, Closed, And All). ● The System Must Be Able To Show An Overview Of Incident Ticket Statistics, I.e.; ■ Open ■ Inprogress ■ Overdue ■ Overview Of Incident Ticket By Severity And State ● The System Must Be Able To Capture The Notes, Attachments, And Resolution Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Member To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Manager To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned Whenever A Critical Ticket Is Created. ● Problem Ticket Management ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Problem Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Problem Ticket From An Existing Incident Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Related Tickets Or Problem Tickets Based On Category, Type, System, And Description During Creation. ● The System Must Be Able To Assign The Problem Ticket To The Appropriate Team Based On The System Defined In Assignment Rules. ● The System Must Be Able To Filter Problem Ticket Lists Based On Status (e.g., Open, In Progress, Hold, Resolved, Close,d And All). ● The System Must Be Able To Show An Overview Of Problem Ticket Statistics, I.e.; ■ Open ■ Inprogress ■ Overdue ■ Overview Of Incident Ticket By Severity And State ● The System Must Be Able To Capture The Notes, Attachments, Analysis, And Resolution Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Member To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Manager To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned Whenever A Critical Ticket Is Created. ● Security Module ● The System Must Ensure That Only Authorized Personnel Can Access And Modify Tickets. ● The System Must Maintain A Detailed Audit Trail Of All Actions Taken On A Ticket To Ensure Accountability And Traceability. B.10 Queueing / Appointment System ● Queueing Admin Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Administrators To Manage And Monitor The Entire Queueing Process And Appointments. ● The System Must Be Able To Apply The Concept Of Calling Population To Determine And Measure The Arrival Process Of Customers. ● The System Must Be Able To Have Its Service Counters, Its Own Common Queue, And The Probability Distribution Of Customers’ Service Time. ● The System Must Be Able To Have The First-in-first-out (fifo) Approach To Have A Systematic And Consistent Flow To Maximize The Throughput Of The Customer Service Center. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure The Logical Ordering Of Customers In A Queue And Determine Which Customer Will Be Chosen For Service When The Service Counter Becomes Free. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure Performance Based On Steady-state Average Delay And Steady-state Average Waiting Time In The System. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure The Conversation Steady State Time Average Number In The Queue And The Steady State Time Average Number In The System. ● The System Must Be Able To Administer Parallel Management Through Multiple Counters By Navigating The Queue And Finding The Appropriate Counter For Their Needed Service. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow The Customers To Request Services Without Being Physically Present Throughout The Waiting Time Of The Lineup Of Customers. ● The System Must Be Able To Give Freedom To The Customers To Wait Outside The Premises Of The Branch Upon Enabling Virtual Sign-up. ● Admin Appointment Module ● The System Must Be Able To Manage And Oversee The Scheduling, Modification, And Cancellation Of Appointments. ● Local Kiosk Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Self-service Station That Allows Users (clients, Customers, Or Employees) To Interact With The System For Tasks Like Check-ins, Appointment Booking, Ticket Printing, And Managing Their Queue Status. ● Mobile Kiosk Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Mobile-based Self-service Solution That Enables Users To Interact With The System Directly From Their Smartphones Or Tablets. ● Security Module ● The System Must Be Able To Offer Protection For The System And Its Users By Managing Access, Ensuring Data Privacy, And Preventing Unauthorized Actions. ● Appointment System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Users To Schedule An Appointment According To Their Needs. ● The System Must Gather Needed Information For The Services That The Customer Wants To Avail Or Request. ● The System Must Have The Feature Of Canceling Or Rescheduling A Registered Appointment Within A Specific Period. ● The System Must Have The Feature Of Sending Out A Notification Or Reminder To The Customer Regarding His/her Appointment. ● As An Admin/ Team Member ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Dashboard To Provide An Overview Of Queues And Appointments From The Web And Mobile Web Access Such As: ■ Currently Serving ■ Next Queue Number ■ Next Appointment Number / Priority Lane (pwd, Senior Citizens, Pregnant) ■ Summary ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Queuing List Including The Queue’s: ■ Status (unserved, Served, Canceled) ■ Queue Date And Time ■ Last Call Date And Time ■ Called By (counter, Name And Position) ■ Actions (view, Recall/call, Start/end, Cancel, Hold) ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Customer Appointment Referrals Including: ■ Id Number ■ First Name ■ Last Name ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notification/s When A Certain Appointment Needs To Be Accommodated Within A Specific Period. ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notification/s When An Appointment Has Been Canceled Or Rescheduled. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Reports And Data Exports In Excel And Pdf Formats. ● The System Must Have Customization Capabilities And A Control Console. ■ Marquee ■ Advertisements On The Tv Screen ● The System Must Be Able To Track The History Of Registered Appointments And Passed Queues. B.11 Executive Information System ● Executive Dashboard Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Configurable Layouts, Enabling Users To Choose, Arrange, And Resize Charts To Suit Their Preferences Or Specific Needs. ● The System Must Be Able To Reflect Almost Real-time Information, Ensuring That Executives Are Always Working With The Latest Data. ● Security Module ● The System Should Be Able To Include A Security Module To Ensure Robust Access Control, Data Protection, And Compliance, Safeguarding Sensitive Information And System Integrity Against Unauthorized Access. ● Dashboard Configuration ● This Module Should Allow The Administrators To Create And Configure The Layout And Content Of Dashboards To Reflect Key Business Metrics And Performance Indicators, Ensuring That The Right Data And Accurate Data Are Properly Presented. ● Access Control ● This Module Should Allow The Administrators To Assign Users Or Groups Of Users Who Will Have Access To The Different Dashboards. B.12 Campus Portal System ● Sso-based User Management System ● The System Must Have Sso (single Sign-on) To Enable Users To Authenticate Once And Automatically Gain Access To Multiple Campus Services, Eliminating The Need To Log In To Each Service Separately. This Seamless Authentication Process Must Enhance User Convenience, Improve Security By Reducing The Number Of Passwords Needed, And Streamline Access To Various Tools And Resources, Saving Time, And Effort For Both Students And Staff. ● Basc Active Directory W/ Configuration ● The System Must Allow Centralized User Management Through Active Directory (ad), Which Stores And Organizes Information About Users, Groups, Computers, And Other Network Resources. ● Web Traffic Statistic ● The System Must Allow The Administrators To Monitor Standard Web Traffic Data, Such As Page Views, No. Of Visitors, Geographic Locations, Duration Of Visits, And Referrals, Integrated With Google Analytics (ga4). ● Content Management ● The System Must Allow The Administrators To Manage And Update The Contents Of The School’s Campus Portal Page. Such As Announcements, Blogs, Calendars, Articles, And Activities. B.13 University Library System ● Cataloging And Inventory Management Module ● The System Must Allow The Cataloging And Inventory Management Of The Library's Collection Of Books, Journals, Dissertations, And Other Materials. ● Circulation Module ● The System Must Allow The Librarian To Monitor The Borrowing, Returning, And Renewing Of Library Materials, Ensuring Efficient And Accurate Tracking Of Resources As They Move Between The Library And The Borrowers. ● Acquisition Module ● The System Must Allow The Processing Of Acquiring New Library Resources, Including Books, Journals, E-books, Multimedia Materials, And Other Educational Or Research Content. ● The System Must Allow The Management Of Book Requisitions From Students And/or Teachers. ● Student Module ● The System Must Allow Students To Access New Library Resources, Including Books, Journals, E-books, Multimedia Materials, And Other Educational Or Research Content. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide The Following Information And Services: ■ Book Details (non-dissertation) ■ Book Details (dissertation) ■ My Library Card ■ Request For Purchase/acquisition ■ Reservation ■ Notices Of Due Dates ■ Notices Of Overdue Penalties ● Librarian Module ● The System Must Have A Dashboard That Shows The Librarian’s Crucial Kpis For The Library Such As: ■ Search Word Statistics ■ Tags And Metadata Of The Book Statistics ■ Circulation Statistics ● Student Request List (book Reservation, Purchase Request, Clearance Request, Dissertation Access Request) ■ This Module Must Allow The Students To Submit Various Types Of Requests Related To Their Academic And Campus Activities. ● Book Reservation ■ This Module Must Allow The Students And Faculty To Reserve Library Books Or Materials. ● Purchase Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Staff To Submit Requests For Purchasing Books, Equipment, Or Other Materials Needed For Academic Or Administrative Purposes. ● Clearance Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Staff To Submit Requests For Clearance. ● Dissertation Access Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Researchers To Request Access To Dissertations Or Theses Stored In The Library’s Collection From The Authors. ● Kiosk (self Check-in And Check-out Student) ● The System Allows The Kiosk To Provide Students With A Self-service Station For Managing Their Borrowing And Return Activities. Using Touch-screen Kiosks Or Other Interactive Devices, Students Can Quickly And Efficiently Check Out Library Materials, Return Items, And Access Various Library Services Without Requiring Staff Intervention. ● Integration With Sso Services ● The System Allows Integrating Single Sign-on (sso) Services With An Application Or System, Providing A Unified Authentication Process That Allows Users To Log In Once And Gain Access To Multiple Connected Systems Or Applications Without Needing To Log In Again For Each Service. B.14 Econference Room With Video Conferencing ● Video Conferencing System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Seamless And User-friendly Video Conferencing Experience. ● The System Must Enhance Remote Collaboration And Communication. ● The System Must Have Integrated Audio, Video, And Collaboration Tools For Effective Virtual Meetings. ● The System Must Ensure The Scalability And Flexibility To Accommodate Future Needs. B.15 Mobile Version Module ● Mobile Version ● The System Must Have A Mobile Version Of The Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Subsystems Website Designed For Smartphones And Tablets. It Gives Students, Professors, Staff, And Stakeholders Easy Access To University Information And Services. ● The System Should Promote Accessibility, Convenience, And A Great User Experience By Allowing Users To Communicate With The University Community Anytime. ● The System Should Accommodate Each Module's Specialized Functionalities While Staying Mobile-friendly And Focusing On Users. ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notifications. C. Report Requirements These Are The Suggested Reports That Ought To Be Produced By The System To Analyze The Information Systems Trends In Bulacan's Colleges. It Is Recommended That The Data Be Automatically Submitted Through An Api In Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub To Give Basc Staff The Information They Need To Enhance The School Community. C.1 University Information System ● Admission Module ● List Of Applicants - The Overall List Of Potential Students With Their Personal Or Application Information. ● Registrar Module ● Academic Evaluation - Assessment Of A Student's Academic Performance, Conducted By The Institution's Instructors. ● Official List Of Enrollment - Document Provided By The Institution That Confirms The Students That Are Registered Or Enrolled For A Specific Academic Year. ● Diploma - Gives Thorough Details Regarding A Student's Academic Accomplishments And The Diploma's Presentation As Evidence Of Completion Of An Academic Program. ● Registration - A Document That Gives Information About A Student's Course Enrollment At The Institution For A Certain Term Or Semester. ● Shiftee - Document Of Proof For Students Who Are Changing Or Shifting Their Academic Programs Or Courses. ● Student Directory - Comprehensive And Manageable List Of Students Enrolled At The Institution. ● Subject Master List - A Thorough List Or Catalog Of Each Field Or Course That The Educational Institution Offers ● Summary Of Enrollment - Overview Of The Current Enrollment Status Of The Students At The Institution For A Specific Semester Or Academic Year. ● Enrollment Module ● Summary Of Enrolled Students - A Summary Of The Current Student Population, Including Enrollment Data And Demographics. ● Summary Of Unpaid School Fees - Gives A Summary Of The Unpaid Fees That Students Owe For The Current Semester Or Academic Term. ● Summary Of Tuition Fees Collected - Gives A Summary Of The Fees Collected/received From The Students For The Current Semester Or Academic Term. ● Clinic Record Management Module ● Health Management Report - A Document That Typically Focuses On The Health And Wellness Of Its Students And Covers Various Aspects Related To Healthcare Services Offered By The University. C.2 Learning Management System ● Professor Module ● Class Report - A Summary Of The Progress, Performance, And Involvement Of The Students In A Particular Course Or Class. ● Student Transcript Module: ● Subject Modules Report - Provides Comprehensive Insights And Summaries Related To The Modules Listed In A Specific Subject. ● Lesson Plan Report - Generates A Summary Lesson Plan That Is Defined By The Institution Or Organization. C.3 Human Resource Management System And Timekeeping System ● Audit Trail Report: ● Gives A Thorough Account Of All The Actions And Modifications Conducted Within The Hr System. Monitoring User Behavior, Protecting Data Integrity, And Upholding Adherence To Hr Rules And Regulations All Depend On This Report. C.4 Payroll Management System ● Payroll Management System ● Daily Time Record (dtr) - An In-depth Record Of Employees' Daily Attendance That Includes The Total Number Of Hours Worked, The Number Of Leaves Taken, And Other Essential Time-related Data. ● Payslip/s - A Detailed Breakdown Of An Employee's Earnings And Deductions For A Specific Pay Period. ● Payroll Report For A Specific Period - A Complete Summary Of Payroll Costs And Associated Information For A Specific Pay Period. C.5 Assets & Fleet Management System ● This Applies To Both Systems ● Assets And Fleets Reporting - A Document Containing Management Insights For Different Vehicles And Assets Used For Administrative And Academic Purposes. ● Depreciation Tracking - A Detailed Overview And Monitoring Of The Decrease In Value Of Such Assets Over Time Over A Specified Period. C.6 Document Management System ● Document Management System (dms) ● List Of On-hand Documents - Displays A List Of All Of The Documents That Are Available Or Accessible At The Moment Within The System. ● List Of Incoming Documents - Provides An Inventory Of Documents That Have Been Recently Received Or Uploaded Into The System. ● List Of Received Documents - Provides A List Of All The Documents The Institution Has Received In A Given Time Frame. ● List Of Finalized Or Kept Documents - Provides An Inventory Of All The Documents That Have Been Approved, Completed, And Archived In The System. ● List Of Archived Documents - Provides Comprehensive Details About The Documents That Have Been Stored In The System's Archive. ● Details Of Document Batch Tracked - Provides Full Details On The Batches Of Documents That The System Is Tracking. Documents Pertaining To Research Projects, Financial Transactions, Student Records, Admissions, And Other Aspects Of University Operations May Be Included In These Sections. ● Audit Logs Of Documents - Detailed Log Of Every Activity And Modification Performed To Any Document In The System. C.7 Trouble Ticketing System ● Reporting And Analytics ● The Solution Must Be Able To Provide Reports In Different Formats I.e., Pie Graph, Line Graph, Or Bar Graph. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Extract The Following Data Groupings: Open Tickets, Open With Critical Severity, In Progress, Overdue, Not Updated For 7 Days And Older Than 30 Days, And Tickets By State. C.8 Queueing / Appointment System ● The Solution Must Be Able To Generate Reports Which Show The Following: ● Queue List - Presents A Summary Of The System's Appointments And Queue Status At The Given Moment. ● Visitors List - Provides A Summary Of The Visitors' List And The Appointments They Have Made Using The Appointment/queuing System. ● Advertisements - Provides An Overview Of Advertisements And The Details That Are Displayed In The System. ● Queue Service - Presents An Overview Of The Queue Service Availability And Performance Within The Queueing/appointment System. ● Audit Trail - List Of Users' Activities On Who Approves, Disapproves, Cancels, And Reschedules Appointments. C.9 Executive Information System ● Reporting And Dashboard ● All-in-one Reporting, Dash Boarding, And Analysis. The Solution Should Support Multiple Use Cases Of Visualization Software Including Reporting, Interactive Analysis, And Business Intelligence. C.10 Campus Portal System ● Web Traffic Report ● The Web Traffic Report Provides Insights Into The Usage Patterns And Trends Within The Campus Portal, Offering Valuable Information About How Users Interact With The Platform. This Report Encompasses Various Metrics And Analytics That Help Administrators And Stakeholders Understand The Effectiveness Of The Portal And Identify Areas For Improvement. Key Components Of The Web Traffic Report Include: ■ Page Views: This Metric Quantifies The Total Number Of Times Each Page Within The Portal Has Been Viewed By Users Over A Specified Period. It Helps Gauge The Popularity And Relevance Of Different Sections Or Features Of The Portal. ● Unique Visitors: Unique Visitors Represent The Number Of Distinct Individuals Who Have Accessed The Portal Within A Given Timeframe. Tracking Unique Visitors Provides A Measure Of The Portal's Reach And User Engagement. ● Traffic Sources: Understanding Where The Traffic Originates From Can Provide Insights Into The Effectiveness Of Marketing Efforts Or The Impact Of External Events. Traffic Sources May Include Direct Visits, Referrals From Other Websites, Search Engines, Or Social Media Platforms. ● Bounce Rate: The Bounce Rate Indicates The Percentage Of Visitors Who Navigate Away From The Portal After Viewing Only One Page. A High Bounce Rate May Suggest Issues With Content Relevance, User Experience, Or Site Performance. ● User Demographics: Analyzing Demographic Data Such As Geographic Location, Device Type, And Browser Preferences Can Help Tailor The Portal's Content And Optimize Its Compatibility Across Different Platforms. ● Session Duration: This Metric Measures The Average Amount Of Time Users Spend On The Portal During Each Visit. Longer Session Durations Generally Indicate Higher User Engagement And Interest In The Provided Content. ● Popular Pages: Identifying The Most Visited Pages Or Sections Of The Portal Can Inform Content Prioritization And Resource Allocation Efforts. It Also Highlights Areas Of Interest Or Importance To The User Community. ● Audit Logs Report ● The Audit Logs Report Offers A Comprehensive Overview Of All Activities And Interactions Within The Campus Portal, Serving As A Vital Tool For Monitoring Compliance, Security, And Accountability. By Maintaining Detailed Records Of User Actions, System Events, And Administrative Changes, The Audit Logs Report Enables Administrators To Track User Behavior, Detect Anomalies, And Investigate Incidents Effectively. Key Features Of The Audit Logs Report Include: ■ User Activity Tracking: Every Action Performed By Users Within The Portal, Such As Login Attempts, File Uploads, Document Downloads, And Profile Modifications, Is Logged And Timestamped For Auditing Purposes. ■ Access Control Monitoring: The Report Monitors Changes To User Permissions, Role Assignments, And Access Privileges, Ensuring That Only Authorized Individuals Can View Or Modify Sensitive Information. ■ System Events Recording: Critical System Events, Including Software Updates, Database Modifications, Error Messages, And Security Alerts, Are Recorded To Facilitate Troubleshooting And Maintain System Integrity. ■ Compliance Verification: By Documenting Compliance-related Activities, Such As Data Access Requests, Consent Agreements, And Policy Acknowledgments, The Audit Logs Report Helps Organizations Demonstrate Adherence To Regulatory Requirements And Internal Policies. C.11 University Library System ● Reporting And Analytics Module ● The System Must Enable The Library To Gather, Analyze, And Present Data Related To Its Operations And Performance. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Generate Reports That Show The List Of Patrons. D. System Requirements • Sso Should Be Able To Manage People's Information And Authentication Of Security. • Hris Should Be Able To Manage The Employee Information • The System Should Be Developed Using The Coreui Framework. • The System Shall Support Connectivity And Access To Data Stored In Relational Ms– -sql Databases. • The System Must Support Interfaces To Common Packaged Applications Via The Standard Application Interface Provided. • The System Shall Support Paperless Reporting. • The System Shall Support Mobile (android & Ios) Devices. • The System Shall Support Web Desktop And Mobile Web Access. • A System With Superior Wide Area Network (wan) Performance, Highly Secured Features/functionalities, And Uses Web–enabled Workflow Systems Available To The Offices. E. Supply, Delivery, And Implementation E.1 University Information System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Server Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration (qa) 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.2 Learning Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.3 Cashiering System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.4 Human Resource Information System Infrastructure 1. Twenty (20) Units - Biometric - Time & Attendance A. Must Support Up To 1,500 Fingerprints, Up To 100,000 Records, And Up To 2,000 Cards (optional). B. Must Support Multi-languages. C. Must Have Communication: Tcp/ip, Usb-host, Wi-fi (optional). D. Must Have High Verification Speed. E. Must Have Professional Firmware And Platform. 2. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in M. Must Have 1*650va Ups 3. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 4. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 5. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 6. One (1) Service - Application Installation 7. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 8. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 9. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 10. One (1) Service - Data Migration 11. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 12. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 13. One (1) Service - User Training Services 14. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 15. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 16. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 17. Two (2) Years - Support 18. One (1) Year - Warranty E.5 Payroll Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Payroll Management System 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.6 Assets & Fleet Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.7 Document Management System Infrastructure 1. Ten (10) Units - Barcode Printer A. Should Be Capable Of Printing High-quality, Durable Barcodes On Various Label Materials. B. Should Offer Customizable Printing Options, Including Label Size, Orientation, And Font. C. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Barcode Generation And Printing. 2. One-hundred (100) Rolls - 2 X 1 Risen Label Sticker (2688 Stickers Per Roll) A. Should Be Durable And Resistant To Wear And Tear. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Barcode Printer. 3. One-hundred (100) Rolls - 2 X 1 Ribbon For Risen Label Sticker (4 Rolls Sticker: 1 Ribbon) A. Should Produce Clear And Legible Barcode Prints. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Barcode Printer And Label Stickers. C. Should Provide A Long Print Life And Minimize Ribbon Wastage. 4. Twenty (20) Units - Industrial Doc Imaging Machine A. Should Be Capable Of High-volume, High-speed Scanning Of Various Document Types (e.g., Paper, Plastic Cards). B. Must Offer Advanced Image Processing Features, Such As Automatic Document Feeding, Image Enhancement, And Ocr. C. Should Be Durable And Reliable, Suitable For Heavy-duty Use In Industrial Environments. D. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Image Capture And Indexing. 5. Three (3) Units -departamental Doc Imaging Machine A. Should Be Suitable For Lower-volume Scanning Needs In Departmental Settings. B. Must Offer Basic Image Processing Features, Such As Automatic Document Feeding And Image Enhancement. C. Should Be Compact And Easy To Use. D. Must Be Compatible With The Document Tracking System For Automated Image Capture And Indexing. 6. Twelve (12) Units -departamental Doc Imaging Machine Peripherals A. Should Include Necessary Accessories For Efficient Document Scanning, Such As Paper Trays, Feeder Units, And Cleaning Kits. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Departmental Doc Imaging Machine. C. Should Be Easy To Install And Maintain. 7. Forty (40) Units -barcode Scanner A. Should Be Capable Of Accurately Scanning Various Barcode Types. B. Must Offer High-speed Scanning And Reliable Performance. C. Should Be Durable And Ergonomic, Suitable For Frequent Use. D. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Data Entry And Workflow Triggering. 8. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 9. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 10. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 11. One (1) Service - Application Installation 12. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 13. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 14. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 15. One (1) Service - Data Migration 16. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 17. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 18. One (1) Service - User Training Services 19. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 20. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 21. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 22. Two (2) Years - Support 23. One (1) Year - Warranty E.8 Trouble Ticketing System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.9 Queueing / Appointment System Infrastructure 1. Six (6) Units - Kiosk Stand With Touch Screen Monitor And Printer 2. Six (6) Units - Kiosk Audio Panel 3. Twelve (12) Units - Kiosk Interactive 65” Smart Tv 4. One Million (1m) Credits - Sms 5. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 6. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 8. One (1) Service - Application Installation 9. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 10. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 11. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 12. One (1) Service - Data Migration 13. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 14. One (1) Service -user Acceptance Testing (uat) 15. One (1) Service - User Training Services 16. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 17. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 18. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 19. Two (2) Years - Support 20. One (1) Year - Warranty E.10 Executive Information System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.11 Campus Portal System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service -installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service -project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.12 University Library System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Unit - Kiosk (self Check-in & Self Check-out) With Monitor And Barcode Reader. 2. Fifty Thousand (50,000) Pcs - Rfid Tags For Books 3. Two (2) Units - Rfid Reader 4. One (1) Unit - Barcode Printer 5. Twenty Five (25) Rolls - Barcode Sticker 6. One (1) Unit - Barcode 3d Scanner 7. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 8. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 9. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 10. One (1) Service - Application Installation 11. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 12. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 13. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 14. One (1) Service - Data Migration 15. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 16. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 17. One (1) Service - User Training Services 18. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 19. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 20. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 21. Two (2) Years - Support 22. One (1) Year - Warranty E.13 Internet Connectivity 1. Eighteen (18) Months - Speed Requirement: 5 Gbps Bandwidth A. Connection Should Be Of Cable Type, Preferably Fiber-optic; Wireless Solutions May Be Considered. B. No Limitations On Traffic/ports; Bandwidth Capacity Should Be Ensured Through A Direct Ip Connection. C. A Subnet Of At Least 14 Static Publicly Routable Ip Addresses Is Required. D. Service Reliability Must Be Ensured. Overall Uptime Should Not Be Less Than 99%. E. All Necessary Hardware, Cabling, And Software (if Required For Internet Service) Should Be Provided And Set Up By The Provider. F. Support Managed Vpn Services. G. Isp Must Be Able To Manage The Customer Premises Equipment (cpe) To Be Installed In The Bulacan Agricultural State College. H. Traffic Management, Network Monitoring, And Access To Raw Log Files. I. Fiber Optic Connectivity From The Isp To The Internet Backbone. 2. One (1) Unit - Multiple Wan Router 3. One (1) Unit - Core Routing Switch 4. Four (4) Units - Distribution Switch 5. Ten (10) Units - Qsfp+ Module Xq+cm0000-xs+ 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services Network Configuration Services 7. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 8. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 9. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 10. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 11. Two (2) Years - Support 12. One (1) Year - Defect Liability E.14 Campus Network System 1. Ninety-four (94) Units - Indoor Wireless Access Points A. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ac Wave2/ax Protocol B. Triple-band Design, Support 2*2 Mimo, 2.4g ≥570mbps, 5g ≥3200 Mbps, The Maximum Speed ≥3.8gbps. C. Support Built-in Omnidirectional Antenna D. 1 Gigabit Ethernet Port E. 1*micro-usb Port F. Support 802.3at Standard Poe Power Supply And Power Adaptor G. Ap Full Load Working Power Consumption ≤ 17.5w H. Ap Transmit Power ≤20dbm (smaller Than 100mw), And Power Can Be Adjusted (adjustment Granularity Is 1dbm, Adjustment Range Is 3dbm~27dbm) I. Protection Degree≥41 J. Operating Temperature: -10~50℃, Humidity:5%~95% Non-condensing K. Maximum Concurrent Client ≤ 256 L. Support For Ssid-based Access User Limit M. Support Virtual Ap Technology, The Number Of Ssid Per Rf ≥16, Per Ap ≥32; N. Support Hiding Of Ssid O. Support Multiple Vlans Per Ssid P. Support Standalone Mode And Controller-based Mode, The Controller Must Be On-premise. Q. Ap Supports Tunnel Mode And Bridge Mode. Each Ssid Can Choose Its Own Working Mode. R. Support Ap Zero Configuration, Support Layer 2 And Layer 3 Discovery, Dhcp Option43, Dns Domain Name, And Other Network Access Controller Automatic Discovery Mechanisms S. Supports Ap Deployment Across Layer 3 Network, Wan, And Nat, And Supports Management Tunnel Encryption With Network Access Controller. T. Support The Service Sense Via Ai Rf, Including Connection And Delay For Network Access, Dhcp, Gateway, Dns, Internet And Other Server Address U. Support The Environment Sense Via Ai Rf, Including Channel Utilization, Co-channel Ap, Interference Ssid V. Supports 802.1x, Portal, Mac Address Authentication, Ca Certificate Authentication, Qr Code Approval Authentication, Sms Authentication, App Authentication, Guest Account, Facebook, 802.1x Wep, Wpa, Wpa2, And Other Authentication Methods; W. Support 802.11i, Aes, Tkip, And Other Encryption Methods X. Support Wips/anti-phishing Wifi Via Independent Rf (non-user Connected Radio Frequency) To Conduct Real-time Detection, Alarm, And Countermeasures For Illegal Access Points. Y. Support East-west Traffic Security, By Detecting Abnormal Behavior To Block Viruses Within The Intranet Z. Support Ap Vpn, An Encrypted Communication Tunnel Can Be Established Across The Internet And Remote Wireless Controllers For Encrypted Remote Access, The Ap Vpn Should Also Support Bidirectional Access From Site To Site. Aa. Support Intelligent Load Balancing Based On The Number Of Users, Signal Strength, And Channel Utilization, And Automatically Balance The Access Pressure Between Aps Bb. Support Rf Guiding Function To Guide Wireless Terminals To Preferentially Access 5g Frequency Bands With Low Interference Cc. Supports Fit Ap Switching To Gateway Mode (non-fat Ap Mode), Supports Pppoe Dial-up, Static Ip, And Dhcp. Dd. Support Dhcp Server And Dns Proxy Ee. Support The Wireless Controller Escape Function, When The Wireless Controller Is Down, The Ap Still Can Guarantee The Normal Online Access Of Online Users, And Ensure That New Users Can Also Connect To The Wireless Network Through Authentication; 2. One (1) Lot - Network Access Controller A. The Proposed Controller Shall Support At Least 5 Service Ports, 1 Rj45 Console Port, 1 Rj45 Manage Port, 2 Usb Ports, And 2 Expansion Slots. B. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Up To 1200 Access Points. C. The Proposed Controller Shall Support At Least 8 Built-in Captive Portal Templates. D. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Access Controller And Qos-based Applications And Urls. The Application Fingerprints In The Controller Database Should Be Larger Than 6400 At Least One Year Application And A Url Update License Should Be Included E. The Proposed Controller Shall Support A Questionnaire Survey And The Survey Result Can Be Shown In The Controller F. Web Ui To Show Survey Results In The Controller G. The Proposed Controller Can Configure The Time/data Quota Policy For Wi-fi Users. H. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Topology Of The Switch. I. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Big Data Analysis For The Guests, And Staff. The Content Should Include The Favorite Application, Online Duration, Time Starts, And Checkout. J. The Proposed Controller Shall Be Capable Of Identifying Terminal Types And Assigning The Different Policy-based Terminal Types. K. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Graphical Dhcp Address Pool From The Controller And Switch And Can View The Following Information In Each Address Pool: I. Conflict Ip Address Ii. Terminal Devices Fail To Obtain An Ip Address Iii. Address Pool Utilization Iv. Ip Allocation Times Distribution L. The Proposed Controller Can Be Used As The Gateway, Support Ppoe, Nat, Policy-based Routing, Dhcp Server, Dhcp Replay, Provide Authentication And Access Controller For Both Wired And Wireless Users, M. The Proposed Software Controller Shall Support The Following: I. 802.1x Authentication Ii. Portal Authentication Iii. Mac Address-based Authentication N. Also Need To Support The Integration With Radius, Ldap, Ad, And Other Databases O. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Viewing Of The Following Status Of Ap. I. Power Supply Load Ii. System Resources (memory, Cpu) Iii. Chip Resources (mac Table, Arp Table, Acl Table, Route Table Utilization) Iv. Packet Drop Ratio V. Jumbo/normal Frame Vi. Traffic Load Vii. Packet Analysis (broadcast, Multicast, And Unicast Packets) Viii. Network Protocol Packet Receiving Rate Analysis (dhcp, Icmp, Arp, And Tcp Packet Rate) P. The Proposed Controller Shall Support A Security Log To View Switch Attack Events, Including Event Types, Attacker Mac Address, And Attack Device Types. Q. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Binding Of Terminals To Ip Based On Switch Port Groups, And The Binding Of Terminals And Ports Based On Switch Port Groups. R. The Proposed Controller Manufacturer Shall Have A Cmmi5 Certificate To Ensure The Maturity Of The Product Software. S. The Proposed Brand Must Be Iso 9001 Certified 3. Forty-seven (47) Units - Access Poe Switch A. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have At Least I. 24 Gigabit Ethernet Poe Ports Ii. 4* Sfp+ Ports B. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Ieee 802.3af/at Power Supply Standard, Single Port Maximum Output Poe Power 30w, The Whole Machine Maximum Output Poe Power 370w C. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have A Console Port D. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Standalone Web Gui Management And Controller-based Management. E. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have A Switching Capacity Of At Least 336gbps F. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have Packet Forwarding Of At Least 108mpps G. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Single-port And Aggregation Of Interfaces. H. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Source Ip Address And Mac Address. I. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Protocols (ospf, Udp, Arp) J. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Time-based Acl Policies K. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 802.1p, Ip And Service Level, Dscp Priority Settings L. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Traffic Shaping; And Packet Forwarding Rate Setting Based On The Outbound And Inbound Directions Of Switch Ports. M. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Cos And Dscp Priority Mapping Based On Switch Groups N. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Congestion Management That Supports Multiple Scheduling Modes To Implement Traffic Based On Packet Or Port Priority. O. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Port Mirroring And Redirection. P. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Dhcp Snooping, Dhcp Server Q. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support The Spanning Tree Protocol (stp, Rstp, Mstp) R. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Igmp V1/v2/v3 Snooping S. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 4,000 Vlan T. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 16,000 Mac Address U. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Dynamic Learning V. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Filtering W. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Learning Limit X. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Link Aggregation Y. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support M-lag Technology, Cross-device Link Aggregation Z. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have Layer 3 Routing Protocols Such As Static Routing, Rip, Ospf, Vrrp Aa. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support East-west Traffic Security With Policies Based On Area Or User Role, And Prevent The Virus Spread Within The Intranet Bb. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Topology In The Controller, Configuration And Status Checking Can Be Done By Clicking The Topology. Cc. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support The Replacement By One Click On The Controller Platform To Replace The Defective Device Dd. The Proposed Equipment Manufacturer Shall Have A Cmmi5 Certificate To Ensure The Maturity Of The Product Software Ee. The Proposed Brand Must Be Iso 9001 Certified 4. One (1) Lot - Installation Consumables 5. One (1) Service - Network Design, Consultation (signed By Pece) And Permits 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 7. One (1) Service - Switch & Access Point Installation 8. One (1) Service -network Configuration Services 9. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. One (1) Year - Campus Network System Defect Liability (base Bundle Warranty-support) A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Subscription To Licenses C. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.15 Fiber Optics Works 1. Fiber Optics Passive Components A. Thirteen Thousand (13,000) Meters - Fiber Optic Cable Single Mode I. 8-core Single-mode 8 Ii. Fiber Type=g.652.d And G.657.a1, Teraspeed, Os2 Iii. Armored-type Corrugated Steel Iv. Stranded Loose-tube Cable-type V. Gel-free Sub-unit Type B. Forty-seven (47) Units - Fms Panel I. 1u Standard Size 19” Ii. Includes 6 X Lc Sm Adaptors (12f) Iii. Includes 12 X Sm Lc Pigtails Iv. Includes 12 X Splice Protectors V. With Splice Tray And Cable Glands (12 Port Loaded) C. One (1) Unit - Epx 4u Sliding Panel Splicing Cassette I. Symmetrical Body Style Ii. Sliding Shelf Iii. Splicing Type = Heat Shrink, Single Fiber Fusion Iv. Dimension: 44.45h X 482.6w X 320d Mm V. Powder Coated Finish D. Sixteen (16) Units - G2 Splice Cassette 24lc/upc With Internal Shutters Os2 With Pigtails I. Lc/upc Interface Ii. Method A Polarity Iii. Shuttered Iv. Maximum Insertion Loss = 0.25db V. Minimum Return Loss = 50db E. One Hundred Eighty-eight (188) Pcs - Fiber Patch Cords I. Lc-lc Patch Cord Ii. 1.6mm Duplex Iii. Riser Single Mode Os2, 0.9m F. Forty-seven (47) Units - Data Cabinet 15u I. Wall-mounted Type Ii. 600 X 600mm X 15u Dimension Iii. Glass Door With Lock With 8-gang Pdu G. One (1) Lot - Handhole Fabrication And Heat Shrinkable Seal Fiber Optic Splice Dome Closure I. With 24-core Pigtail Splicing Plate Termination H. One (1) Lot - Earth Ground Material And Accessories 2. Fiber Optics Active Components A. Two (2) Units - Network Core Switches I. 24-ports 10ge Layer 3 Managed Core And Aggregation Switch Ii. With 4 X 25g Ports Backward Compatible With 10g Iii. With 40g Uplink Capability Iv. With 150w Ac Power Module V. 19” Rack-mountable Vi. Steel Case B. Forty-seven (47) Units - Network Managed Switch I. 24-ports Layer 2 Managed Switch Ii. With 4 X 10g Uplink Ports Iii. 19” Rack-mountable Iv. Steel Case C. Four (4) Units - 40g Transceiver Modules I. 40g Lr Single-mode Fiber Module Ii. Qspf+ Transceiver Iii. Lc (1310nm) D. Ninety-four (94) Units - 10g Transceiver Modules I. 10g Lr Single-mode Fiber Module Ii. Qspf+ Transceiver Iii. Lc (1310nm) 3. One (1) Service - Roughing Ins Cost (piping Of Foc Per Building, Pvc/hdpe Pipes, Pullbox 10" X 10" X 6", Metal Clamps, Tox & Screws, Gi Wire) 4. One (1) Service - Labor Cost: Horizontal Direct Drilling (hdd) Wire Pulling, Roughing Ins For Expose Foc Going To Idf And/mdf 5. One (1) Service - Termination/splicing Of Pigtail Connectors/otdr Testing 6. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design (as-built Plan) 7. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation (signed By Pece) 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - Switch Installation 10. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 11. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 12. One (1) Service - Cable Testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems 13. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Network Security 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 16. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 17. One (1) Year - Defect Liability 18. One (1) Year - Fiber Optic Passive Components Support Warranty A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Subscription To Licenses C. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.16 Structured Cabling Works 1. Structured Cabling Passive Components A. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 24-ports 1u Keystone-type Patch Panel With Io Assembly I. 24-ports 1u Keystone Blank Panel Ii. 24-pcs Cat6+ Modular Jack, Rj45 Keyconnect Style B. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – Cat6+ Modular Jack I. Cat6+ Modular Jack, Rj45 Keyconnect Style Ii. T568 A/b Wiring Scheme C. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – 1-meter Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord I. 1-meter Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord Ii. T568b- Standard Machine-made Termination D. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – 2 Meters Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord I. 2-meter Branded Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord Ii. T568b- Standard Machine-made Termination E. Sixty-seven (67) Units – Cable Organizer 1u I. 24 Slots Plastic With Cover F. Three Hundred Seventy-five (375) Rolls– Utp Cat6 Pure Copper I. Solid Bare-copper 24awg 4-pairs Ii. Pe-polyethylene Insulation Material Iii. 0.97 Mm Insulation Diameter Iv. Outer Jacket = Pvc Polyvinyl Chloride V. Operating Temperature = -20°c To +75°c Vi. Bending Radius = 23.2 Mm (0.913 In) G. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 15u Data Cabinet 600 X 600mm I. Wall-mounted Type Ii. 600 X 600mm Iii. Glass Door With Lock Iv. With 8-gang Pdu H. Sixty-seven (67) Sets – Fabricated Data Cabinet Bracket I. Five Hundred Fifteen (515) Pcs – Simplex Faceplate I. Keyconnect Faceplates, 1-port Ii. Plastic-made J. One Hundred Thirty-three (130) Pcs – Duplex Faceplate I. Keyconnect Faceplates, 2-ports Ii. Plastic-made K. Six Hundred Forty-five (645) Pcs – Faceplate Box I. Standard, Rectangular 2. Structured Cabling Active Components Technical Specification A. Seventy-two (72) Units – 24-ports L2+ Gigabit Switch + 4-sfp Ports Rack-mountable Ii. 24 X Gigabit Rj45 Iii. 4 X 10g Sfp+ Ports Iv. 19” Standard Size Rack-mountable B. Eighty-one (81) Units – 24-ports L2+ High-poe Switch Gigabit, With 4-sfp Module Rack-mountable I. 24 X Gigabit Poe Ports Ii. 4 X Sfp+ Slots Iii. 19” Standards Size Rack-mountable Iv. Poe Budget: At Least 370w C. Six (6) Units – 16-ports Aggregation Switch With 16-ports 10ge Ports I. 16 X 10g Sfp+ Slots Ii. 1u Rack Mountable 19” Iii. 802.3at/af D. Three Hundred Six (306) Units – Sfp+ Module, Single Mode Lc Connector I. 1310nm Single Mode Ii. Lc Duplex Connector Iii. Up To 10km Distance E. Three Hundred Six (306) Pcs – Lc Fiber Patch Cord I. Lc-lc Patch Cord Ii. 1.6mm Duplex Iii. Riser Single Mode Os2 0.9m F. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 1kva Ups, Tower Type I. 1000va/600w Ratings Ii. 1 X 12v/9ah Battery Iii. 4 X Universal Socket Iv. Not More Than 5.3kg G. One (1) Unit – 5kva Ups 4u, Online I. 5000va/5000w Ii. Dimension: Not Bigger Than 420 X 630 X 217mm Iii. Operating Voltage = 176 To 288 Vac Iv. Maximum Allowable Voltage = 288 Vac V. Input Frequency Without Battery Operation = 40 To 70hz Vi. Factory Default Voltage = 230 Vac Vii. Waveform = Pure Sinewave Viii. Backup Time At Full Load = 7 Ix. Backup Time At Half Load = 18.5 X. Audible Noise <55dba H. Sixty-seven (67) Units– Pdu With Reset And Switch, Metal Case I. 8-gang Metal With Reset Button Ii. Standard 19’’ Rack Mountable 3. Structured Cabling Roughing-ins A. One (1) Lot – Conduiting/piping Materials B. One (1) Lot – Cable Tray, Cable Ladder And Support Assembly (noc) C. One (1) Lot – Cable Tray Support & Hangers (distribution Per Building) D. One (1) Lot – Restoration Materials E. One (1) Lot – Cable Distribution Materials F. One (1) Lot – Grounding Materials, Installation And Consumables G. One (1) Lot – External Cabling Materials 4. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation (signed By Pece) 5. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 6. One (1) Service- Switch Installation 7. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 8. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 9. One (1) Service - External Cabling 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (cable Testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. One (1) Year - Service -structured Cabling Works Defect Liability 15. One (1) Year - Structured Cabling Passive Components Support Warranty A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.17 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 1. One (1) Lot – Indoor Video Wall A. One (1) Lot – Led Panel I. Must Have 4.2x2.025m P0.9375 Indoor Led Screen Ii. Led Lamp Parameter: Color Configuration: Rgb 3in1, Color: Red, Green, Blue, Luminance: 990-1210 Mcd, 1980-2420 Mcd, 495-605 Mcd, Viewing Angle: 160º/160º, Wavelength: 625-630 Nm, 520-525 Nm, 465-470 Nm Iii. Must Have Led Module Parameter: Pixel Pitch(mm) 0.9375, Iv. Pixel Configuration Cob, Module Size(mm) W 300 H 168.75, Module Resolution(dots) W 320 H 180, Drive Ic Icn1069 V. Must Have Led Cabinet Parameter: Cabinet Size (mm) W 600 H 337.5, Cabinet Resolution (dots) W 640 H 360, Cabinet Pixels (dots) 230400, Cabinet Material Die Casting Aluminum, Cabinet Weight (kg) 4.8 Vi. Must Have Led Screen Parameter: Screen Size(m)w 4.2 W 2.025 H, Screen Resolution(dots)w 4480 W 2160 H, Cabinet Quantity(pc)w 7 W 6 H, Pixel Density(pixel/m2) 1137778, Brightness(cd/m2) 600, Brightness Adjusted 256 Grade By Software Or By Auto-optic Induced, Driving Method 1/46 Scan Display Color 439, 804, 651, 110, Viewing Distance (m) ≥0.9375m, View Angle Horizontal 160°; Vertical 160° Color Contrast Ratio 5000:1, Gray Grade 16bit, Refresh Frequency (hz) 3840, Protective Grade Ip43, Working Temperature(ºc) -30～+70, Stored Temperature (ºc) -40～+80, Operation Humidity(rh) 0-95%, Lifetime 100,000 Hrs Maintenance Front Side Working Voltage Ac110 / Ac220v±10% 47～63hz, Power Consumption Max: 800w/㎡ ; Ave:310w/㎡" B. One (1) Unit – Controller I. Must Have Three Kinds Of Led 4k Sending Cards: (1) − H_20xrj45 Sending Card Loads Up To 13,000,000 Pixels, (2) − H_16xrj45+2xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 10,400,000 Pixels And Provides Two Opt Ports That Copy The Outputs On Ethernet Ports, (3) − H_4xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 20,800,000 Pixels And Supports Three Working Modes, Including Independent, Copy And Backup. The Three Cards Mentioned Above Cannot Be Used Together To Load The Same Screen. Ii. Must Have Multi-capacity Configuration On A Single Card Slot: − 4x 2k×1k@60hz, − 2x 4k×1k@60hz, − 1x 4k×2k@60hz Iii. Must Have A Simple Screen Configuration Using A Single Card And Connector Iv. Must Have Online Status Monitoring Of All Input And Output Cards V. Must Have Hot-swappable Input And Output Cards Vi. Must Have An H_2xrj45 Ip Input Card That Supports Up To 512 Ip Camera Inputs And Input Mosaic. Vii. Must Have Auto Decryption Of Hdcp-encrypted Sources Viii. Must Have Decimal Frame Rates Supported Ix. Must Have Hdr10 And Hlg Processing X. Each Screen Can Have Its Output Resolution. Xi. Must-have Output Mosaic: Adopts The Frame Synchronization Technology, Which Ensures All The Output Connectors Output The Image Synchronously, And The Image Is Complete And Played Smoothly, Without Any Stuck, Frame Loss, Tearing, Or Piercing. Xii. Must Support Irregular Screen Configuration: Supports Irregular Rectangle Mosaic Without Any Limitations. Xiii. Must Have Input Source Grouping Management Xiv. Must Have Eye-saver Mode: Display The Image In A Warmer But Less Bright Way To Relieve Eye Strain. Xv. Lcd Bezel Compensation Xvi. Must Have Multi-layer Display: A Single Card Supports 16x 2k Layers, 8x Dl, Layers Or 4x 4k Layers. All Layers Support Cross-connector Output And The Layer Quantity Is Not Reduced For Cross-connector Output. Xvii. Must Have High-definition Scrolling Text, Customize The Scrolling Text Content, Such As Slogans Or Notification Messages, And Set The Text Style, Scrolling Direction, And Speed. Xviii. Must Support Up To 2,000 Presets: Fade Effect And Seamless Switching Supported, Less Than 60ms Preset Switching Duration Xix. Must Have Scheduled Playback Of Preset Playlist, Set Whether To Add The Presets To Playlist, Which Is Ideal For Monitoring, Exhibitions, Presentations, And Other Applications. Xx. Must Have Osd Settings On A Single Screen And Adjustable, Osd Transparency Xxi. Must Have Bkg Settings, Bkg Images Do Not Occupy The Layer Resources. The Max Width And Height Of A Bkg Image Is Up To 15k And 8k Respectively. Xxii. Must Have Channel Logo Management: Set A Text Or Image Logo For Identifying The Input Source. Xxiii. Must Have Input Source Cropping And Renaming After Cropping, Crop Any Input Source Image And Form A New Input Source After Cropping. Xxiv. Must Have Hdr And 10-bit Video Processing, Allowing For A More Exquisite And Clear Image. Xxv. Must Have Color Adjustment: Output Connector Color And Screen Color Adjustable, Including Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue, And Gamma. Xxvi. Must Have Xr Scenario Control Xxvii. Must Have Low Latency: Reduce The Latency From The Input Source To The Receiving Card To As Low As 1 Frame. Xxviii. Must Have Web Control: Real-time Response And 1000m/100m Self-adaptive Network Control, Allowing For Multi-user Collaboration. Xxix. Must Have Monitoring Of Inputs And Outputs On A Web Page Xxx. Must Support Firmware Updates On Web Page Xxxi. Must Have Ark Visualized Management And Control Platform App Control On Pad Device. Xxxii. Must Have Self-test For Fault Detection Xxxiii. Must Have Auto-monitoring And Alarms: Supports Hardware Monitoring, Such As Fan Rotation Speed, Module Temperature And Voltage, And Running Status, And Sends Fault Alarms If Necessary. Xxxiv. Must Support An Optional Power Supply For Higher System Reliability. Xxxv. Must Have Backup Design − Backup Between Devices − Backup Between Led 4k Sending Cards. C. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable (4k) 10 Meters D. Six (6) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups E. Three (3) Units – Desktop Computers I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 2. Desktop Computers W/ Extended Monitor A. Six (6) Units – Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4gb Vram, Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Motherboard: B760-g Wifi D5 Micro-atx Motherboard Viii. Power Supply: Modular Power Supply 850w 80+ Gold Argb Modular Psu Ix. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse X. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Xi. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Xii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Xiii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in B. Six (6) Pcs For 6 Units Of Desktop – Extended Monitor I. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) C. Six (6) Units – Ups For Command Center I. Must Have Capacity 650va 3. Communication Equipment A. Six (6) Units – Desktop Computer Headphone I. Audio Specifications Must Have, Frequency Response: 20 Hz To 20,000 Hz (standard Range For Human Hearing), Impedance: 32 Ohms (standard For Most Headsets; Higher Impedance May Be Better For High-end Audio), Sensitivity: 90-120 Db (decibels) At 1 Mw For Sound Level, Driver Size: 30-50 Mm (larger Drivers Often Provide A Better Bass Response), Sound Output: Stereo Or 7.1 Surround Sound (for Gaming And Multimedia), Total Harmonic Distortion (thd): Less Than 1% (minimizes Audio Distortion), Noise-canceling: Active (anc) Or Passive, Ii. Microphone Specifications Must Have, Type: Omnidirectional Or Unidirectional, Frequency Response: 100 Hz To 10,000 Hz, Sensitivity: -38 Db ± 3 Db, Noise Cancellation: Active Or Passive Noise-canceling Microphone, Mute Function: Usually Included For Easy On/off Control, Iii. Connectivity Wired: 3.5 Mm Audio Jack, Usb (type-a Or Type-c) Iv. Controls Volume Control: On-ear Cup Or Inline Volume Adjustment, Playback Control: Some Models Allow Pause/play/skip For Media. B. Six (6) Units – Ip Phone Handset Note: Covered In Ip-pa System And Ip-pbx System I. Must Have The Following Physical Specifications: 2.3-inch 128x48 Pixel Dot-matrix Display, Graphical Lcd With Backlight, Keypad: 33 Keys, Including: 4soft-keys, 9 Function Keys (hold / Transfer / Voice Message / Conference / Phonebook, Mwi / Headset / Redial / Hands-free) 4 Navigation Keys, 12 Standard Phone Digits Keys, 3 Volume Control Keys (up/down/mute (microphone), Desktop Stand X1 Status Indicator Light X1 (red), Rj9/rj11 Port X2: Handset X1, Headset X1, Rj45 Port X2: Network X1, Pcx1 (bridged To Network), Security Slot X1, Dc Power Input: 5v/0.6a, Power Consumption (adapter): 0.8~1.29w, Power Consumption (poe): 1.25~1.86w, Device Dimensions: Desktop Stand (45°): 169x201.1x177.4 Mm, Desktop Stand (50°): 169x191.9x185.8 Mm, Wall Mountable: 169x120.1x213.7 Mm Ii. Must Have 6-way Audio Conference Iii. Must Have At Least 600 Call Logs Iv. Must Have At Least 1000 Local Phonebook V. Must Have At Least 1000 Remote Phonebook Vi. Must Have G.722, Opus Wideband Codec Vii. Must Have G.711a/u,g.726,g.723.1, G.729a/b, Ilbc Narrowband Codec Viii. Must Have 2 X 10/100/1000 Mbps Network Rate Ix. Must Have Power Supply Poe X. Must Support Ehs Wireless Headset Xi. Must Have Desktop Stand Xii. Must Support Plantronics Wireless Headset (through Plantronics Apd-80 Ehscable) Xiii. Must Support Recording (through Server) Xiv. Must-have Physical: 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, Dual Bridged Port For Pc Bypass Xv. Must Support Ip Configuration: Static Ip / Dhcp / Pppoe Xvi. Must Support The Following Protocols: Sip 2.0 Over Udp/tcp/tls, Rtp/rtcp/srtp, Stun, Dhcp, Ipv6, Lldp, Pppoe, 802.1x, L2tp, Openvpn, Sntp, Ftp/tftp, Http/https, Tr-069, Aes 128 & Aes 256 Xvii. Must-have Generic Ip Phone Features: 2siplines, Hdvoice, Poeenabled, Dot-matrix Display Screen, Handset/hands-free /headset Mode, Desktopstand/ Wall Mountable (optional), Optional External Power Supply Xviii. Must Have The Following Call Functions: Callout/ Answer/ Reject, Mute/unmute(microphone), Callhold / Resume, Callwaiting, Intercom, Caller Id Display, Speeddial, Anonymouscall(hide Caller Id), Callforward(always/busy/no Answer), Calltransfer (attended/unattended), Callparking/pick-up (depending On Server), Redial, Do-not-disturb, Auto-answering, Voicemessage(with Server), 6-wayconference, Hotline, Hot Desking. 4. Two (2) Units – Laptop A. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 5. One (1) Lot - Outdoor Video Wall W/ Smart Led Solar Powered Light A. Led Panel I. Pixel Pitch 3.91mm Ii. Pixel Configuration 1r1g1b Iii. Led Type Smd1921 Iv. Brightness (max) 5000 Nit V. Color Temperature 3500k-10000k（adjustable) Vi. Viewing Angle H140° / V120° Vii. Pixel Density 65,536 Dots/m² Viii. Module Size 500mm×250mm Ix. Module Resolution 128x64 Dots X. Cabinet Size W500mm×h1000mm×d77mm Xi. Cabinet Resolution (w×h) 128×256 Dots Xii. Cabinet Weight 17.0 Kg ± 0.5 Xiii. Cabinet Material Aluminum Xiv. Operating Temperature/ Xv. Humidity -40℃~+60℃/10~80%rh Xvi. Storage Temperature/ Xvii. Humidity -40℃~+60℃/10~80%rh Xviii. Ip Rating Front Ip68/rear Ip66 Xix. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Video Wall Display Unit (181"w X 138"h) B. Four (4) Unit – Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. Independent Distributed Power Supply System Ii. Solar Powered W/ Smart Sensors Iii. High Quality Lithium Battery Iv. Input Voltage Ac 110~220v (+/-10%) V. Pole-mounted Installation Vi. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Smart Led Solar Powered Light C. One (1) Lot - Controller Required: Quantity I. Must Have Sending Box, Receiving Card, And Light Sensor D. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable (4k) 10 Meters Iv. Two (2) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups E. One (1) Unit – Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 6. One (1) Lot – Security Software Licenses A. Access Rights Manager B. Patch Manager C. Serv-u File Transfer Protocol Server D. Serv-u Managed File Transfer Server E. Server Configuration Monitor F. Engineer's Toolset G. Ip Address Manager H. Log Analyzer I. Network Performance Monitor J. Security Event Manager K. Network Topology Mapper 7. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design (as-built Plan) 8. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design Signed By Pece 9. One (1) Lot - Security Software Licenses W/ Dashboard 10. One (1) Lot - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 11. One (1) Lot - Roughing-in Materials 12. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 13. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 14. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil) For 30 Days 15. One (1) Service - Installation & Configuration 16. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 17. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 18. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 19. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 20. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 21. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 22. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.18 Campus Data Center Upgrade 1. Non-electrical Components A. Seven (7) Units - Data Racks I. 1200mm Deep Static Rack Cabinet. Ii. Rack Capacity Must Be 42u Iii. Must Be Equipped With Casters And Leveling Feet Iv. Front And Back Doors Must Be Perforated V. Must Have A Load-carrying Capacity Of 950 Kg Or Higher Vi. Optional: Front And Side Stabilizers B. Three (3) Units - Gpu Server I. Must Have Warranty Support (4hr Resp) Ii. Gpu Server Add Ons Iii. Management Controller With 3-year Subscription For Server Endpoint Iv. Console Manager With 3-year Software Subscription C. One (1) Unit - Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) I. The Ttc Must Be Made With Stainless Steel (304 Or 316) Gauge 16. Ii. At Least (800mm X 500mm X 200mm), With Canopy And Locking Mechanism. Iii. Water-resistant 2. Electrical Components A. One (1) Lot - Power Management System I. Design And Install Based On The Requirements Of Section 5.b (electrical Works Services) B. Fourteen (14) Lot - Power Distribution Unit I. 2 Units Shall Be Installed Per Data Rack. Ii. Input Voltage (v): 200-230 Iii. Input Plug Type: Iec 60309 32 A 2p + E Iv. Input Current Limit: 32 A V. Load Capacity: 7400 Va Vi. Network Frequency: 47...63 Hz Vii. Outlet Type And Quantity: (20) Iec 60320 C13, (4) Iec 60320 C19 C. One (1) Unit - Uninterruptible Power Supply 20kva (ups) And One (1) Unit - Uninterruptible Power Supply 5kva (ups) I. At Least 20kva/20kw Rackmount And 5kva/5kw Rackmount 1. Input: A) Ac Input Nominal Voltage (single-phase): 220/230/240 Vac, 3 Wire (l + N + G), Connected Via Hardwire. B) Ac Input Nominal Voltage (three-phase): 380/400/415 Vac, 5 Wire (l1 + L2 + L3 + N + G), Connected Via Hardwire. C) Ac Input Voltage Range: 160 – 285 Vac (l-n) At Full Load, While Providing Nominal Charging To The Battery System; Or 100 – 160 Vac (l-n) At 50% Load, While Providing Nominal Charging To The Battery System. D) Input Frequency Range: 40-70 Hz, Auto-selecting. E) Online Input Power Factor: 0.99 For 75% And 100% At 230 Vac. F) Green Mode Input Power Factor: ≥ 0.95 (for Resistive Load ≥ 25%) At 230 Vac.) At 230 Vac G) Input Current Distortion: <4% For 50% Resistive Load, <3% For 100% Resistive Load. H) Surge Protection: 600 Joules 2. Output: A) Ac Nominal Output Voltage: Single-phase B) Single-phase: 220/ 230/ 240 Vac. Models Are Factory Set At 230 Vac. C) 3-phase: 380/400/415 Vac. Models Are Factory Set At 400 Vac. (for 20kva) D) Output Frequency: 50/60 +/- 4 Hz (auto-sense). 3. Battery: A) Battery Type: Maintenance-free Sealed Lead-acid Battery With Suspended Electrolyte, Leakproof. 4. Installation: A) All Materials To Be Used In The Installation Should Be Included. From The Tapping Point To Ups. D. One (1) Unit - Generator With Automatic Transfer Switch (ats) I. 50kva Generator With Built-in Ats Or Ats Ready Ii. Automatic Start, Electric Start Iii. Phase: 3-phase/1-phase Iv. Operating Mode: Silent/soundproof V. Frequency Rating (hz): 50-70 Vi. Voltage Rating (v): 220-240 Vii. Engine Type: Turbo Diesel Viii. Large Capacity Fuel Tank Ix. Cooling System: Water Cooled X. Protection System: Low Oil Alarm, Temperature Sensor Xi. Should Include Installation And Configuration Services E. One (1) Set - Precision Air Conditioning Unit (pacu) I. Cooling Capacity: 7 Tr (20kw Or 75,400 Btu/hr) Ii. Power Supply: 230 Volts/60 Hz./3 Phase/pe Iii. System Type: Air-cooled Non-inverter Compressor Iv. Air Circuit: 1. Air Direction - Downflow Vertical Discharge 2. Air Inlet Into The A/c On A Large Surface From The Top Of The Unit V. Refrigerant Circuit: 1. Equipped With An Open Refrigerant Circuit The Basic Version Consists Of The Following Components: A. Fully Hermetic, Variable-speed Dc Scroll Compressor B. Oil Separator C. High-performance Evaporator With A Large Surface Area D. Liquid Receiver With Rota Lock On-off Valve And Safety Valve E. Dehydrating Filter F. Liquid Sight Glass G. Thermostatic Electronic Expansion Valve H. High-pressure Switches With Manual Resetting I. Needle Valves For The Refrigerant Change For Pressure Control J. External Welded Connections Vi. Standard Functions: Cooling Mode, Humidification & Dehumidification Mode Vii. User Terminal: 1. 64 X 120 Pixel Backlit Lcd Display And 6 Backlit Keys To Move Between And Change Parameters. 2. Set The Operating Parameters, Monitor The Trend Of The Main Working Parameters, And Read Any Alarm Messages. 3. Capable Of Enabling The Following Functions: A. Temperature And Humidity Control B. Setting Double Temperature And Humidity Set Point C. Complete Alarm Detection System D. Alarm Event History Storage E. Automatic Restart When Power Returns After A Cutout F. Remote Switching On/off Of The Unit G. Graphical Display With Icons Displaying The State Of The Unit Components H. Time Bands For Differential Weekly Switching On/off Of The Unit I. Management Of The Local Network With Setting The Rotation Of One Or Two Units In Standby J. Alarm Sequence History With Up To 100 Alarm Events Viii. Fan Section (indoor): 1. Radial Fan With Electronically Commutated (ec) Motor 2. High-efficiency Ec Motor With Wear-resistant And Maintenance-free Ball Bearing 3. Variable Speed Motor Modulating Fan Speed According To Load Density 4. Eurovent Certification 5. Ce Certification Ix. Air Filter: 1. Made From Self-extinguishing, Synthetic Fiber Cellular Material. 2. Large Filter Surface, Small Pressure Loss, Long Service Life, And Easy Replaceability X. Condenser: 1. Connections To The Remote Condenser 2. Witha Kit Of Legs For Vertical Discharge 3. With Rota Lock Shutoff Valves 4. Regulate The Fan Speed To Ensure Trouble-free Operations F. One (1) Unit - Dehumidifier I. At Least 80 Liters Capacity Ii. Adjustable Humidistat Iii. Auto Restart Iv. Automatic Bucket Full Shut-off V. Automatic Humidistat Control Vi. Bucket Full Indicator Light Vii. External Drain Connect Viii. Removable Water Tank Ix. Washable Air Filter 3. Safety Components A. Eight (8) Units - Fire Suppression System I. Hfc236fa (fe36) / /hcfc-123 Ii. At Least 20 Lbs Iii. Non-residual Iv. Non-corrosive V. Lifetime Chemical Efficacy Vi. Built-in Sensor For Automatic Discharge Vii. Should Include Mounting Plates And Installation Service B. Two (2) Units - Metal Door With Panic Lock Mechanism Note: Included In E-classroom, E-conference Room And Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. The Door Jamb Must Be Able To Hold The Weight Of The Metal Door. Ii. The Door Hinge Must Be Able To Contain The Stress Of The Sudden Swing Of The Metal Door Induced By The Panic Lock Mechanism. Iii. Panic Lock Mechanism Has Priority Over Electronic Security Locks For Exit. C. Four (4) Units - Environmental Monitoring System I. Temperature Sensor And Humidity Data Logger. Ii. Logging Capacity: 60000 Readings Or Higher. Iii. Alarm Status Indicator. Iv. Wired Or Wireless Connection Mode. V. Inclusion Of Cloud Access And/or Mobile Application For Data Access. Vi. Optional: Sms And/or Email Capability. 4. Warranty-three (3) Years Warranty A. Non-electrical Components I. Data Racks Ii. Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) B. Electrical Components I. Electrical Management System Ii. Uninterruptible Power Supply 20kva Iii. Uninterruptible Power Supply 5kva Iv. Power Distribution Units V. 100 Kw Generator With Automatic Transfer Switch (ats) Vi. Air Conditioning Units Vii. Dehumidifier C. Safety Components I. Fire Suppression System Ii. Metal Door With Panic Lock Mechanism Iii. Environmental Monitoring System 5. Included Supply, Installation, And Configuration Services A. Civil Works Services I. Supply And Installation Of Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) (800mm X 500mm X 200mm) With Canopy And Locking Mechanism. Ii. Supply And Installation Of 2 Fire Rated Metal Door With Panic Locking Mechanisms 400mm(w) X 900mm(w) X 2100mm(h)(1-unit) Iii. Supply And Installation Of 2hr Fire-rated Wall Partition 4” Thick (40 Sqm.) Iv. Supply And Installation Of Anti-static Raised Flooring (75 Sqm.) V. Supply And Installation Of The Acoustic-type Ceiling (75 Sqm.) Vi. Supply And Installation Of Led Lighting With Complete Wiring Vii. Painting Inside The Data Center Viii. Water Proofing (covering Part Of Data Center) Ix. Supply And Installation Of Emergency Lights X. Installation Of Generator System Housing B. Electrical Works Services I. Creation And Installation Of An Electrical Design Supporting Ups Power, Air-conditioning, Emergency Light And Exhaust Fan System, With The Capability To Switch To A Generator System With Ats And Auto-start Function. Ii. Independent Circuits For Ups And Regular Power Distributed On A Per Rack Basis. Iii. Independent Circuits For Air Conditioning Systems (ahu) On A Per Unit Basis. Iv. Provision Of Ups Circuits For Security And Environment Monitoring Devices. V. Provision Of Circuits For Future Use. Vi. Installation Of Grounding Systems. Vii. Electrical Panel Boxes Should Be Equipped With Surge Suppressors, Low Voltage Detectors And Power Monitoring. C. Mechanical Works Services I. Plumbing Works For Ahu Drain System. Ii. Plumbing Works For The Dehumidifier Drain System. Iii. Supply And Installation Of Electrical Wire Ways From Main Electrical Panel To Generator Location. Iv. Supply And Installation Of Data Wire Ways For Inter-rack Connections. 6. One (1) Service - System Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Cabling Works 8. One (1) Service - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 9. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 10. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 12. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 13. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost E.19 Data Center Network Switches 1. Two (2) Units - Core Switch A. Hot Swap Power Supply B. Open Ports Configuration With At Least 16 100g Qsfp28 Ports C. Open Ports Configuration With At Least 4 25g Qsfp28 Ports D. All Open Ports Enabled E. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted I. Four (4) 100 Gbit Fiber Module Ii. Four (4) 40 Gbit Fiber Module Iii. Six (6) 10 Gbit Copper Module Iv. Six (6)10 Gbit Fiber Module V. 100 Gbit Dac Cable 2. Two (2) Units - Core Fiber Switch 3. One (1) Unit - Router A. Redundant Power Supply B. Load Balancing/failover Capability For Unequal Bandwidth C. At Least 12 1gbit Ports D. All Open Ports Enabled E. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted F. One (1) Lot - X 10g Sfp+ Ports G. One (1) Lot - 10gbit Fiber Module (sfp / Sfp+ / Sfp28) H. One (1) Lot - 10gbit Copper Module 4. One (1) Unit- Top Of Rack (tor) Switch Poe A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 48 Gbit Ports C. All Open Ports Enabled D. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted E. Four (4) X 10g Sfp+ F. Two (2) 40g Qsfp+ G. 48 Poe Ports H. Poe Out Standard: 802.3af/at I. Max Power Output Per Port (input 18-30 V): 1000 Ma J. Max Power Output Per Port (input 30-57 V): 570 Ma K. Total Power: 700w L. Six (6) 40gbit Fiber Module 5. One (1) Unit - Top Of Rack (tor) Switch Non-poe A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 48 Gbit Ports C. All Open Ports Enabled D. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted E. Four (4) X 10g Sfp+ F. Two (2) 40g Qsfp+ G. 48 Poe Ports H. Six (6) 40gbit Fiber Module 6. One (1) Unit - Management Switch A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 24 Gbit Ports C. 10gbit Fiber Module D. Sfp+ To Sfp+ Connector 7. Two (2) Units - Access Point Cap-ac 8. One (1) Service - Electrical And Racking Design Services 9. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 10. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - Switch Installation 12. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services Supplier 13. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 14. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Network Switches 15. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 16. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 17. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 18. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.20 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage 1. Eight (8) Lots - Hci Cluster: A. Form Factor: 2u Rack Server B. A Total Of Eight (8) Hci Nodes C. Must Have 2x 6426y 16c 185w 2.5ghz Processor Per Node D. Must Have A Total Of 256gb 2rx8 4800mhz Memory Per Node. Can Support Up To 8tb Of Memory E. Network Interfaces Must Have A 2x 2-ports 10gb Base-t F. Storage Drives Must Have 2.5" Cache Drives And 3.5" For The Capacity Drives G. Must Have 2x M.2 Nvme 960gb Read Intensive Pcie Gen 4 Ssd For The Boot Drive H. Must Have A Total Effective Capacity Of At Least 500 Tb And 700 Tb Raw Capacity On Rf2 With 0% Savings I. Must Have Redundant 1100w Platinum Psu J. 2u Rack Mounted K. Software Inclusion: I. Must Include Rhel For Virtual Datacenters Premium 3 Years. Ii. Must Include Microsoft Center Licenses, Cals, And Sql Server With Software Assurance For The Education Sector. L. Hypervisor Support: I. Supports Industry-standard Hypervisors Like Vmware Esxi, And Native (bundled) M. Hci Features: Ii. Hci Licenses Should Be Oem Iii. Can Support Heterogeneous Clusters And Storage Nodes Only Iv. Must Have Vm-centric Snapshots & Clones V. Must Have Data Tiering Vi. Must Have Online Cluster Grow/shrink Vii. Must Have Data Path Redundancy Viii. Up To 2 Tunable Redundancy Factor Ix. Basic Compression (lz4) - Inline And Post-process X. Deep Compression (lz4hc) - Greater Efficiency For Cold Data Xi. Cache Deduplication Xii. Capacity Deduplication Xiii. Volume Groups - For In-cluster Vms Xiv. Async Replication (rpo = 1 Hr Or Greater) Xv. Application Consistent Snapshots Xvi. Client Authentication Xvii. Centralized Management Can Support Multi-cluster Management Xviii. Infrastructure Management, Monitoring, And Health Xix. Enterprise Authentication And Rbac Xx. Rest Apis Xxi. Comprehensive Search Xxii. Management Can Support The Report Xxiii. Management Has A Customizable Dashboard Xxiv. Management Can Plan And Forecast The Capacity Xxv. Resource Inefficiency Detection And Right-sizing Xxvi. Low-code/no-code Operations Automation Xxvii. Must Have 50tib Licenses For Unified Storage N. Hardware Management Features: I. Configure An Hci Node Ii. Update An Hci Node Iii. Integrate Into External Apps Through Integrators Or Rest Apis Iv. Manage Servers, Network, And Storage V. Auto-discover Systems Vi. Monitor And Track Multiple Systems, And Handle Faults Including Call Home Or Equivalent Vii. Manage Server, Network, And Storage Updates With Policies Viii. Configure Multiple Servers With Software Patterns Ix. Install Operating Systems And Hypervisors X. View The Status Summary Of All Hardware Components Xi. Encapsulation, Which Enables Us To Configure The Management Software To Change The Firewall Rules For The Devices So That Incoming Requests Are Accepted Only From The Management Software Xii. Compliant With Nist Sp 800-131a Or Fips 140-2. Hardware Management Should Support Self-signed Ssl Certificates (issued By An Internal Certificate Authority) Or External Ssl Certificates (private Or Commercial Ca). Xiii. Must Include An Audit Log That Provides A Historical Record Of User Actions, Such As Logging On, Creating Users, Or Changing User Passwords. O. Hardware Management Platform Should Have A Mobile App With The Following Features: I. View The Status Summary Of All Hardware Ii. Monitor The Detailed Status Of Each Device Iii. Monitor Inventory Of Each Device Iv. Monitor Audit Events, Hardware And Management Events, Alerts, And Jobs. V. Performs Power Actions On The Device. Vi. Act On Common System-level Tasks To Minimize The Risk Of Disruptions And Downtime. Vii. Forward Emails To Share Inventory, Alerts, And Event Information. Viii. Perform Initial Configuration Of Servers, Retrieve Diagnostic Information (virtual Lcd) And Perform Actions, Initiate Hardware Management From A Mobile Device. Ix. Monitor Hardware Inventory For Unexpected Component Changes, And Simply Log The Event Or Prevent Booting X. Enforces Cnsa 1.0 Level Security Xi. Enables Administrators To Manage And Synchronize Configurations And Firmware Levels Across Multiple Servers Xii. Should Be Available On Both Ios And Android. Xiii. The Hci Should Provide A Single Unified Management Console For The Management Of The Entire Environment Including Virtualized Environment As Well As Software Defined Storage Environment, Underlying Hardware, And Associated Components. Xiv. The Hci Should Provide Enterprise Data Services Such As Deduplication And Compression With Erasure Coding Completely In Software Without Dependency On Any Proprietary Hardware. Xv. System Management Must Be Able To Provide Proactive Alerts For Processors, Voltage Regulators, Memory, Internal Storage, Fans, Power Supplies, Raid Controllers, And Server Ambient And Sub-component Temperatures. Xvi. Must Be 100% Software-defined Without Dependency On Proprietary Hardware Or Networking Components. Xvii. Supports Differing Cpu & Memory Configurations Of Nodes Within The Same Cluster Xviii. The Hyper-converged Platform Must Have Fips 140-2 Certification Xix. The Hyper-converged Platform Must Have Common Criteria Security Certification. 2. One (1) Lot - Kvm Switch With Lcd Console A. 16-ports Kvm Switch And One (1) Lcd Console. Must Be The Same Brand As The Hci Nodes. B. Must Be Able To Handle 2 Concurrent Users. C. Local User Connection For Kvm: Vga + Usb D. Maximum Number Of Target Systems: 16 E. Maximum Video Resolution: 1600x1200 (4:3),1680x1050 (wide) 3. Thirty-two (32) Roll - Green Cat6 Cable 4. One (1) Service - Storage System Installation 5. One (1) Service - Storage Network Configuration Services 6. One (1) Service - System Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Application Installation 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 10. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 11. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Compute System 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 14. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 15. Three (3) Years - Software Warranty 16. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.21 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 1. One (1) Lot - Enterprise On-premises Data Backup System - Hardware A. Must Have At Least 4410t 10c 150w 2.7ghz Processor. B. Must Have At Least 32gb 4800mhz Memory With Expansion Of Up To 8tb. C. Must Have 4-ports 10gb Base-t. D. Must Have At Least 22tb Storage Capacity. E. Must Have 2x M.2 480gb Read Intensive Sata Ssd. F. Raid Controller Should Support Raid 0,1,10,5,50,6 Configurations With 4gb Cache. G. Must Include Microsoft Windows Server Standard And Client Access Licenses (cals) For The Education Sector. 2. One (1) Lot - Enterprise On-premises Data Backup System – Software A. The Backup And Recovery Solution Should Work With Virtualized Infrastructure Based On Version 6.x, 7.0, 8.0, Microsoft Hyper V 2022 Or Higher And Later Versions, Nutanix Ahv Version 6.5 And Later, And Red Hat Virtualization Version 4.4 Sp1 (red Hat Virtualization Manager Version 4.5.0 Or Later) In A Single Product B. The Solution Should Provide A Centralized Console To Coordinate Backup, Replication, Recovery Verification And Restore Tasks. It Is Also Used To Set Up And Manage Backup Infrastructure Components. C. The Solution Must Provide Immutability To Prohibit Modification Or Deletion Of Backup Data As A Result Of Malware Activity Or Ransomware Attacks. D. Must Provide Agentless Protection Without The Need To Install Agents Inside Each Vm Running On Vmware, Hyper-v, Nutanix Ahv, And Rhv Platforms E. Must Support Direct Attached Storage, Network Attached Storage, Deduplicating Storage Appliances, And Object Storage As Backup Repositories F. Ability To Utilize Forever Forward Incremental, Forward Incremental & Reverse Incremental Backup Methodology. G. Ability To Perform Agentless Transaction Log Backup And Replay And Database Restore To Original Or New Sql Server H. Ability To Select And Choose Multiple Mssql Databases When Performing A Mass Database Export, Restore, Or Instant Recovery. I. The Solution Must Provide Automated Tests And Verification Of Each Backup Or Replica To Assure Recoverability In Case Of Production Failure. The Verification Must Include Vm Files, Os, And Applications Including Custom Testing Using Scripts J. The Solution Must Provide 105 Options To Perform Recovery. K. The Solution Must Have The Ability To Provide Recovery Delegation For Individual Or Group Vms L. Included Built-in Aes 256-bit Encryption, Compression, And Deduplication In A Single Product Without An Additional Option To Purchase M. The Solution Should Support Direct Backup To Object Storage Such As Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Ibm Cloud Object Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, And Any S3-compatible Object Storage On-premise And In The Cloud. N. Ability To Combine One Or More Backup Repositories Or Object Storage (aws S3, Azure Blob, Gcp & Any S3 Object Compatible) Repositories And Tier Backup Data From Performance To Capacity And Archive Tier. O. Provide Agent-based Data Protection For Physical Server On Windows Or Linux With Support For Bare Metal Recovery, Export As Virtual Disk & Able To Perform Instant Recovery To Vmware Platform, Microsoft Hyper-v, And Nutanix Ahv P. Able To Provide Secure Access To The Backup Console With Optional Two-factor Authentication (2fa) That Is Based On Time-based One-time Passwords (totp) 3. Twenty-four (24) Months - Cloud-based Disaster Recovery System A. The Solution Must Have The Ability To Provide Recovery Delegation For Individual Or Group Vms B. The Solution Should Support Direct Backup To Object Storage Such As Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Ibm Cloud Object Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, And Any S3-compatible Object Storage On-premise And In The Cloud. C. Provide Agent-based Data Protection For Physical Server On Windows Or Linux With Support For Bare Metal Recovery, Export As Virtual Disk & Able To Perform Instant Recovery To Vmware Platform, Microsoft Hyper-v, And Nutanix Ahv D. The Billing Of Dr Site Resources Must Only Be In Effect When The Resources Are Used. E. Must Provide For Monitoring And Periodic Conduct Of Dr Drills F. Must Have The Capability To Instantiate Test Instances For Non-disruptive Testing G. Must Be Able To Set Up And Initiate Continuous Data Replication. H. Must Provide Replication For At Least 10 Servers 4. One (1) Service - Electrical And Racking Design Services 5. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 6. One (1) Service - Disaster Recovery Site Provisioning And Testing 7. One (1) Service - Application Installation 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 10. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 11. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Backup And Recovery System 12. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.22 Cloud Infrastructure-as-a-service 1. Cloud Infrastructure Subscription A. Payment Terms I. Basc Shall Pay The Vendor A Fixed Monthly Fee For All Cloud-related Services. Ii. The Accumulated Payables Within The Validity Of The Subscription Period Must Not Exceed The Budget Set For This Procurement. Iii. All Activated Additional Resources Must Be Billed Not Less Than 30 Calendar Days From The Date Of Activation, Or 60 Calendar Days Should It Be Activated Beyond The Agreed “cut-off” Period. Iv. All Chargeable Costs Must Be Inclusive Of Vat. V. Basc Shall Reserve The Right To Take Over The Root Account And Pay The Billings Directly. To Avail Of This Prerogative, Basc Must Inform The Vendor In Writing At Least 3 Months Prior To Contract Expiration. B. One (1) Lot – Cloud Management Services I. The Vendor Shall Have Cloud Provider Preference, Provided That The Cloud Provider Adheres To The Standards Stated In Section 2.b. Ii. The Vendor Shall Migrate Agreed-upon Resources From The Current Cloud Computing Service Platform Or Its Current Site To The New Cloud Computing Platform In Coordination/collaboration With Basc’s It Team. Iii. The Vendor Shall Provide Counterpart Technical Support In The Setup, Configuration And Monitoring Of Cloud Infrastructure. 2. Cloud Infrastructure Standards A. Cloud Infrastructure Providers Should Have Global Presence. B. Certified For Information Security Management Systems (iso 27001) C. Certified For Code Of Practice For Information Security Controls Based On Iso/iec 27002 For Cloud Services (iso/iec 27017) D. Certified For Code Of Practice For Protection Of Personally Identifiable Information (pii) In Public Clouds Acting As Pii Processors (iso/iec 27018) 3. Data Center Standards A. Must Have The Capability To Deploy A Highly Available And Multi-zone Disaster Recovery Solution Across Multiple Data Centers Within The Asean Region B. Must Have The Ability To Provide A Managed Relational Database Service That Can Be Integrated With Any Chosen Software Solutions. C. Must Have The Capability To Deploy Standard Virtual Machines And Cloud-native Services. 4. Account Management A. The Account Ownership And Its Related Services Shall Belong To The Vendor. Access Rights Should Be Given To Basc, As Deemed Necessary, To Perform Monitoring Services Related To The Project 5. Warranty A. Cloud Management Services - One (1) Year 6. One (1) Lot - Secure Access Path A. Split Tunneling: Routes Only Specific Traffic Through The Vpn. B. Always-on Vpn: Maintains A Constant Secure Connection. C. Kill Switch: Disconnects If The Vpn Tunnel Fails. D. Dynamic Multipoint Vpn (dmvpn): For Dynamic And Scalable Vpn Networks. 7. One (1) Service - Cloud Infrastructure Design And Consultation Services 8. One (1) Service -vpn Network Design And Consultation 9. One (1) Service - Cloud Resources Provisioning And Testing 10. One (1) Service- Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 14. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.23 Ip-pa System And Ip-pabx System 1. Ip-pabx System Components A. One (1) Unit - Ip Phone System I. Base Users / Max Users Up To 300 / 500 Ii. Max Concurrent Calls 60 / 120 Iii. Base / Max Call Center Agents 300 / 500 Iv. Max Fxs Ports 16 V. Max Fxo/bri Ports 16 Vi. Max Gsm/3g/4g Ports 6 Vii. Max E1/t1/j1 Ports 2 Viii. Expandable D30 2 Ix. Nfc Read/write X. Ethernet Interfaces 2 X (10/100/1000 Mbps) Xi. Hard Disk 1 Sata (up To 2tb) Xii. Usb 1 (usb Portable Ssd, Up To 2tb) (usb Flash Drive, Up To 256) Xiii. Power Supply Ac 100-240v 50/60hz Xiv. Form Factor 1u Rackmount Xv. Environment Operation Range: 0°c To 40°c, 32°f To 104°f Storage Range: -20°c To 65°c, -4°f To 149°f Humidity: 10-90% Non-condensing B. One (1) Unit - D30 Expansion Module I. Dsp Module, Used To Expand The Capacity Of Pbx. Ii. Extensions Increase By 100 And Concurrent Calls Increase By 30 Additionally. C. One (1) Unit - Ex 08 Module I. Must Support Up To 4 Modules (8 Rj11 Ports). D. Two (2) Units - O2 Module I. Ports 2 Rj11 Fxo Ports Ii. Supported Model S20, S50, S100, S300 Iii. Ring Frequency Detection 15~50 Hz Iv. Ring Voltage Detection 30+ Vrms (depending On The Fxo Mode) V. Termination Pstn Lines Vi. Echo Cancellation Signaling Modes Foreign Exchange Office: 2-way Connection To Prx Or Key System Trunk. Foreign Exchange Station Defined Network: Provides Access To Major Carrier Services. Private Line Automatic Ringdown (plar)-point-to-point Unswitched Connections. E. One (1) Unit - Voip Gateway I. Rj11 Fxo Ports Ii. Lan 1 10/100mbps Iii. Protocol Sip (rfc3261), Iax2 Iv. Transport Udp, Tcp, Tls, Srtp V. Codec G.711 (alaw/ulaw), G.722, G.723, G.726, G.729a, Gsm, Adpcm Vi. Voice Capability Itu-t G.168 Lec Echo Cancellation, Dynamic Jitter Buffer, Vad, Cng, Plc Vii. Dtmf Mode Rfc2833, Sip Info, In-band Viii. Fax T.30 Ix. Qos Diffserv, Tos, 802.1 P/q Vlan Tagging X. Network Dhcp, Ddns, Openvpn, Pppoe, Static Route, Vlan Xi. Network Protocol Ftp, Tftp, Http, Https, Ssh Xii. Management Protocol Radius Xiii. Signaling Fxs Loop Start, Fxs Kewlstart Xiv. Caller Id: Bell202, Etsi (v23), Ntt (v23-japan), And Dtmf-based Cid Xv. Disconnect Methods: Busy Tone, Polarity Reversal Xvi. Fxo Connectivity: Programmable Ac Impedance, Hangup Detection, Answer Detection, Caller Id Detection Xvii. Power 12v, 1a Xviii. Mounting Desktop, Wall-mount Xix. Compatibility: Interoperable With Asterisk, Lync Server, Freepbx And Certified With Elastix F. Forty-six (46) Units - Ip Phone Handset I. Must Have A Linux Operating System Ii. Must Have 132x64 2.3” Dot-matrix Display Iii. Must Have 6-way Audio Conference Iv. Must Have At Least 600 Call Logs V. Must Have At Least 1000 Local Phonebook Vi. Must Have At Least 1000 Remote Phonebook Vii. Must Have G.722, Opus Wideband Codec Viii. Must Have G.711a/u,g.726,g.723.1, G.729a/b, Ilbc Narrowband Codec Ix. Must Have 2x10/100/1000mbps Network Rate X. Must Have Power Supply Poe Xi. Must Have An Ehs Headset Xii. Must Have Desktop Stand G. Two (2) Units - Enterprise Ip Phone I. Must Have A 3.5-inch Main Color Screen And 2.4-inch Extended Screen For Dss Keys Ii. Hd Audio On Speakerphone And Handset Iii. Support 6-way Audio Conference Iv. Line Keys On The Main Display V. 6 Dss Keys On The Extended Screen, Up To 30 Dss Keys Via 5 Pages Vi. Built-in Bluetooth 4.2, Support Bluetooth Headset; Support Wi-fi Dongle Vii. Support Ehs Wireless Headset Viii. Dual Gigabit Ports, Integrated Poe Ix. Stand With 2 Adjustable Angles Of 45 And 50 Degrees 2. Ip-pa System Components A. One (1) Unit - Digital Ip Network Broadcasting Client Management Software I. Support Each Audio Terminal’s Operation, Audio Streaming Transmission Management, Broadcasting From Each Audio Terminal, And Full Duplex Exchange Of Audio. It Adopts B /s Architecture And Supports Terminal Management, User Management, Program Broadcasting Management, Audio Files Management, Record Storage, And Internal Communication Scheduling Through Web Login. Ii. Support Program Database Sources Management, Timing Broadcast, And Real-time Media Service Vod For All Audio Terminals, Program Broadcasting For Each Terminal, And Data Interface Service For Each Audio Workstation Iii. Support Full-duplex Voice Data Exchange, Paging And Call From Each Intercom Terminal, Various Calling Modes (like One Button To Call, One Button To The Intercom, One Button To Ask For Help, One Button To Alarm, And So On), Automatic Answer, Manual Answer, And Custom Answer Tone. Iv. Support Multiple Calling Strategies, Including Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, No Answer Reminder, And Custom Setting For Time Strategy And Forwarding Strategy. It Supports Setting Up The Call Strategy Of The Intercom Terminal. It Can Customize The Call Time From 0 To 180s Or No Limit. It Can Choose Whether To Answer Automatically Or Not. It Also Supports Customizing The Choice Of Calling Ringtones And Waiting Ringtones. V. Support Terminal Short Circuit Linkage Trigger. Users Can Arbitrarily Set The Trigger Scheme And Trigger Terminal Quantity. The Trigger Scheme Includes Short Circuit Output, Music Playback, And Patrol Alarm. Vi. Support To Program Timing Tasks, Multiple Timing Programs, Support Selecting Any Terminal, And Setting Any Time. Support Timed Task Execution Test, Setting Repetition Period And A Variety Of Audio Source Selections For Timing Tasks (music Playback, Sound Card Acquisition, Terminal Acquisition). Vii. Support Multiple Schemes Of Timed Ringing To Be Enabled At The Same Time. Viii. Support Multiple Tasks To Be Carried Out At The Same Time Ix. Support All Schemes To Be Enabled/ Disabled By One Button. X. Support Bell Scheme Cloning, Task Execution, And Stop Control, Disable And Enable The Function Of A Timing Task. Xi. Support Timing Patrol, Support Execution Time And Repetition Period Of The Custom Patrol Task, 0-30s Customized Interval Of The Indicator Flashing, And External Lock-free Button Short-circuit Switch (with 3.3v Led Indicator Light). Xii. Support Today's Task List View, Which Makes It Easy To Manage All Scheduled Task Information And Execution Status Performed Today. Xiii. Support Terminal Tamper Alarm. Trigger Terminal Alarm When A Terminal Is Demolished Or Trigger Alarm For Other Terminal Linkages. Support Alarm Task To Automatically Cancel The Alarm Function. Xiv. Support External Power Management Of Audio Terminals, Timing Switch O,n And Delay Off. Xv. Support Light Control And The Light Mode Configuration. Xvi. Support All Zones, Part Of The Zones Fire Linkage, N±n Fire Mode, Manual Alarm And Digital Alarm Mixing, Alarm Configuration To Trigger Terminal Collection Tasks Xvii. Support Terminals’ Login Password Central Management, Multiple Priority Management, Easy Automatic Authorization, Task Priority, Terminal Priority, And User Priority Customization. Xviii. Support Sub-control Management Of Multi-users And Arbitrary Degrees To Achieve Remote Program Broadcasting Management. Xix. Support Multi-user, Multi-level, Specified Permissions, Specified Functions, And Specified Terminals To Classify And Manage The Background. Xx. The Terminals Support Three-wire And Four-wire Volume Control Functions; The Four-wire Volume Control Needs An External Power Supply. Xxi. Support To Set The Zones And Control The Power To The 8-channel Terminal Through Web Background Or Sub-control Client Side. Xxii. Support To Set The Time Display In The Terminals Can Set 0 - 6 Level Brightness Value, It Can Realize No Time Display Mode When The Terminal Is Offline. Xxiii. Support Broadcast, Intercom, Real-time Acquisition, Terminal Monitoring ,and Recording. Xxiv. Support Remote On-demand Operation By Remote Controller. Xxv. Support Terminal Audio Acquisition And Broadcast Function. Xxvi. Support Local Audio Collection Function, The Local File Can Be Played To Any Designated Terminal. Xxvii. Support Scheduled Offline Ringing Function, Which Enables The Terminal To Perform Scheduled Ringing Tasks When The Network Is Disconnected Xxviii. Support Offline Downloading Of Ringing Tasks; Xxix. Support To Clear The Offline Tasks On The Terminals. Xxx. Support The Telephone Broadcasting Function, Realize The Function That The Telephone Initiates All Zone Broadcasting Or Part Of The Zones Or Single Zone Broadcasting. Xxxi. Support Remote Firmware Upgrade To The Terminal, No Need To Upgrade Locally, Which Can Reduce The Maintenance Work. Xxxii. Support Background Skin Change Function, You Can Switch Skin Themes Freely According To Your Preference. Xxxiii. Support Terminal Details Exporting Function, Support To Export The Configuration Details Of The Current System Terminal By Table. Xxxiv. Support Batch Modification Of The Time Of Scheduled Tasks And Execution Terminal. Xxxv. Support Sdk Kits, Standard Mfc Dynamic Link Libraries, And Http Protocols To Achieve Integration With Third-party Platforms. Xxxvi. Support The Terminal To Self-define The Area Division, Realizing The Management Of The Terminal’s Real-time Status According To Different Zones. Xxxvii. The Log Records The System Operation Status And Records The System Operation And Terminal Working Status In Real-time. Each Paging, Call, And Broadcast Operation Is Recorded. Xxxviii. The System Is Compatible With Any Network Structure Such As Router, Switch, Bridge Gateway, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, And 4g. Xxxix. Windows Service Mode, Support Win7, Server2008, And Higher Systems. Xl. It Uses The Background System Service To Run, Which Is An Enterprise-level Standard Server Working Mode. The System Can Run Automatically When The System Is Turned On. It Has Higher Stability And Reliability Than The Software Running In The Foreground Of The Interface. B. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4gb Vram, Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse Viii. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Ix. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) X. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Xi. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in C. One (1) Unit - 2kva Ups I. Must Have Capacity 2000va Ii. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac Iii. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac Iv. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz V. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac Vi. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% Vii. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz Viii. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms Ix. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 X. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% Xi. Must Have Indicators: Battery Mode Green Lighting, Ac Mode Green Lighting Xii. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding Every 10 Seconds Xiii. Must Have A Low Battery Sounding Every Second Xiv. Must Have Overload Sounding Every 0.5 Second Xv. Must Have Fault Continuously Sounding Xvi. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge, And Overcharge Protection Xvii. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) Xviii. Must Operating Humidity 0~90% Rh(non-condensing) D. Two (2) Units - Desktop Intercom Paging Microphone I. With Desktop Design, It’s Built-in 7-inch Resistance Touch Screen By 800 × 480 Dot Matrix K600 + Kernel 65k Color, To Fulfill Clear Display And Sensitive Touch. Ii. With Numeric And Function Keys Interface. Iii. Support Paging To Single Or Multiple Zones, All Zones. Support Direct Paging Or Intercom With Terminal, Support Environmental Monitoring To Any Terminal, With Distance Up To 5 Meters. Iv. With Embedded Computer Technology And Dsp Audio Processing Technology, High-speed Industrial-grade Chips. V. Built-in 1 Channel Network Hardware Audio Decoding Module That Supports Tcp / Ip, Udp, Igmp (multicast) Protocol To Achieve 16-bit Stereo Cd Quality Network Audio Signal Transmission. Vi. It Is Compatible With Routers, Switches, Bridges, Gateways, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, 4g, Multicast, Unicast, And Other Arbitrary Network Structures. Vii. Support Full-duplex Two-way Intercom Function, Built-in Network Echo Cancellation Module. Viii. Support Two-way Intercom Between The Terminals, With A Network Delay Of Less Than 100ms, And Suppress The Network Echo Howling Completely. Ix. Support Hints Of Asking For Help Signal Ringing And Flashing Lights, One Key To Accept The Call, Intercom, Hands-free Calls And Receive Broadcast, To Achieve Quick Links. X. Support Multiple Paging Modes, Including Paging Waiting, Paging Forwarding, And Answer Reminding. Xi. Support For Answering Automatically, Manual Answering, And Support For Custom Answer Tone. Xii. Support The User-defined Setting Of Time For Call Forwarding, No Answer, And Call Waiting. Xiii. Built-in 2w Full-frequency Hi-fi Speaker, To Fulfill Two-way Conversation And Network Monitoring. Xiv. One Φ3.5 Headphone Jack And One Φ3.5 Mic Input Socket, Matching 95% Headphones And A Portable Microphone In The Market. Xv. With One Line Output For External Amplifier Expansion, And One Line Input For More Audio Source Transmission. Xvi. One-way Alarm Output For Short Circuit Trigger Can Be Cascaded With An External Alarm Device Or Access Control; One-way Short Circuit Input Can Be Used To Trigger Preset Voice Prompts (or Alarm) And Also Can Be Used To Control The Access Control To Linkage With Input Short-circuit Signal. Xvii. The Digital Products Are More Convenient For Extension, With No Limit By The Geographical Position, No Need To Increase Management Equipment In The Control Center, Sharing Network To Save Cabling And Simple Installation. Xviii. It Supports Remote Updating To The Hardware Terminal, With No Need To Upgrade Locally, To Reduce Maintenance Work And Make Simpler Operation. Xix. With 10 Buttons, Supports Customized One-button Paging And One-button Broadcasting. E. Twenty (20) Units - Wall Mount Speakers 30w I. The Equipment Is Designed With Embedded Computer Technology And Dsp Audio Processing Technology. Ii. Built-in 1-channel Network Hardware Audio Decoding Module, Supports Tcp/ip, Udp Protocol, Realizes The Network Transmission Of 16-bit Cd Audio Signal. Iii. Supporting Poe (ieee 802.3af) Power Supply Mode, Only One Network Cable Is Needed To Connect To The Poe Switch, So The Operation Is Simple And Convenient. Iv. Equipped With A Dc 24v Standby Power Interface, It Is Suitable For Power Supply When Power Demand Is Greater Than 10w Or For Non-poe Networks. V. Digital Power Amplifiers With Intelligent Gain Adjustment, Adaptive Power Supply, And Automatic Power Adjustment Are Always In The State Of Performance Optimization And Efficiency Maximization. Vi. Full-band, High-sensitivity Amplifier Unit With Abundant Power And High Fidelity. Vii. Compatible With Any Network Architecture Such As Router, Switch, Bridge Gateway, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, And 4g. Viii. Supporting The Broadcasting System To Upgrade The Terminal Firmware Remotely, Without Upgrading To The Terminal Locally, So As To Reduce The Work Intensity Of Maintenance. F. Forty-six (46) Units - Outdoor Column Speaker 20w I. Outdoor Waterproof Column Speaker, Streamlined Design. Ii. The Shell Is Made Of One-piece Thickened Aluminum Alloy, Which Can Effectively Reduce The Resonance Of The Cabinet When The Sound Pressure Is High, And The Surface Adopts Outdoor Powder Spraying To Prolong The Service Life. Iii. The Mesh Cover Is Made Of Aluminum Alloy, One-piece Stamping, And Covered With A High Acoustic Sponge, Further Improving The Waterproof Performance And Increasing The Service Life. Iv. Using Six 2.5-inch Full-range Speaker Units, Bearing High Power, Low Distortion, And Excellent Vocal Performance. V. Built-in High-performance 100v Audio Transformer, Which Can Reduce The Loss In The Circuit Due To Impedance. Vi. Using High-quality Wires, It Can Be Used At Full Load For A Long Time, With Good Anti-scald And Conductivity Capabilities. Vii. L-shaped Bracket Design, Convenient And Flexible Adjustment Scheduling, User-friendly Operation, And Installation Debugging. 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-in Materials 4. One (1) Lot - Scope Of Works I. Device Installation And Termination Ii. Cable Testing And Tracing Iii. Technical Configuration, Testing, Commissioning, System Configuration, Training, System Design, And System Management. 5. One (1) Service - Network Design, Consultation (signed By Pece) And Permits 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 7. One (1) Service - Switch & Access Point Installation 8. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 9. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil), Field Office 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. Two (2) Years - Warranty E.24 E-library Infrastructure 1. Twenty (20) Units – Desktop Computers A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen 5 Processor (or Higher) B. Memory: 8 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher C. Form Factor: Tower D. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) E. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) F. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) G. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse H. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch I. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) J. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher K. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in L. Must Have 650va Ups 2. Twenty (20) Units – Desktop Computers Headphones A. Audio Specifications Must Have, Frequency Response: 20 Hz To 20,000 Hz (standard Range For Human Hearing), Impedance: 32 Ohms (standard For Most Headsets; Higher Impedance May Be Better For High-end Audio), Sensitivity: 90-120 Db (decibels) At 1 Mw For Sound Level, Driver Size: 30-50 Mm (larger Drivers Often Provide A Better Bass Response), Sound Output: Stereo Or 7.1 Surround Sound (for Gaming And Multimedia), Total Harmonic Distortion (thd): Less Than 1% (minimizes Audio Distortion), Noise-canceling: Active (anc) Or Passive, B. Microphone Specifications Must Have, Type: Omnidirectional Or Unidirectional, Frequency Response: 100 Hz To 10,000 Hz, Sensitivity: -38 Db ± 3 Db, Noise Cancellation: Active Or Passive Noise-canceling Microphone, Mute Function: Usually Included For Easy On/off Control, C. Connectivity Wired: 3.5 Mm Audio Jack, Usb (type-a Or Type-c) D. Controls Volume Control: On-ear Cup Or Inline Volume Adjustment, Playback Control: Some Models Allow Pause/play/skip For Media. 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 4. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 5. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 6. One (1) Service - User Training 7. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 8. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 9. One (1) Service- Forwarding Cost 10. One (1) - Temporary Facility (temfacil) 11. One (1) Service - Desktop Installation/software Setup And Configuration 12. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.25 E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 1. Twenty (20) Units - Smart Tv A. Screen Size: 65” B. Resolutions: 3840x2160, Picture Quality: 4, Brightness Detection C. Ultimate Dimming, Contrast Enhancer, Adaptive Sound D. Multi-device Experience, Hdmi At Least Two (2) Port, Bluetooth E. Usb At Least One (1) Port, Wireless Lan Built-in, F. Power-supply: Ac100-240v~ 50/60hz 2. Eight (8) Unit – Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. Independent Distributed Power Supply System Ii. Solar Powered W/ Smart Sensors Iii. High Quality Lithium Battery Iv. Input Voltage Ac 110~220v (+/-10%) V. Pole-mounted Installation Vi. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Smart Led Solar Powered Light 3. Eleven (11) Units - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10;android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panel Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce 4. Eleven (11) Units - Ups A. Must Have Capacity 1500va/900w B. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac C. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac D. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz E. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac F. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% G. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz H. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms I. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 J. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% K. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding, Low Battery Sounding, Overload Sounding, And Fault Continuously Sounding L. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge, And Overcharge Protection M. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) 5. Biometric And Door Access With Connectivity (restricted Rooms And Offices Only) A. Eighty-six (86) Units - Fingerprint And Card Reader I. Must Have Rs-485 Protocol1 Ii. Must Support Mifare 13.56 Mhz Card Or Fingerprint Iii. Must Store Up To 3,000 Fingerprints Iv. Must Have Watchdog Function For Tamper Detection V. Must Have Audible And Visual Indicators Vi. Must Support Surface-mount Installation Vii. Must Support Unlock Mode Ic Card, Fingerprint, Combination Viii. Must Have Card Reader Format 13.56 Mhz Mifare Ix. Must Have Response Time 0.1s B. Eighty-six (86) Units - Access Controller I. Must Have Tcp/ip Communication. Ii. Must Support Communication Protocols Rs-485 And Wiegand. Iii. Must Support Storing 100,000 User And 500,000 Card-swiping Records. Iv. Must Support Multi-door Interlock, Multi-user Unlock, Aand Nti-passback. V. Must Support Remote Unlock. Vi. Must Support Reader Tamper Alarm, Intrusion Alarm, Unlocking Timeout Vii. Must Have An Alarm, Duress Alarm, Invalid Card Exceeding Threshold Alarm, And Incorrect Password Alarm. Viii. Must Support Built-in Rtc, Manual Time Fixing, And Automatic Time Fixing. Ix. Must Support Online Upgrades. X. Must Support A Watchdog Mechanism To Ensure The Operation Stability. C. Eighty-six (86) Units - Ups I. Must Have Capacity 1500va/900w Ii. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac Iii. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac Iv. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz V. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac Vi. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% Vii. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz Viii. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms Ix. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 X. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% Xi. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding, Low Battery Sounding, Overload Sounding, And Fault Continuously Sounding Xii. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge And Overcharge Protection Xiii. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) D. Ninety-eight (98) Units - Electromagnetic Lock I. The Casing Must Made Of Aluminum Alloy Ii. Must Have The Following Functions: Signal Output Com/no/nc, Door Status Detection 1, Relay Iii. Must Have Tension Up To 280 Kg (617.29 Lb), Tensile Force Iv. Must Have Anti-corrosion Level Basic Protection E. Ninety-eight (98) Units - Bracket For Door I. Must Support Up To 280kg Magnetic Lock Ii. Must The Material: High Strength Aluminum Alloy Iii. Must Support Door Type: Wooden, Metal, Fire Door Iv. Must Support Open Way: 90°/180° F. Eight (8) Units - Card Enrollment Reader I. Must Be Equipped With The 32-bit High-speed Processor Ii. Must Have A Built-in Audible Beeper Iii. Must Support Read Format 13.56mhz 125khz Iv. Must Have Read Range 3cm-5cm (max.) V. Must Have Communication Interface Usb To Pc Vi. Must Have Power Supply 5v Dc/100ma Vii. Must Have Ce And Fcc Certificates G. Five Hundred (500) Pcs - Laminated Integrated Circuit (ic) Card I. Must Have Read/write Function Ii. Must Be Made Of Pvc Material Iii. Must Support Standard: Mifare S50, 13.56 Mhz Iv. Must Have Range: Approximately 10 Cm (3.94 In.) H. Accessories I. Eighty-six (86) Units - Infrared Exit Button 1. Must Have Plastic Or Stainless Steel Case 2. Must Support Working Temperature Is -30°c~+60°c Ii. Eighty-six (86) Units - Emergency Break Glass Button 1. Must Have Nc/no/com Ports 2. Must Support Working Temperature Is -20°c~+55°c I. One (1) Lot - Software Note: Stand-alone 1. Must Have Video Surveillance, Access Control, And Various Attendance Functions. 2. Must Built To Be Versatile, Provide Direct Access To The Web Client, And Feature P2p Linking, Real-time Monitoring, Video Playback, Event Center, Access Control And Attendance, 3. Must Have A Monitoring Screen That Can Be Viewed In Real-time On The Platform. Can Also View Snapshots Taken Of The Monitoring Screen, And Play Video Recordings. 4. Built To Work With Access Control Devices, It Can Be Used To Remotely Open And Close Doors, Access Videos From Cameras, And Remotely Configure Alarm Settings. 5. Works Together With Attendance Devices To Allow You To Manage Shifts, Handle Errors, Configure Settings For Business Trips And Leave Of Absence, And Generate Statistics On Attendance. 6. Access Control: Device Type Face Recognition Access Terminal (asi), Access Controller, (asc), Time & Attendance Terminal (asa), Number Of People 1000, Time Template 128, Time Period Up To 4, Holiday Plan Up To 16, Anti-passback Group Max. 2, First Card Unlock Record Max. 64, Multi Card Unlock Record Max. 64, Inter-door Lock Record Max. 64, Real-time Event Display Max. 100 J. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer 1. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) 2. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher 3. Form Factor: Tower 4. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) 5. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) 6. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) 7. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse 8. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch 9. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) 10. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher 11. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 12. Must Have 1*1500va Ups 6. Thirty (30) Units - Biometric For Employees With Connectivity For Time-in And Timeout A. Thirty (30) Units - Biometric - Time & Attendance I. Must Support Up To 1.500 Fingerprints, Up To 100.000 Record,s And Up To 2.000 Cards (optional). Ii. Must Support Multi-languages. Iii. Must Have Communication: Tcp/ip, Usb-host, Wi-fi (optional). Iv. Must Have High Verification Speed. V. Must Have Professional Firmware And Platform. B. One (1) Lot - Management Software Note: Included In Hris And Payroll Management System C. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse Viii. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Ix. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) X. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher Xi. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in Xii. Must Have 1*650va Ups 7. One (1) Site - Electrical Works Temporary Facility (temfacil) 8. One (1) Site - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) / Roughing - In 9. One (1) Service - Smart Tv Installation 10. One (1) Service - Smartboard Installation, Setup, And Configuration 11. One (1) Site - Installation Components (biometric Installation, Setup, And Configuration) 12. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 13. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service Mobilization Cost 16. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 17. One (1) Year - Extended Support Warranty E.26 Software And Network Laboratories 1. Twenty (20) Units - Desktop Computers A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 2. Four (4) Units - Interactive Smart Tv ( 65") A. Screen Size: 65” B. Resolutions: 3840x2160 C. Picture Quality: 4 D. Brightness Detection E. Ultimate Dimming F. Contrast Enhancer G. Adaptive Sound H. Multi-device Experience I. Hdmi At Least Two (2) Port J. Usb At Least One (1) Port K. Wireless Lan Built-in L. Bluetooth M. Power-supply: Ac100-240v~ 50/60hz 3. One (1) Unit - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10;android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panels Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce B. Ops I5 8+256 Win 10 C. Screen Sharingdongle 4. One (1) Unit - 1500va/900w Line-interactive Ups 5. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 6. One (1) Service - Project Management 7. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil) For 30 Days 8. One (1) Service - Smart Board Installation, Set Up, And Configuration 9. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Smart Tv Installation 11. One (1) Service - Desktop Installation/software Setup And Configuration 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost, Demobilization 14. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 15. One (1) Service - Cabling Works 16. One (1) Lot - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 17. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.27 Smart Function Hall 1. Smart Function Hall (audio System) A. Six (6) Units - Active Speakers I. Power: 1300w Peak, 650w Rms Ii. Lf Driver: 12" Ferrite Woofer Iii. Hf Driver: 1" Neodymium Tweeter Iv. Frequency Range: 50hz - 20khz V. Maximum Spl: 127db Vi. Mounting Options: Suspension Points, Pole Socket, Universal Yoke Mount B. One (1) Unit - Digital Mixer With Ipad Controller I. Channels: 32 Input, 40 Mix Channels Ii. Inputs: 8 X Xlr, 8 X Xlr-1/4" Combo, 1 X Dual Rca Stereo Iii. Outputs: 2 X Xlr, 1 X Xlr (mono Sum), 6 X Xlr (mix Out) Iv. Effects: Flex Fx Multi-effects Processor, 4 Effects Slots V. Control: Touch-sensitive Motorized Faders, Daw Control C. One (1) Set - Control Room Monitor Speakers I. Driver: 6.5" Composite Cone Lf, 1.25" Silk Tweeter Hf Ii. Power: 130w Rms Iii. Frequency Response: 42hz - 20khz Iv. Maximum Spl: 104db D. Two (2) Units - Wireless Microphones With Stands I. Frequency Response: 50hz - 20khz Ii. Operating Range: 300 Ft Line-of-sight Iii. Battery Life: Up To 14 Hours E. Four (4) Units - Wired Microphones With Stands I. Frequency Response: 50hz - 15khz Ii. Max Spl: 94db Spl F. One (1) Unit - Rack Mount Server I. Cpu: Intel I7 12th Gen Ii. Ram: 32gb Iii. Storage: 1tb Sata, 500gb Ssd Iv. Graphics Cards: 4 G. One (1) Unit - Ptz Camera Ai Auto Tracking I. Resolution: Uhd 4k, 1080p Signal Format Ii. Zoom: 30x Optical, 16x Digital Iii. Connectivity: Ethernet, Hdmi, 3g-sdi H. One (1) Unit - Ptz Camera Controller With Lcd Screen I. Control: Ndi, Ip, And Serial Control Ii. Protocols: Visca, Pelco-p & D Iii. Compatibility: Sony, Newtek Iv. Display: Lcd Screen For Real-time Status I. One (1) Lot - Cabling And Installation Smart Function Hall 2. Smart Function Hall (indoor Video Wall) A. One (1) Lot - Led Panel I. Must Have 4.2x2.025m P0.9375 Indoor Led Screen Ii. Led Lamp Parameter: Color Configuration: Rgb 3in1, Color: Red, Green, Blue, Luminance: 990-1210 Mcd, 1980-2420 Mcd, 495-605 Mcd, Viewing Angle: 160º/160º, Wavelength: 625-630 Nm, 520-525 Nm, 465-470 Nm Iii. Must Have Led Module Parameter: Pixel Pitch(mm) 0.9375, Iv. Pixel Configuration Cob, Module Size(mm) W 300 H 168.75, Module Resolution(dots) W 320 H 180, Drive Ic Icn1069 V. Must Have Led Cabinet Parameter: Cabinet Size (mm) W 600 H 337.5, Cabinet Resolution (dots) W 640 H 360, Cabinet Pixels (dots) 230400, Cabinet Material Die Casting Aluminum, Cabinet Weight (kg) 4.8 Vi. Must Have Led Screen Parameter: Screen Size(m)w 4.2 W 2.025 H, Screen Resolution(dots)w 4480 W 2160 H, Cabinet Quantity(pc)w 7 W 6 H, Pixel Density(pixel/m2) 1137778, Brightness(cd/m2) 600, Brightness Adjusted 256 Grade By Software Or By Auto-optic Induced, Driving Method 1/46 Scan Display Color 439, 804, 651, 110, Viewing Distance (m) ≥0.9375m, View Angle Horizontal 160°; Vertical 160° Color Contrast Ratio 5000:1, Gray Grade 16bit, Refresh Frequency (hz) 3840, Protective Grade Ip43, Working Temperature(ºc) -30～+70, Stored Temperature (ºc) -40～+80, Operation Humidity(rh) 0-95%, Lifetime 100,000 Hrs Maintenance Front Side Working Voltage Ac110 / Ac220v±10% 47～63hz, Power Consumption Max: 800w/㎡ ; Ave:310w/㎡" B. One (1) Lot - Controller I. Must Have Three Kinds Of Led 4k Sending Cards: (1) − H_20xrj45 Sending Card Loads Up To 13,000,000 Pixels, (2) − H_16xrj45+2xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 10,400,000 Pixels And Provides Two Opt Ports That Copy The Outputs On Ethernet Ports, (3) − H_4xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 20,800,000 Pixels And Supports Three Working Modes, Including Independent, Copy And Backup. The Three Cards Mentioned Above Cannot Be Used Together To Load The Same Screen. Ii. Must Have Multi-capacity Configuration On A Single Card Slot: − 4x 2k×1k@60hz, − 2x 4k×1k@60hz, − 1x 4k×2k@60hz Iii. Must Have A Simple Screen Configuration Using A Single Card And Connector Iv. Must Have Online Status Monitoring Of All Input And Output Cards V. Must Have Hot-swappable Input And Output Cards Vi. Must Have An H_2xrj45 Ip Input Card That Supports Up To 512 Ip Camera Inputs And Input Mosaic. Vii. Must Have Auto Decryption Of Hdcp-encrypted Sources Viii. Must Have Decimal Frame Rates Supported Ix. Must Have Hdr10 And Hlg Processing X. Each Screen Can Have Its Own Output Resolution. Xi. Must-have Output Mosaic: Adopts The Frame Synchronization Technology, Which Ensures All The Output Connectors Output The Image Synchronously, And The Image Is Complete And Played Smoothly, Without Any Stuck, Frame Loss, Tearing, Or Piercing. Xii. Must Support Irregular Screen Configuration: Supports Irregular Rectangle Mosaic Without Any Limitations. Xiii. Must Have Input Source Grouping Management Xiv. Must Have Eye-saver Mode: Display The Image In A Warmer But Less Bright Way To Relieve Eye Strain. Xv. Lcd Bezel Compensation Xvi. Must Have Multi-layer Display: A Single Card Supports 16x 2k Layers, 8x Dl, Layers, Or 4x 4k Layers. All Layers Support Cross-connector Output And The Layer Quantity Is Not Reduced For Cross-connector Output. Xvii. Must Have High-definition Scrolling Text, Customize The Scrolling Text Content, Such As Slogans Or Notification Messages, And Set The Text Style, Scrolling Direction, And Speed. Xviii. Must Support Up To 2,000 Presets: Fade Effect And Seamless Switching Supported, Less Than 60ms Preset Switching Duration Xix. Must Have Scheduled Playback Of Preset Playlist, Set Whether To Add The Presets To Playlist, Which Is Ideal For Monitoring, Exhibitions, Presentations, And Other Applications. Xx. Must Have Osd Settings On A Single Screen And Adjustable, Osd Transparency Xxi. Must Have Bkg Settings, Bkg Images Do Not Occupy The Layer Resources. The Max Width And Height Of A Bkg Image Are Up To 15k And 8k Respectively. Xxii. Must Have Channel Logo Management: Set A Text Or Image Logo For Identifying The Input Source. Xxiii. Must Have Input Source Cropping And Renaming After Cropping, Crop Any Input Source Image And Form A New Input Source After Cropping. Xxiv. Must Have Hdr And 10-bit Video Processing, Allowing For A More Exquisite And Clear Image. Xxv. Must Have Color Adjustment: Output Connector Color And Screen Color Adjustable, Including Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue, And Gamma. Xxvi. Must Have Xr Scenario Control Xxvii. Must Have Low Latency: Reduce The Latency From The Input Source To The Receiving Card To As Low As 1 Frame. Xxviii. Must Have Web Control: Real-time Response And 1000m/100m Self-adaptive Network Control, Allowing For Multi-user Collaboration. Xxix. Must Have Monitoring Of Inputs And Outputs On A Web Page Xxx. Must Support Firmware Updates On A Web Page Xxxi. Must Have Ark Visualized Management And Control Platform App Control On Pad Device. Xxxii. Must Have Self-test For Fault Detection Xxxiii. Must Have Auto-monitoring And Alarms: Supports Hardware Monitoring, Such As Fan Rotation Speed, Module Temperature And Voltage, And Running Status, And Sends Fault Alarms If Necessary. Xxxiv. Must Support An Optional Power Supply For Higher System Reliability. Xxxv. Must Have Backup Design − Backup Between Devices − Backup Between Led 4k Sending Cards. C. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable 8k 10 Meters Iv. Six (6) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups D. Three (3) Units - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 3. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 4. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 5. One (1) Service - User Training And Knowledge Transfer 6. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 7. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 8. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 9. One (1) Year- Support Warranty E.28 Econference Room With Video Conferencing 1. Six (6) Units - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10; Android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panels Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce B. Ops I5 8+256 Win 10 C. Screen Sharingdongle’ D. Must Have 6*1500va/900w Line-interactive Ups 2. Four (4) Lots - Microphones, Speakers And Accessories A. Four (4) Units - Full Digital Conference System Controller I. Microphone Capacity: Wired Microphone≤4096: Wireless Microphone≤300 Ii. Simultaneous Interpretation Channel: 63+1 Channels Iii. Frequency Response: 80~16khz Iv. Main Power: 100-120vac / 200-240vac By Switch V. Audio Input: Linein1: 775mvrms Balanced; 2 Output Phoenix Terminals: 775mvrms Balanced; Linein2: 775mvrms Unbalanced Vi. Audio Output: Lineout1: 1vrms Balanced; 16 Multi-function Output Phoenix Terminals: 1vrms Balanced; Lineout2: 1vrms Unbalanced Vii. Output Load >1kω Viii. Extension Port 1 For Connecting Conference System Extension Equipment Ix. Pc Network Port: 1 For Connect To The Computer X. Delegates Output Interface: 4 For Connecting Conference Speaking Units Xi. Rs-232 Interface: 2 Channels, 1 Channel For Camera Tracking, 1 Channel For Docking External Equipment Xii. Rs-485 Interface: 1 For Camera Tracking Xiii. Wired Microphone Connection Method Special Cable (6 Pins) Xiv. Rack Mountable B. Four (4) Units - Audio Processor, Afc Feedback Suppression Function I. The Panel Is Designed With Afc Touch Keys And Working Indicators. Ii. Equipped With 2 Network Ports For Connecting Wireless Ap And Communicating With The Conference Server; Connect To The Digital Conference Server Through Network Protocol To Realize Audio Data Transmission. Iii. With Automated Functions, Including Gain Sharing Type Auto-mixing And Gate Type Auto-mixing. Iv. Support Afc Feedback Suppression Function, Adopt Dual Notch + Frequency Shift Method, Automatically Grab The Howling Point, And Set The Notch Frequency, The Notch Filter Supports 12 Fixed Points + 12 Dynamic Points To Effectively Eliminate The Howling Function. V. With Automatic Gain Function, It Can Effectively Keep The Microphone Volume Within A Certain Dynamic Range. Vi. With The Microphone Voice Activation Function, Set The Tracking Threshold, And The Camera Tracking Function Can Be Realized When The Microphone Speech Reaches The Threshold. Vii. Working With The Digital Conference Server, With The Auto-mixing Function, It Can Support Up To 16 Wired Microphones And 8 Wireless Microphones At The Same Time. Viii. With 1 Xlr Balanced Output And 1 Rca Unbalanced Output. Ix. With 1 Extension Interface, Used To Connect The Extension Port Of The Digital Conference Server. X. With 1rs-232 Communication Interface (camera Tracking), Connected To The Central Controller Or The Camera Tracking Controller To Realize The Speech Camera Tracking Function. Xi. With 1 Rs-485 Communication Interface, Used To Connect Cameras To Achieve Camera Tracking. Xii. With 1 Rs-232 Communication Interface (speech Transcription), Used To Connect A Speech Transcription Server To Realize The Function Of Speech Transcription. Xiii. Simultaneous Turned-on Microphone: 16 Wired Mics + 8 Wireless Mics Xiv. Main Power Supply: 100-240ac/50-60hz Xv. Audio Output: Line Out 1: 1v Xlr Balanced Output ; Line Out 2: 1v Rca Unbalanced Output Xvi. Output Load: >1kω Xvii. Connection Method: Rj45 Network Port Xviii. Rack Mountable C. Four (4) Units - 5g Wifi Full Digital Conference - Chairman Unit I. Adopt A 48khz Sampling Rate, Clear And Bright Sound. Ii. Using Advanced Processing Chip Architecture And A Unique Processing Algorithm, The Microphone Power-on Connection Time Only Takes 5 Seconds. Iii. Support Intelligent Detection Of Faults, Prompting Users Of Ap Faults, Host Communication Faults, And Low Signal Strength. Iv. Support Charging Through Type-c Port, Support 18w Fast Charging, With Smart Indicator Status. V. Support Setting Ssid Function Through Ui. Vi. Support Multi-language Switching, And Uniformly Set Through Pc Software. Vii. The Chairman Unit Has A Speech Timing Function. When The Timing Speech Function Is Turned On, The Chairman Unit Is Not Restricted. Viii. With A Voice Control Function, The Microphone Can Be Turned On Intelligently. Support Adjusting The Sensitivity Of The Voice Control And Setting The Closing Time Through The Software. Ix. Support Sign-in Function, Set And Initiate Through Pc Software. X. Support Conference Voting Function, Five-key Voting, Three-key Voting Function, Flexible And Convenient. Xi. Adopt 128-bit Aes Encryption Technology, Support Wpa/wpa2 Wireless Security Technology, Prevent Eavesdropping And Unauthorized Access, And Provide Higher Confidentiality Of The Conference System. Xii. Using Wireless Transmission Technology, It Only Takes Very Little Time For The Venue Layout To Carry Out Activities. Xiii. The Chairman Has A Priority Function To Turn Off All Speaking Delegate Microphones. Xiv. Equipped With A 3.5mm Headphone Jack For Connecting An External Microphone. Xv. Built-in Lithium Battery, The Battery Capacity Supports 14 Hours Of Continuous Speech. D. Sixty-eight (68) Units - 5g Wifi Full Digital Conference - Delegate Unit I. Adopt A 48khz Sampling Rate, Clear And Bright Sound. Ii. Using Advanced Processing Chip Architecture And A Unique Processing Algorithm, The Microphone Power-on Connection Time Only Takes 5 Seconds. Iii. Support Intelligent Detection Of Faults, Prompting Users Of Ap Faults, Host Communication Faults, And Low Signal Strength. Iv. Support Charging Through Type-c Port, Support 18w Fast Charging, With Smart Indicator Status. V. Support Setting Ssid Function Through Ui. Vi. Support Multi-language Switching, And Uniformly Set Through Pc Software. Vii. Support Speech Timing And Timing Speech Functions, And The Delegate Unit Has The Function Of Applying For Speech. Viii. With A Voice Control Function, The Microphone Can Be Turned On Intelligently. Ix. Support Adjusting The Sensitivity Of The Voice Control And Setting The Closing Time Through The Software. X. Support Sign-in Function, Set And Initiate Through Pc Software. Xi. Support Conference Voting Function, Five-key Voting, Three-key Voting Function, Flexible And Convenient. Xii. Adopt 128-bit Aes Encryption Technology, Support Wpa/wpa2 Wireless Security Technology, Prevent Eavesdropping And Unauthorized Access, And Provide Higher Confidentiality Of The Conference System. Xiii. Using Wireless Transmission Technology, It Only Takes Very Little Time For The Venue Layout To Carry Out Activities. Xiv. The Delegate Unit Can Apply To Speak With The Approval Of The Chairman. Xv. Equipped With A 3.5mm Headphone Jack For Connecting An External Microphone. Xvi. Built-in Lithium Battery, The Battery Capacity Supports 14 Hours Of Continuous Speech. E. Seven (7) Units - Power Charger, With 10 Usb Charger Interfaces Support 18w Charge I. All Usb Ports Of The Charger Can Be Used Simultaneously For Batch Charging Of Devices. Ii. Use A Usb Cable, Connect One End To The Charger And The Other End To The Conference Unit; Support 18w Fast Charging. Iii. With Auto Circuit Protection, All Usb Ports Support Short-circuit Protection And Self-recovery Functions F. Four (4) Units - Ap Transmitter I. Comply With The Wi-fi 6 Protocol Standard (ieee 802.11ax), Backward Compatibility With 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/wave2, Support Mu-mimo, And Allow The Ap To Receive Data From Multiple Terminals At The Same Time. The Maximum Transmission Rate Of The Whole Machine Can Reach 1.601gbps, Effectively Providing Higher-performance Wireless Access Services In Terms Of Coverage, Access Density, And Traffic Throughput. Ii. Support Ofdma Spatial Multiplexing Technology And 1024 Qam Modulation And Demodulation Algorithm, Which Can Provide Faster Wireless Internet Access And Larger Wireless Coverage. Iii. Through The Virtual Wireless Access Point (virtual Ap) Technology, Up To 32 Essids Can Be Provided. Iv. Layer 2 Isolation Can Be Performed On The Subnets Using The Same Ssid Or Under The Same Vlan To Ensure User Data Security. V. Support Wpa3 Security Protocol. Vi. Support 80/160mhz High Bandwidth Frequency Band. Vii. Support Local Power Supply And Poe Remote Power Supply. Viii. It Is Suitable For Ceiling Mounting, Wall Mounting, And Desktop Installation. G. Eight (8) Units - Speaker I. Adopt 1 Mid-woofer And 2 Cone Tweeters. Ii. 12mm Plywood Housing, Lightweight, Wear-resistant Spray Paint Treatment, And Dust-proof Net Cotton Outside. Iii. The Frequency Divider In Precise Design Optimizes The Vocal Mf Performance H. Four (4) Units - Amplifier I. 1u Cabinet Design, Small In Size And Light In Weight. Ii. Adopt The Latest Class D Digital Amplifier Design, With Low Distortion And High Efficiency. Iii. Adopt Switched Power Supply Technology, With High Efficiency. Iv. Adopt A Smart Peak Clipper To Control The Power Module And Speaker System To Work In A Safe Range. V. Designed With Standard Xlr Input Interface And Link Output Interface. Vi. Support Soft Start To Prevent Absorbing Large Currents From The Power Grid During Startup And Interfering With Other Electrical Equipment. Vii. Smart Control Forced Heat Dissipation Design, Low Fan Noise, And High Heat Dissipation Efficiency. Viii. Support Overvoltage Protection, Undervoltage Protection, Overcurrent Protection, Dc Protection, Output Short Circuit Protection, Temperature Control, Fan, And So On. I. Eight (8) Units - Professional Loudspeaker Wall - Mounted Bracket I. Fixed Panel Size: 34×34mm (length×width) Ii. Cabinet Fixed Panel Size: 110mm Iii. Weight: 0.31kg 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 4. Six (6) Lots - Cabling Works 5. Six (6) Lots - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 6. Three (3) Licenses - Video Conferencing System 7. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 8. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 9. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 11. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 12. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 13. One (1) Year - Warranty Iv. Mandatory Technical Requirements/qualifications A. Statement Of Accumulated Similar Completed Government And Private Contracts Within The Last Five (5) Years With A Total Contract Amount Of At Least Php 500,000,000.00 Or 50% Of The Abc. A. Contract Definition Must Be Supported By The Following Documents: I. Copy Of Contract Or Po; Ii. Certificate Of Completion And Acceptance B. The Software Provider (sp) Should Be In The Business Of Software Development For At Least Five (5) Years With At Least Five (5) Completed And Accepted Combined Network And Software Projects. C. The Sp Shall Have At Least One (1) Software Accredited By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir) Either An Inventory System Or Pos System Or Accounting System. D. The Sp Should Have Delivered At Least (2) Government Projects Within The Past 3 Years. E. The Sp’s Technical Director(s) Such As Senior Project Manager, Senior System Project Manager, Senior Network Project Manager, Senior Infrastructure Project Manager Must Have A Project Management Experience Of At Least Five (5) Years. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. F. The Sp Shall Be A Partner/distributor Of The Oem Of The Devices Which Has Been In The Market For At Least 3 Years. G. The Sp’s Program Director Must Have A Project Management Experience Of At Least Five (5) Years, With Itil Service Management Certification Or Training And Fifteen (15) Years Of Experience In Software Architecture - Development, Service Delivery Management, State-of-the-art Network Infrastructure, And Delivered Project(s) In At Least One Of The 500 Fortune Companies Or At Least One Of The Telecommunication Companies In The Philippines. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. H. The Sp’s Software Architect Must Have A Devops Foundation Certification Of At Least Five (5) Years Of Experience. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. I. The Sp’s Security Lead Must Be A Certified Information Systems Security Professional (isc)2 For At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience And Certified Ethical Hacker (ceh) For At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. J. The Delivery Period Of The Project Is Two Hundred Eighty (280) Days. V. Progress Billing The Project Milestones Are Identified And Aimed At Improving The Hard, Soft, And Infrastructure Of The Basc Organization Leading To The Following Output And Outcome: 15% : Upon Submission Of Signed Contract 25% : Submission And Acceptance Of Detailed Work Plan And Systems Design 29. University Information System 30. Learning Management System 31. Cashiering System 32. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 33. Payroll Management System 34. Assets & Fleet Management System 35. Document Management System 36. Trouble Ticketing System 37. Queuing / Appointment System 38. Executive Information System 39. Campus Portal System 40. University Library System 41. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 42. Internet Connectivity 43. Campus Network System 44. Fiber Optics Works 45. Structured Cabling Works 46. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 47. Campus Data Center Upgrade 48. Data Center Network Switches 49. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 50. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 51. Cloud Infrastructure 52. Ip-pabx System 53. Software & Networking Laboratories 54. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 55. E-library Infrastructure 56. Smart Function Hall 26.43% 1st Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 17. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 18. Campus Data Center Upgrade 19. Data Center Network Switches 20. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 21. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 22. Ip-pabx System 23. Software & Networking Laboratories 24. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 25. E-library Infrastructure 26. Smart Function Hall 27. Campus Network System 28. Fiber Optics Works 29. Structured Cabling Works 30. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 31. Document Management System 32. Queuing / Appointment System 1st Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 8. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 9. Payroll Management System 10. Assets & Fleet Management System 11. Document Management System 12. Trouble Ticketing System 13. Queuing / Appointment System 14. Campus Portal System 23.57% 2nd Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 4. Internet Connectivity 5. University Library System 6. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 2nd Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 6. Cloud Infrastructure 7. University Information System 8. Learning Management System 9. Executive Information System 10. University Library System Hardware Installation, Configuration And Integration 8. Campus Network System 9. Structured Cabling Works 10. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 11. Data Center Network Switches 12. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 13. Ip-pabx System 14. E-library Infrastructure Acceptance Of Volume Testing 14. University Information System 15. Learning Management System 16. Cashiering System 17. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 18. Payroll Management System 19. Assets & Fleet Management System 20. Document Management System 21. Trouble Ticketing System 22. Queuing / Appointment System 23. Executive Information System 24. Campus Portal System 25. University Library System 26. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing : Completion Of Training 19. University Information System 20. Learning Management System 21. Cashiering System 22. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 23. Payroll Management System 24. Assets & Fleet Management System 25. Document Management System 26. Trouble Ticketing System 27. Queuing / Appointment System 28. Executive Information System 29. Campus Portal System 30. University Library System 31. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 32. Campus Network System 33. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 34. Campus Data Center Upgrade 35. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 36. Smart Function Hall 10% : Project Acceptance And Turnover 29. University Information System 30. Learning Management System 31. Cashiering System 32. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 33. Payroll Management System 34. Assets & Fleet Management System 35. Document Management System 36. Trouble Ticketing System 37. Queuing / Appointment System 38. Executive Information System 39. Campus Portal System 40. University Library System 41. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 42. Internet Connectivity 43. Campus Network System 44. Fiber Optics Works 45. Structured Cabling Works 46. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 47. Campus Data Center Upgrade 48. Data Center Network Switches 49. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 50. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 51. Cloud Infrastructure 52. Ip-pabx System 53. Software & Networking Laboratories 54. E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 55. E-library Infrastructure 56. Smart Function Hall Vi. Warranties And Guarantees A. Software – At Least 1-year License Coverage, Starts Upon The First Day Of Acceptance. B. Network And Hardware Support – At Least 1-year Warranty In Parts And Labor Upon Acceptance, Onsite 24x7x365. C. Db Services – At Least 1-year License Coverage, Starts Upon Delivery And Installation. D. Implementation Services – At Least 1 Year Of License Coverage With 1,000 Users. E. Technical Support – Local 24x7x365 Online/onsite Support For At Least 1 Year. F. Onsite Support – Within 8 Hours From Receipt Of The Notice, Spare Parts Ready If Necessary. G. Supply Of Spare Parts – Availability Of Parts Shall Be Within 72 Hours. H. Provision Of Service Units If The Repair Will Exceed 3 Days. I. Sp Shall Provide A Testing Facility For Functionality Demonstration. Vii. Training The Project Supports The Capacity Building For Top-level Managers, Trainers, Developers, Network/systems/database/security Administrators, Hardware Maintenance And Troubleshooting. Training For A Minimum Of 10 Persons Per Component/system For The Following Categories: A. 3 -top-level Management – Designed For The Basc Executives B. 10 - Trainers – Specifically For The Trainers Of The Basc To Ensure Continuous Training To End-users. C. 10 - Network/systems/database/security Administrators - Training Designed For Administrators To Ensure 24x7x365 Monitoring Of The Services As Well As Prompt Response As Needed. D. 10 - End-user Training Is Designed For The Users Of The System And/or Encoders. Viii. Manpower The Proposed Project Team Shall Be Composed Of Experts And Specialists As Indicated In The Table Below. The Roster Shall Include A Minimum Of 19 Distinct Physical Persons. There Shall Be No Overlapping Of Functions. In This Respect, The Persons’ Names And Functions Shall Be Explicitly Specified. However, The Sp Has The Option To Add More Personnel Depending On His Work Strategy. The Curriculum Vitae Shall Be Signed By The Person. They Will Closely Collaborate And Coordinate With The Project Management Team Of The Basc. Personnel Role / Qualification Min. No. Program Director Point Person For Issues And Concerns About The Contract And Deliverables. With Project Management Experience Of At Least Ten (10) Years, Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Project Manager With Project Management Experience Spanning Seven (7) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Business Analysts. With Servicenow Certification For Certified System Administrator. 1 Senior System Project Manager With Project Management Experience Spanning Five (5) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Developers. With A Itil Service Management Certification, Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Network Project Manager With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Planning, Implementing, And Maintaining It Networks. With A Network Cable Installer Certification And A Jablotron 100+ Alarm System Training Course Certification. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Infrastructure Project Manager With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Taking Charge Of The Planning, Implementation, And Maintenance Of Infrastructure And Service Delivery Management. With A Microsoft Certified Professional Certification With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Project Manager For Peripherals With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Project Management With A Focus On It Networks, Infrastructure, And Peripherals (biometrics, Cctv, And Alarm Systems). With A Fiber Optic Preparation & Splicing And Jablotron 100+ Alarm System Training Course Certification With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Business Analyst Person In Charge Of The Business And System Specifications With Experience In Systems Analysis And Design. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 4 Enterprise/ Software Architect Person In Charge Of System Architecture And Structural Design With At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience In Software Architecture And Development. Microsoft Office Sharepoint Server 2007, Application Development Certification Of At Least Three (3) Years Or Openspan Certified Developer Certification Of At Least Ten (10) Years. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Systems Analyst/ Developers Person In Charge Of The System Specifications With At Least Three (3) Years Of Experience In Systems Analysis And Design. Basic React Programming Certification Or With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 9 Senior Database Administrator Person In Charge Of Installing, Administering, Maintaining, And Performance Tuning Databases With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Rdbms. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Senior Security Analyst Person In Charge Of Securing And Administering Smart Campus Security System With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In It Security. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. Certified Information Systems Security Professional (isc) And Certified Ethical Hacker (ceh). 1 Quality Assurance Manager With Quality Assurance Experience Spanning Three (3) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Developers. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 4 Operations Support Lead With Operations Support Experience Spanning Three (3) Years Of The Same Role In A Customer Service, Help Desk, Technical Support, And/or Call Center. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Help Desk And Technical Support With Operations Support Experience Spanning Two (2) Years Of The Same Role In A Help Desk, Technical Support, And/or Call Center. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 5 Senior Trainers With Trainer Or Teaching Experience Spanning Five (5) Years Of The Same Role In Education Institutions. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Total (minimum Physical Count) 36 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Notes On The Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents The Prescribed Documents In The Checklist Are Mandatory To Be Submitted In The Bid, But Shall Be Subject To The Following: A. Gppb Resolution No. 09-2020 On The Efficient Procurement Measures During A State Of Calamity Or Other Similar Issuances That Shall Allow The Use Of Alternate Documents In Lieu Of The Mandated Requirements; Or B. Any Subsequent Gppb Issuances Adjusting The Documentary Requirements After The Effectivity Of The Adoption Of The Pbds. The Bac Shall Be Checking The Submitted Documents Of Each Bidder Against This Checklist To Ascertain If They Are All Present, Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion Pursuant To Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents I. Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ (a) Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages);or ⬜ (b) Registration Certificate From Securities And Exchange Commission (sec), Department Of Trade And Industry (dti) For Sole Proprietorship, Or Cooperative Development Authority (cda) For Cooperatives Or Its Equivalent Document, And ⬜ (c) Mayor’s Or Business Permit Issued By The City Or Municipality Where The Principal Place Of Business Of The Prospective Bidder Is Located, Or The Equivalent Document For Exclusive Economic Zones Or Areas; And ⬜ (d) Tax Clearance Per E.o. No. 398, S. 2005, As Finally Reviewed And Approved By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir). Technical Documents ⬜ (f) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ (g) Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Sections 23.4.1.3 And 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Within The Relevant Period As Provided In The Bidding Documents; And ⬜ (h) Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission; Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And ⬜ (i) Conformity With The Technical Specifications, Which May Include Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And/or After-sales/parts, If Applicable; And ⬜ (j) Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss); And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Special Power Of Attorney Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. Financial Documents ⬜ (k) The Supplier’s Audited Financial Statements, Showing, Among Others, The Supplier’s Total And Current Assets And Liabilities, Stamped “received” By The Bir Or Its Duly Accredited And Authorized Institutions, For The Preceding Calendar Year Which Should Not Be Earlier Than Two (2) Years From The Date Of Bid Submission; And ⬜ (l) The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc); Or A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation. Class “b” Documents ⬜ (m) If Applicable, A Duly Signed Joint Venture Agreement (jva) In Case The Joint Venture Is Already In Existence; Or Duly Notarized Statements From All The Potential Joint Venture Partners Stating That They Will Enter Into And Abide By The Provisions Of The Jva In The Instance That The Bid Is Successful. Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 (as Applicable) ⬜ (n) [for Foreign Bidders Claiming By Reason Of Their Country’s Extension Of Reciprocal Rights To Filipinos] Certification From The Relevant Government Office Of Their Country Stating That Filipinos Are Allowed To Participate In Government Procurement Activities For The Same Item Or Product. ⬜ (o) Certification From The Dti If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity. 25 Financial Component Envelope ⬜ (a) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And ⬜ (b) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Price Schedule(s). Bid Form Date: ____________ Project Identification No. 2025-01g To: Bulacan Agricultural State College Brgy. Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Gentlemen And/or Ladies: Having Examined The Bidding Documents Including Bid Bulletin Numbers______ [insert Numbers], The Receipt Of Which Is Hereby Duly Acknowledged, We, The Undersigned, Offer To Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hubin Conformity With The Said Bidding Documents For The Sum Of __________________________________________________________(php____________)[total Bid Amount In Words And Figures] Or Such Other Sums As May Be Ascertained In Accordance With The Schedule Of Prices Attached Herewith And Made Part Of This Bid. We Undertake, If Our Bid Is Accepted, To Deliver The Goods In Accordance With The Delivery Schedule Specified In The Schedule Of Requirements. If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Undertake To Provide A Performance Security In The Form, Amounts, And Within The Times Specified In The Bidding Documents. We Agree To Abide By This Bid For The Bid Validity Period Specified In The Bidding Documents Provisions And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us And May Be Accepted At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period. Commissions Or Gratuities, If Any, Paid Or To Be Paid By Us To Agents Relating To This Bid, And To Contract Execution If We Are Awarded The Contract, Are Listed Below: Name And Address Of Agent Amount And Currency Purpose Of Commission Or Gratuity (if None, State “none”) Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed, This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof And Your Notice Of Award, Shall Be Binding Upon Us. We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Bid You May Receive. We Certify/confirm That We Comply With The Eligibility Requirements As Per The Bidding Documents. We Likewise Certify/confirm That The Undersigned, [for Sole Proprietorships, Insert: As The Owner And Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of Name Of Bidder, Has The Full Power And Authority To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract, On The Latter’s Behalf For The Name Of Project Of The Name Of The Procuring Entity] [for Partnerships, Corporations, Cooperatives, Or Joint Ventures, Insert: Is Granted Full Power And Authority By The Name Of Bidder, To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract On The Latter’s Behalf For Name Of Project Of The Name Of The Procuring Entity]. We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Including The Attached Schedule Of Prices, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Dated This ________________ Day Of ________________ 2022. [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of _______________________ Price Schedule Name Of Bidder ____. Invitation To Bid Number 2025-01g Page _____ Of______. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Item Description Country Of Origin Quantity Unit Price Exw Per Item Transportation And Insurance And All Other Costs Incidental To Delivery, Per Item Sales And Other Taxes Payable If Contract Is Awarded, Per Item Cost Of Incidental Services, If Applicable, Per Item Total Price, Per Unit (col 5+6+7+8) Total Price Delivered Final Destination (col 9) X (col 4) 1 Grand Total (in Words) (in Figures) [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of _________________________ [bidder’s Letterhead] Name Of The Procuring Entity : Bulacan Agricultural State College Project: 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Location Of The Project : San Ildefonso, Bulacan List Of All Ongoing Government & Private Contracts Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started Business Name : Business Address :______________________________________________________________________ Name Of Contract/ Project Cost A. Owner’s Name B. Address C. Telephone Nos. Nature Of Work Bidder’s Role A. Date Awarded B. Date Started C. Date Of Completion % Of Accomplishment Value Of Outstanding Works / Undelivered Portion Description % Planned Actual Government Private Note: This Statement Shall Be Supported With: Total Cost 1 Notice Of Award (for Government Projects) 2 Notice To Proceed (for Government Projects) 3 Contract Submitted By : (printed Name & Signature) Designation : Date : [bidder’s Letterhead] Name Of The Procuring Entity : Bulacan Agricultural State College Project: 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Statement Of Single Largest Completed Contracts (slcc) In The Last Five (5) Years Business Name : Business Address : Name Of Contract A. Owner Name B. Address C. Telephone Nos. Nature Of Work Bidder’s Role A. Amount At Award B. Amount At Completion C. Duration A. Date Awarded B. Contract Effectivity C. Date Completed Description % Government Private Attached Herewith Are The Following Documents: Contract Agreement, Notice Of Award, Notice To Proceed, Official Receipt/invoice, Certificate Of Final Inspection, Certificate Of Good Performance And Certificate Of Acceptance, As Evidences In Support Of The Foregoing Information. Submitted By : (printed Name & Signature) Designation : ____________________________________________ Contract Agreement Form This Agreement Made The _____ Day Of __________ 20_____ Between [name Of Procuring Entity] Of The Philippines (hereinafter Called “the Entity”) Of The One Part And [name Of Supplier] Of [city And Country Of Supplier] (hereinafter Called “the Supplier”) Of The Other Part: Whereas The Entity Invited Bids For Certain Goods And Ancillary Services, Viz., [brief Description Of Goods And Services] And Has Accepted A Bid By The Supplier For The Supply Of Those Goods And Services In The Sum Of [contract Price In Words And Figures] (hereinafter Called “the Contract Price”). Now This Agreement Witnesseth As Follows: 1. In This Agreement Words And Expressions Shall Have The Same Meanings As Are Respectively Assigned To Them In The Conditions Of Contract Referred To. 2. The Following Documents Shall Be Deemed To Form And Be Read And Construed As Part Of This Agreement, Viz.: (a) The Supplier’s Bid, Including The Technical And Financial Proposals, And All Other Documents/statements Submitted (e.g. Bidder’s Response To Clarifications On The Bid), Including Corrections To The Bid Resulting From The Procuring Entity’s Bid Evaluation; (b) The Schedule Of Requirements; (c) The Technical Specifications; (d) The General Conditions Of Contract; (e) The Special Conditions Of Contract; (f) The Performance Security; And (g) The Entity’s Notice Of Award. 3. In Consideration Of The Payments To Be Made By The Entity To The Supplier As Hereinafter Mentioned, The Supplier Hereby Covenants With The Entity To Provide The Goods And Services And To Remedy Defects Therein In Conformity In All Respects With The Provisions Of The Contract 4. The Entity Hereby Covenants To Pay The Supplier In Consideration Of The Provision Of The Goods And Services And The Remedying Of Defects Therein, The Contract Price Or Such Other Sum As May Become Payable Under The Provisions Of The Contract At The Time And In The Manner Prescribed By The Contract. In Witness Whereof The Parties Hereto Have Caused This Agreement To Be Executed In Accordance With The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines On The Day And Year First Above Written. Signed, Sealed, Delivered By The (for The Entity) Signed, Sealed, Delivered By The (for The Supplier) Omnibus Sworn Statement Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ______ ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. Select One, Delete The Other: If A Sole Proprietorship: I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; If A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture: I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; 2. Select One, Delete The Other: If A Sole Proprietorship: As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; If A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture: I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; 3. [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board; 4. Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; 5. [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; 6. Select One, Delete The Rest: If A Sole Proprietorship: The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; If A Partnership Or Cooperative: None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; If A Corporation Or Joint Venture: None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; 7. [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And 8. [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Following Responsibilities As A Bidder: A) Carefully Examine All Of The Bidding Documents; B) Acknowledge All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; C) Made An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And D) Inquire Or Secure Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. 9. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This __ Day Of ___, 20__ At ____________, Philippines. _____________________________________ Bidder’s Representative/authorized Signatory Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This ___ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution], Philippines. Affiant/s Is/are Personally Known To Me And Was/were Identified By Me Through Competent Evidence Of Identity As Defined In The 2004 Rules On Notarial Practice (a.m. No. 02-8-13-sc). Affiant/s Exhibited To Me His/her [insert Type Of Government Identification Card Used], With His/her Photograph And Signature Appearing Thereon, With No. ________ And His/her Community Tax Certificate No. _______ Issued On ____ At ______. Witness My Hand And Seal This ___ Day Of [month] [year]. Name Of Notary Public Serial No. Of Commission _______________ Notary Public For _______ Until __________ Roll Of Attorneys No. __________________ Ptr No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Ibp No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Doc. No. _____ Page No. _____ Book No. _____ Series Of _____ * This Form Will Not Apply For Wb Funded Project Bid Securing Declaration Form Republic Of The Philippines) City Of _______________________) S.s. X------------------------------------------------------x Bid Securing Declaration Invitation To Bid: [insert Reference Number] To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we , The Undersigned, Declare That: 1. I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid-securing Declaration. 2. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f), Of The Irr Of Ra 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. 3. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: (a) Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; (b) I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; (c) I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This ____ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder’s Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant Financial Documents For Eligibility Check Year 20 1 Total Assets 2 Current Assets 3 Total Liabilities 4 Current Liabilities 5 Net Worth (1-3) 6 Net Working Capital (2-4) The Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) Based On The Above Data Is Computed As Follows: Nfcc = [(current Assets – Current Liabilities) (15)] Minus Value Of All Outstanding Or Uncompleted Portions Of The Projects Under Ongoing Contracts Including Awarded Contracts Yet To Be Started Coinciding With The Contract To Be Bid. The Values Of The Domestic Bidder’s Current Assets And Current Liabilities Shall Be Based On The Latest Audited Financial Statements Submitted To The Bir. Nfcc = Php Submitted By: Name Of Bidder Signature Of Authorized Representative Over Printed Name Date:

Details: Description Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Justice Bureau Of Corrections Muntinlupa City Philippine Bidding Documents Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) (procurement/contract No. 009) Sixth Edition July 2020 Bids And Awards Committee 202 Table Of Contents Section I. Invitation To Bid 3 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders 6 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet 13 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract 19 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract 24 Section Vi. Specifications 26 Section Vii. Drawings 59 Section Viii. Bill Of Quantities 60 Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents 61 Section I. Invitation To Bid Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Justice Bureau Of Corrections Muntinlupa City Invitation To Bid Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) 1. The Bureau Of Corrections, Through The National Expenditure Program (nep) Of 2025 Capital Outlay, Intends To Apply The Sum Of Three Hundred Million Pesos Only (₱300,000,000.00) Being The Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) To Payments Under The Contract For The Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) With Identification Number _epa-009__. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Bureau Of Corrections Now Invites Bids For Provision Of A Detailed Preliminary Architectural And Engineering Design, Detailed Engineering Requirements And Actual Construction Of The Bureau Of Corrections Super Maximum Security Facility, Based On The Final Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design, To Be Approved By The Head Of Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative Conformably With The Minimum Standards Set Forth In The (1) Presidential Decree (pd) No. 1096, National Building Code Of The Philippines (2) Batas Pambansa (bp)blg. 344, An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons By Requiring Certain Public Buildings, Institutions, Establishments And Public Utilities To Install Facilities And Other Devices (3) National Structural Code Of The Philippines (nscp), Volume I, 2010 (4) Philippine Electrical Code (pec), 2009 (5) Revised Plumbing Code Of The Philippines (6) Revised Irr Of Ra 10575 (7) Republic Act (ra) No. 9514, Revised Fire Code Of The Philippines And (8) Applicable Local Regulations And Ordinances. Completion Of The Works Is Required Within Three Hundred Sixty-five (365) Calendar Days. Bidders Should Have Completed A Contract Similar To The Project Amounting To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Within The Last Six (6) Years. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders. 3. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act 9184 (ra 9184), Otherwise Known As The “government Procurement Reform Act.” Bidding Is Restricted To Filipino Citizens/sole Proprietorships, Cooperatives, And Partnerships Or Organizations With At Least Seventy-five Percent (75%) Interest Or Outstanding Capital Stock Belonging To Citizens Of The Philippines. 4. Interested Bidders May Obtain Further Information From Bureau Of Corrections And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below From Monday To Friday From 8:00am To 5:00pm. 5. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On _december 28, 2024 (08:00am To 05:00pm) To January 20, 2025 (01:29 Pm)_____ From The Given Address And Website(s) Below. It May Also Be Downloaded Free Of Charge From The Website Of The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (philgeps) And The Website Of The Procuring Entity Bucor.gov.ph, Provided That Bidders Shall Pay The Applicable Fee Of Fifty Thousand (₱50,000.00) Pesos Only For The Bidding Documents Not Later Than The Submission Of Their Bids. The Procuring Entity Shall Allow The Bidder To Present Its Proof Of Payment For The Fees In Person Or By Facsimile. 6. The Bureau Of Corrections Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On _january 06, 2025 (01:30pm)__ At Bac Conference Room Nbp Reservation Muntinlupa City, Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. 7. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At The Office Address As Indicated Below, On Or Before __january 20, 2025 (01:30pm)_____. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 8. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 15. 9. Bid Opening Shall Be On __january 20, 2025 (01:30pm)____ At The Bac Conference Room Nbp Reservation Muntinlupa City. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. 10. The Bureau Of Corrections Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. 11. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Ma. Adoracion I. Viñas Office Of The Bac Secretariat Supply Office, Bureau Of Corrections, Muntinlupa City Tel # 02-8809-8587/02-8478-0907 Bacsec2022@gmail.com 12. You May Visit The Following Websites: For Downloading Of Bidding Documents: Bucor.gov.ph Date Of Issue: _______________ Ccsupt Celso S Bravo Chairperson, Bids And Awards Committee Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders 1. Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Bureau Of Corrections Invites Bids For The Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf), With Project Identification Number__________________. [note: The Project Identification Number Is Assigned By The Procuring Entity Based On Its Own Coding Scheme And Is Not The Same As The Philgeps Reference Number, Which Is Generated After The Posting Of The Bid Opportunity On The Philgeps Website.] The Procurement Project Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) Is For The Construction Of Works, As Described In Section Vi (specifications). 2. Funding Information 2.1. The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For 2025 In The Amount Of Three Hundred Million Pesos Only (₱300,000,000.00). 2.2. The Source Of Funding Is: Nga, The National Expenditure Program 3. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manual And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Invitation To Bid By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Inspected The Site, Determined The General Characteristics Of The Contracted Works And The Conditions For This Project, Such As The Location And The Nature Of The Work; (b) Climatic Conditions; (c) Transportation Facilities; (c) Nature And Condition Of The Terrain, Geological Conditions At The Site Communication Facilities, Requirements, Location And Availability Of Construction Aggregates And Other Materials, Labor, Water, Electric Power And Access Roads; And (d) Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Contractors, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. 5. Eligible Bidders 5.1. Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. 5.2. The Bidder Must Have An Experience Of Having Completed A Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) That Is Similar To This Project, Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Adjusted, If Necessary, By The Bidder To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Section 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. A Contract Is Considered To Be “similar” To The Contract To Be Bid If It Has The Major Categories Of Work Stated In The Bds. 5.3. For Foreign-funded Procurement, The Procuring Entity And The Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution May Agree On Another Track Record Requirement, As Specified In The Bidding Document Prepared For This Purpose. 5.4. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.2 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6. Origin Of Associated Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un. 7. Subcontracts 7.1. The Bidder May Subcontract Portions Of The Project To The Extent Allowed By The Procuring Entity As Stated Herein, But In No Case More Than Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Project. The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That: A. Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 7.1. [if Procuring Entity Has Determined That Subcontracting Is Allowed During The Bidding, State:] The Bidder Must Submit Together With Its Bid The Documentary Requirements Of The Subcontractor(s) Complying With The Eligibility Criteria Stated In Itb Clause 5 In Accordance With Section 23.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Pursuant To Section 23.1 Thereof. 7.2. [if Subcontracting Is Allowed During The Contract Implementation Stage, State:] The Supplier May Identify Its Subcontractor During The Contract Implementation Stage. Subcontractors Identified During The Bidding May Be Changed During The Implementation Of This Contract. Subcontractors Must Submit The Documentary Requirements Under Section 23.1 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 And Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Specified In Itb Clause 5 To The Implementing Or End-user Unit. 7.3. Subcontracting Of Any Portion Of The Project Does Not Relieve The Contractor Of Any Liability Or Obligation Under The Contract. The Supplier Will Be Responsible For The Acts, Defaults, And Negligence Of Any Subcontractor, Its Agents, Servants, Or Workmen As Fully As If These Were The Contractor’s Own Acts, Defaults, Or Negligence, Or Those Of Its Agents, Servants, Or Workmen. 8. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address At Bac Conference Room Nbp Reservation Muntinlupa City And/or Through Videoconferencing/webcasting} As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10.1. The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents. 10.2. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. 10.3. A Valid Pcab License Is Required, And In Case Of Joint Ventures, A Valid Special Pcab License, And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract For This Project. Any Additional Type Of Contractor License Or Permit Shall Be Indicated In The Bds. 10.4. A List Of Contractor’s Key Personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen) Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data Shall Be Provided. These Key Personnel Must Meet The Required Minimum Years Of Experience Set In The Bds. 10.5. A List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership, Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be, Must Meet The Minimum Requirements For The Contract Set In The Bds. 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 11.1. The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents. 11.2. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. 11.3. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 12. Alternative Bids Bidders Shall Submit Offers That Comply With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents, Including The Basic Technical Design As Indicated In The Drawings And Specifications. Unless There Is A Value Engineering Clause In The Bds, Alternative Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 13. Bid Prices All Bid Prices For The Given Scope Of Work In The Project As Awarded Shall Be Considered As Fixed Prices, And Therefore Not Subject To Price Escalation During Contract Implementation, Except Under Extraordinary Circumstances As Determined By The Neda And Approved By The Gppb Pursuant To The Revised Guidelines For Contract Price Escalation Guidelines. 14. Bid And Payment Currencies 14.1. Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. 14.2. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In: A. Philippine Pesos. 15. Bid Security 15.1. The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. 15.2. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until One Hundred Twenty (120) Calendar Days. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. 16. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission To The Given Website Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. 17. Deadline For Submission Of Bids The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. 18. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 18.1. The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. 18.2. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 19.1. The Procuring Entity’s Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19.2. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, All Bids And Combinations Of Bids As Indicated In The Bds Shall Be Received By The Same Deadline And Opened And Evaluated Simultaneously So As To Determine The Bid Or Combination Of Bids Offering The Lowest Calculated Cost To The Procuring Entity. Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 16 Shall Be Submitted For Each Contract (lot) Separately. 19.3. In All Cases, The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 20. Post Qualification Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps), And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. 21. Signing Of The Contract The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.2 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Refer To Contracts Which Have The Same Major Categories Of Work, Which Shall Be: Architectural, Engineering Design, Detailed Engineering Requirements And Construction Of Building With Concreting Works. 7.1 Subcontracting Is Not Allowed 10.3 A Valid Pcab License Is Required, And In Case Of Joint Ventures, A Valid Special Pcab License, And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract For This Project. 10.4 The Key Personnel Must Meet The Required Minimum Years Of Experience Set Below: For Design Personnel: Key Personnel General Experience Relevant Experience Principal Architect The Principal Architect Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Ten (10) Years’ Experience Experience In The Design Of Residential, Government Offices Or Institutional Facilities, And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. Structural Engineer The Structural Engineer Must Be A Duly-licensed Civil Engineer With At Least Ten (10) Years’ Experience. Experience In Structural Design And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. Professional Electrical Engineer The Electrical Engineer Must Be A Registered Professional Electrical Engineer With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In The Design Of Lighting, Power Distribution, Communication Systems (specifically Structured And Local Area Network Cabling, Pabx), Building Management Systems And Preferably Knowledgeable In Developments In Emergent Efficient Lighting Technologies And Energy Management. Professional Mechanical Engineer The Mechanical Engineer Must Be A Professional Mechanical Engineer With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Hvac And Fire Protection Systems And Preferably Knowledgeable In Emergent, Alternative Energy- Efficient Hvac Technologies. Electronics And Communications Engineer The Electronics And Communications Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In The Design Of Communications Systems, And Preferably Knowledgeable In The Application Of Building Automation And Surveillance Systems. Sanitary Engineer The Sanitary Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In The Design Of Building Water Supply And Distribution, Plumbing, And Preferably Knowledgeable In Waste Water Management/treatment, And Emergent, Alternative Effluent Collection And Treatment System. The Design & Build Contractor May, As Needed And At Its Own Expense, Add Additional Professionals And/or Support Personnel For The Optimal Performance Of All Architectural And Engineering Design Services, As Stipulated In These Terms Of Reference, For The Project. Prospective Bidders Shall Attach Each Individual’s Resume And Prc License Of The (professional) Staff. Design Personnel May Also Be Utilized For The Construction Phase Provided That The Same Meet The Minimum Number Of Years Of Experience In The Construction Of Similar Projects. For Construction Personnel: Key Personnel General Experience Relevant Experience Project Manager The Project Manager Shall Be A Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least Eight (8) Years Relevant Experience. Relevant Experience On Similar And Comparable Projects In Different Locations. The Project Manager Should Have A Proven Record Or Managerial Capability Through The Directing/managing Of Major Civil Engineering Works, Including Projects Of A Similar Magnitude. Project Architect/engineer The Project Architect/engineer Shall Be A Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. Materials Engineer (m.e. I) The Materials Engineer Must Be Duly Accredited With The Dpwh And With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. Electrical Engineer The Electrical Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects In The Installation Of Lighting, Power Distribution, Communication Systems (specifically Structured And Local Area Network Cabling, Pabx), Building Management Systems. Mechanical Engineer The Mechanical Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects In The Installation Of Hvac And Fire Protection. Sanitary Engineer The Sanitary Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects In The Installation Of Building Water Supply And Distribution, Plumbing. Foreman The Foreman Must Have At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience. Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. Safety Officer The Sanitary Officer Must Have At Least Two (2) Years’ Experience. Must Be An Accredited Safety Practitioner By The Department Of Labor And Employment (dole) And Must Have Undergone The Prescribed Forty (40) Hour Construction Safety And Health Training (cosh) 10.5 The Minimum Major Equipment Requirements Are The Following: Equipment Capacity Number Of Units Backhoe At Least 38hp With 0.055 To 0.160 M3 Bucket Capacity 1 Pay Loader At Least 2.5 To 9.5 M3 Bucket Capacity 1 Dump Truck At Least 10 Cu.m. 2 Generator 50kva 1 Concrete Mixers 1 Bagger 4 Welding Machines 300amp Heavy Duty 4 Submersible Dredging Pump At Least 1hp And 2” Output 1 Prospective Bidders Shall Attach The List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership, Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be. 12 No Further Instructions. 15.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: A. The Amount Of Not Less Than 2% Of The Abc, If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; B. The Amount Of Not Less Than 5% Of The Abc, If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 19.2 No Further Instructions. 20 Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its; 1. Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) 2. Supporting Documents For The Slcc (notice Of Award And/or Notice To Proceed And Project Owner’s Certificate Of Final Acceptance Issued By The Owner Other Than The Contractor Or The Constructors Performance Evaluation System (cpes) Final Rating, Which Must Be At Least Satisfactory. In Case Of Contracts With The Private Sector, An Equivalent Document Shall Be Submitted) 3. Certified True Copy Coming From The Issuing Agency Of Valid And Current Registration Certificate (sec Certificate Of Registration For Corporation Or Dti Certificate Of Registration For Sole Proprietorship Or Cda Certificate Of Registration For Cooperative) 4. Valid And Current Mayor’s Or Business Permit 5. Valid And Current Tax Clearance 6. Valid And Current Pcab License And Registration 7. Audited Financial Statement 8. Three (3) Sets Photocopy Of Eligibility And Financial Envelope Duly Marked As “copy No.1”, “copy No.2” And “copy No.3” 21 No Further Instructions. Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract 1. Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. 2. Sectional Completion Of Works If Sectional Completion Is Specified In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc), References In The Conditions Of Contract To The Works, The Completion Date, And The Intended Completion Date Shall Apply To Any Section Of The Works (other Than References To The Completion Date And Intended Completion Date For The Whole Of The Works). 3. Possession Of Site 3.1 The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Or Parts Of The Site To The Contractor Based On The Schedule Of Delivery Indicated In The Scc, Which Corresponds To The Execution Of The Works. If The Contractor Suffers Delay Or Incurs Cost From Failure On The Part Of The Procuring Entity To Give Possession In Accordance With The Terms Of This Clause, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Give The Contractor A Contract Time Extension And Certify Such Sum As Fair To Cover The Cost Incurred, Which Sum Shall Be Paid By Procuring Entity. 3.2 If Possession Of A Portion Is Not Given By The Above Date, The Procuring Entity Will Be Deemed To Have Delayed The Start Of The Relevant Activities. The Resulting Adjustments In Contract Time To Address Such Delay May Be Addressed Through Contract Extension Provided Under Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 4. The Contractor’s Obligations The Contractor Shall Employ The Key Personnel Named In The Schedule Of Key Personnel Indicating Their Designation, In Accordance With Itb Clause 10.3 And Specified In The Bds, To Carry Out The Supervision Of The Works. The Procuring Entity Will Approve Any Proposed Replacement Of Key Personnel Only If Their Relevant Qualifications And Abilities Are Equal To Or Better Than Those Of The Personnel Listed In The Schedule. 5. Performance Security 5.1. Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr. 5.2. The Contractor, By Entering Into The Contract With The Procuring Entity, Acknowledges The Right Of The Procuring Entity To Institute Action Pursuant To Ra No. 3688 Against Any Subcontractor Be They An Individual, Firm, Partnership, Corporation, Or Association Supplying The Contractor With Labor, Materials And/or Equipment For The Performance Of This Contract. 6. Site Investigation Reports The Contractor, In Preparing The Bid, Shall Rely On Any Site Investigation Reports Referred To In The Scc Supplemented By Any Information Obtained By The Contractor. 7. Warranty 7.1. In Case The Contractor Fails To Undertake The Repair Works Under Section 62.2.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr, The Procuring Entity Shall Forfeit Its Performance Security, Subject Its Property (ies) To Attachment Or Garnishment Proceedings, And Perpetually Disqualify It From Participating In Any Public Bidding. All Payables Of The Gop In His Favor Shall Be Offset To Recover The Costs. 7.2. The Warranty Against Structural Defects/failures, Except That Occasioned-on Force Majeure, Shall Cover The Period From The Date Of Issuance Of The Certificate Of Final Acceptance By The Procuring Entity. Specific Duration Of The Warranty Is Found In The Scc. 8. Liability Of The Contractor Subject To Additional Provisions, If Any, Set Forth In The Scc, The Contractor’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Contractor Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. 9. Termination For Other Causes Contract Termination Shall Be Initiated In Case It Is Determined Prima Facie By The Procuring Entity That The Contractor Has Engaged, Before, Or During The Implementation Of The Contract, In Unlawful Deeds And Behaviors Relative To Contract Acquisition And Implementation, Such As, But Not Limited To Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices As Stated In Itb Clause 4. 10. Dayworks Subject To The Guidelines On Variation Order In Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, And If Applicable As Indicated In The Scc, The Dayworks Rates In The Contractor’s Bid Shall Be Used For Small Additional Amounts Of Work Only When The Procuring Entity’s Representative Has Given Written Instructions In Advance For Additional Work To Be Paid For In That Way. 11. Program Of Work 11.1. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval The Said Program Of Work Showing The General Methods, Arrangements, Order, And Timing For All The Activities In The Works. The Submissions Of The Program Of Work Are Indicated In The Scc. 11.2. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval An Updated Program Of Work At Intervals No Longer Than The Period Stated In The Scc. If The Contractor Does Not Submit An Updated Program Of Work Within This Period, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From The Next Payment Certificate And Continue To Withhold This Amount Until The Next Payment After The Date On Which The Overdue Program Of Work Has Been Submitted. 12. Instructions, Inspections And Audits The Contractor Shall Permit The Gop Or The Procuring Entity To Inspect The Contractor’s Accounts And Records Relating To The Performance Of The Contractor And To Have Them Audited By Auditors Of The Gop Or The Procuring Entity, As May Be Required. 13. Advance Payment The Procuring Entity Shall, Upon A Written Request Of The Contractor Which Shall Be Submitted As A Contract Document, Make An Advance Payment To The Contractor In An Amount Not Exceeding Fifteen Percent (15%) Of The Total Contract Price, To Be Made In Lump Sum, Or At The Most Two Installments According To A Schedule Specified In The Scc, Subject To The Requirements In Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 14. Progress Payments The Contractor May Submit A Request For Payment For Work Accomplished. Such Requests For Payment Shall Be Verified And Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative/project Engineer. Except As Otherwise Stipulated In The Scc, Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Put In Place Shall Not Be Included For Payment. 15. Operating And Maintenance Manuals 15.1. If Required, The Contractor Will Provide “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals As Specified In The Scc. 15.2. If The Contractor Does Not Provide The Drawings And/or Manuals By The Dates Stated Above, Or They Do Not Receive The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Approval, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From Payments Due To The Contractor. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 2 Sectional Completion Is Not Applicable The Intended Completion Date Is Three Hundred Sixty-five (365) Calendar Days From The Date Of Receipt Of The Ntp. 4.1 The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Parts Of The Site To The Contractor From The Date Of The Receipt Of Notice To Proceed (ntp). 6 No Further Instructions. 7.2 Fifteen (15) Years. 10 No Dayworks Are Applicable To The Contract. 11.1 The Contractor Shall Submit The Program Of Work To The Procuring Entity’s Representative Within Fourteen (14) Calendar Days After The Issuance Of The Notice To Proceed (ntp) 11.2 The Amount To Be Withheld For Late Submission Of An Updated Program Of Work Is One Tenth Of One Percent Of The Total Contract Price. 13 The Amount Of The Advance Payment Is Fifteen Percent (15%) Of The Contract Price Upon Submission To And Acceptance By The Bureau Of Corrections Of An Irrevocable Standby Letter Of Credit Of Equivalent Value From A Commercial Bank, A Bank Guarantee Or A Surety Bond Callable Upon Demand Issued By A Surety Or Insurance Company Duly Licensed By The Insurance Commission And Confirmed By The Bureau Of Corrections. 14 The Contractor May Submit A Request For Payment For Work Accomplished. Such Requests For Payment Shall Be Verified And Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative/project Engineer. Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Put In Place Shall Not Be Included For Payment. 15.1 The Date By Which “as Built” Drawings Are Required Is Upon Actual Completion Of The Project. 15.2 The Amount To Be Withheld For Failing To Produce “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals By The Date Required Is Equivalent To Five Percent (5%) Of The Contract Price. Section Vi. Specifications Terms Of Reference Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm, Occidental Mindoro 1. Project Information 1.1 Project Description The Mission Of The Bucor Is To Protect Society By Confining Offenders In The Controlled Environments Of Prisons And Community-based Facilities That Are Safe, Humane, Cost-efficient, And Appropriately Secure, And That Provide Self-improvement Opportunities To Assist Offenders In Becoming Law-abiding Citizens. The Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) Shall Be Conducive To The Reformation And Rehabilitation Of Inmates That Will Bring Them Back Into The Mainstream Of Society As Useful Citizens Of The Country. The Contract Will Involve The Design And Build Scheme Leading To The Construction Of The Bureau Of Corrections Super Maximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm, Sablayan, Occidental Mindoro. The Plans And Designs Shall Be In Accordance With The Plan Of The Said Structures As Conceptualized By The Bucor Planning And Design Division Or As Conceptualized By The Winning Bidder If The Latter Is Found To Be Superior (as Defined In Section 3.1.1 Of This Tor). Contractors Shall Be Required To Conduct A Bucor Led Site Inspection And Evaluation To Enable The Contractors To Develop Their Proposals Accordingly. The Bureau Of Corrections Shall Not Assume Any Responsibility Regarding Erroneous Interpretations Out Of Any Data Presented By The Contractor. The Bucor Super Maximum Prison Facility (phase 2) Shall Be Constructed As Per Approved Drawings, Specifications, Bill Of Materials, Scope Of Works And The General Contract Conditions Following The Guidelines As Per Annex G Of Irr Of Ra 9184. This Project Aims To Be Completed Within A Year, Aligning With Our Decongestion Program. This Expedited Timeline Underscores Our Commitment To Addressing Urgent Needs Within The Correctional System And Providing Timely Solutions For The High Risk Committed Pdl. The Plans And Designs Shall Be In Accordance With The Plan Of The Said Structures As Conceptualized By The Planning And Design Division (pdd) Under. Contractors Shall Be Required To Conduct A Bucor Led Site Inspection And Evaluation To Enable The Contractors To Develop Their Proposals Accordingly. The Bucor Shall Not Assume Any Responsibility Regarding Erroneous Interpretations Out Of Any Data Presented By The Contractor. The Construction Of Super Maximum-security Facility Shall Be Constructed As Per Approved Drawings, Specifications, Bill Of Materials, Scope Of Works And The General Contract Conditions Following The Guidelines As Per Annex G Of Irr Of Ra 9184. The Project Shall Have The Following Basic Components: A. Complete Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design Plans, Technical Specifications, And Design Calculations For The Construction Of The Project. Such Plans, Designs, And Technical Specifications Shall Be Subject For Review And Approval By The Bucor Pdd. The Design Development And The Contract Documents Phases Of The Design Shall Continue After The Bid Is Awarded. It Shall Likewise Be Subject For Review And Approval By The Director Of Directorate For Engineering Services (des). B. The Bid Shall Be Based On The Conceptual/schematic Design Drawings Prepared By The Bucor Pdd Or That Submitted By The Winning Bidder As Defined In Section 3.1.1 Of This Tor. C. The Contractor Shall Complete The Construction Of The Following Facility Component: I. One (1) Unit 2-storey“type B” Pdl Dormitory At Least 3190 Sq.m (gross Area) Polished Flooring And Sandwich Panel Roofing With The Capacity Of Atleast 340 Pdl, 2 Pdl Per Cell With Double Deck Bunk Bed (160 Cells), 1 Pdl Per Cell With Single Bed (20 Cells). The Dormitory To Include Complete Utilities, Power Supply, Cctv, Water Supply, Fire Protection; • Electrical System: Three-phase Power Line Supply, Connected From The Local Electric Utility (from Main Road/ Source To The Compound. The Power Line Shall Be Used For The Future Development Of The 50 Ha Facility. • Electrical System: Backup Power (three-phase Genset) Supply System With Capacity Not Less Than Total Computed Mva Load, Without Demand Factor (designed To Supply The Dormitory), And To Include Capacitor Bank, If Necessary; • Sewerage And Drainage Systems(pipelines To Cover From Project Site To Nearest Tapping Point); • Water Supply System With Sufficient Pressure To Provide The Water Requirement Of The Psdl. The System Is Oncomposed Of A Cistern Tank, Pumps, And An Overhead Water Storage Tank. Deep Well Source Water System (intake Box, Transmission Pipelines, Pressure Break Tanks, Chlorinator With Tanks And Accessories, Etc.) Whichever Is Deemed Most Suitable For The Facility And Is Authorized By The Lgu. • Fire Protection System (fire & Jockey Pump, Pump House), Fire Detection Alarm System And Fire Suppression Equipment Included In Dormitory. • Cctv Systems: To Install Cctv At Perimeter Fence To Monitor The Inside Compound And Dormitory To Monitor The Hallways And Blind Spots. Ii. 3 Meters Height Concrete Perimeter Security Fence With Concertina Above, To Cover 50 Hectares Area (plastered And Painted Finish); Iii. Primary And Secondary Fence For 1.8 Hectares Compound Including Gates, Catwalk And Post Towers (with Cr And Water Supply) (r.a. 10575 Rule 7). • 4 Meters Height Concrete Primary Perimeter Fence (with Catwalks, Concertina Wirings, Post Tower (with Cr And Water Supply) And Solar Lightings, (ra10575). • Secondary Perimeter Fence (3 Layer Concertina, Steel Mesh) With 300w Integrated Solar Light Every 3 Bays And (to Include Post Towers And Gates); Iv. Road Networks And Culverts • All Entry And Exit Point Of Any Bodies Of Water E.g. Creeks, Canals Shall Be Fenced Culvert By Metal Grills (non-corrosive); • The Project Has An Allocated Budget Sufficient To Cover At Least 1440 Sqm Of Road Construction Within The Prison Facility. While This Budget Allows For Road Development, Prioritization Shall Be Given To The Construction Of Culverts, Both Fenced And Road Culverts, To Ensure Adequate Drainage And Prevent Flooding. These Culverts Are Critical For The Road Leading From The Main Road To The Site, As Well As Along The Perimeter Of The Facility. To Accurately Assess The Project Scope And Design, Bidders Are Required To Conduct A Thorough Site Inspection To Identify And Evaluate All Necessary Culverts." 1.2 Contractual Framework The Contractual Arrangement To Be Used For The Project Is The Design-and-build (db) Scheme. Under This Scheme The Procuring Entity Awards A Single Contract For The Architectural/engineering Design And Construction To A Single Firm, Partnership, Corporation, Joint Venture Or Consortium. The Winning Contractor Shall Consult And Collaborate With The Bucor Pdd For The Preparation Of The Detailed Architectural Design Of The Project. The Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design Shall Be Subject For The Review And Approval By The Bucor Pdd. Contractors Shall Be Required To Conduct A Bucor Led Site Inspection And Evaluation To Enable The Contractors To Develop Their Proposals Accordingly. The Bucor Shall Not Assume Any Responsibility Regarding Erroneous Interpretations Out Of Any Data Presented By The Contractor. The Obligations And Liabilities Of The Contractor And Its Architect Shall Be Joint And Solidary For Purposes Of The Detailed Architectural Design Of The Project In Accordance With Article 1723 Of The Civil Code Of The Philippines And Other Pertinent Laws. The Db Scheme Of Procurement Was Recommended, Endorsed, And Adopted Pursuant To The Annex G Of Irr Of Ra 9184. 2. Scope Of Contract 2.1 Obligations Of The Winning Bidder/contractor A. Render Architectural And Allied Engineering Design Services Including Final Schematic Design Necessary For The Implementation Of The Project. The Allied Engineering Design Services Shall Include, But Shall Not Be Limited To, Design For Architectural, Civil, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, And Electromechanical. All Drawings Shall Be Generated Using Modern Modeling/drafting Software And Printed On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper. B. Undertake Detailed Architectural And Engineering Designs (daeds) Using The Given Data Such As Topographic, Hydrographic And Cross–section Surveys, Geotechnical And Geological Investigation, And Hydrologic Investigation And Initial Schematic Design Or Design Concept Provided By The Bucor Pdd Which Conforms With The Minimum Performance Specifications And Standards (mpss); C. If Applicable, Secure Environmental Clearance Or An “environmental Compliance Certificate (ecc)”. If The Proposed Project Is Considered Outside The Purview Of The Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (eis) System, A Certificate Of Non- Coverage Or Certificate Of Exemption Shall Be Secured. D. The Project Shall Be Constructed According To The Daeds Prepared By The Winning Bidder And Approved By The Bucor And In Compliance With The Mpss As Well As Provided In Rule Vii, Section 7 Of The Irr Of Ra 10575. Likewise, Construction Includes Conformance To The Provisions Pertaining To Buildings Under The Latest Edition Of The Dpwh Standard Specifications For Public Works Structures, Volumes Ii And Iii (blue Book). The Blue Book Prescribes, Among Other Things, The Material Requirements And Construction Requirements For Different Items Of Work, Including The Tests To Be Conducted During Construction By The Dpwh-accredited Testing Laboratory. The Blue Book Incorporates Pertinent Provisions Of The American Society For Testing And Materials (astm) And American Concrete Institute (aci), Among Other Standards, Pertaining To Construction. Attention Shall Be Given To The Relevant Items Of Work In The Following Parts Of The Blue Book: Volume Ii ➢ Part A – Facilities For The Engineer ➢ Part B – Other General Requirements Volume Iii ➢ Part A – Earthwork ➢ Part B – Plain And Reinforced Concrete Works ➢ Part C – Finishing ➢ Part D – Electrical ➢ Part E – Mechanical ➢ Part I – Water Supply ➢ Part J – Flood Control And Drainage ➢ Part I-c – Drainage Works For Materials And Technologies Not Covered By The Blue Book, Or If The Proponent Intends To Use Any New Material/technology Which Is Not Accredited By The Dpwh Bureau Of Research And Standards (brs), The Proponent Shall Submit A Certification From A Recognized Foreign Or International Institution To The Effect That The New Materials Or Technology Meets The Mpss For This Project And Has Been Successfully Used In Existing Structures With Proven Integrity. The Winning Bidder Or Contractor Shall Be Held Liable For Design And Structural Defects And/or Failure Of The Completed Project Within The Warranty Period Specified In Section 62.2 Of The Irr Of Ra 9184; And, F. The Winning Bidder Or Contractor Shall Be Solely Responsible For The Design And Shall Be Held Responsible For Any Default Resulted From Improper Design. Further, Extended Liability Of The Contractor Since It Stipulated That The Works, When Completed, Shall Be Fit For The Purpose For Which It Was Intended As Defined In The Contract. 2.2 Obligations Of The Bucor A. Provide Full Information On All Requirements For The Project; B. Approve The Winning Bidder Or Contractor’s Design Without Diminishing Their Full And Sole Responsibility For The Quality And Integrity Thereof; C. Give Prompt Written Notice Thereof To Winning Bidder Or Contractor, If It Observes Or Becomes Aware Of Any Defect In The Project; D. Designate, When Necessary, Representatives Authorized To Act On Its Behalf. It Shall Examine Documents Submitted By The Winning Bidder Or Contractor And Render Decisions Pertaining Thereto Promptly, To Avoid Unreasonable Delay In The Progress Of Their Work. It Shall Observe The Procedure Of Issuing Orders To The Winning Bidder Or Contractor; E. Supervise And Monitor The Implementation Of The Project; I. Construction Monitoring And Testing Forms: • The Use Of Construction Monitoring And Testing Forms That Will Be Provide By The Bucor - Nhq Pdd Is Mandatory Throughout The Duration Of Construction. • Oversight Of These Forms Will Be Conducted By The Engineering Services (es) Of The Sppf On Behalf Of The Bucor Pdd • Sppf-es To Impose To Contractor Testing Of All Items After Installation And/or Application. Es To Send Pdd Copy Of The Test Report/s. • Sppf-es To Monitor Material Delivery Of Contractor To Ensure All Materials Installed And/or Applied Are In Accordance With The Specifications Stated On Plans And Contract Of This Project. • In Case There Would Be Substitute Or Alternative To The Original Specification Of Material/s, Sppf- Es To Inform Pdd Of Such Variation. Ii. Bucor Engineer Visits: • Nhq Engineers And Architects (personnel Of Pdd) Will Conduct Site Visits On A Quarterly Basis Or Whenever Deemed Necessary To Ensure Compliance With Standards And Regulations. • Pdd Personnel To Witness The Final Testing And Commissioning Of The Systems, Equipment And Utilities Prior To Acceptance Of The Project Or Part Of The Project Thereof. Iii. Progress Billing Payment: • Sppf Es Engineers Will Provide Monthly Updates, Or As Deemed Necessary, On The Statement Of Work Accomplishment Based On The Actual Progress Of The Project, Including Reports Update. F. Pay The Accomplishment Accepted In The Conformance With The Mpss Included Under The Design And Build Contract. I. This Reports And Swa Updates Of The Ippf Es Will Be Reviewed And Approved By Pdd - Nhq Prior To Any Progress Billing Payments Being Made. 2.3 Bidding Documents The Bidding Documents For The Project Shall Govern The Conduct Of The Procurement Of The Project. 3. Scope Of Works 3.1 Planning And Design Phase 3.1.1 Preliminary Architectural Plan (pap) By Bidder The Approved Concept Design Shall Adopt The Provisions Indicated In Rule Vii, Section 7 Of The Irr Of Ra 10575. Bidders Shall Submit Also An Alternative Design Concept With Respect To The Actual Site Condition. This Alternative Design By The Winning Bidder Shall Be Adopted Should The Same Be Found To Be Superior Than The One Conceptualized By The Bucor Pdd. 3.1.2 Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design (daed) By The Winning Bidder During The Implementation Of The Project, The Winning Bidder Shall Prepare The Daed Of The Project And Submit The Same To The Bucor For Approval Prior To The Execution Of The Construction Works. The Winning Bidder Shall Prepare The Daed Based On Its Pap As Reviewed And Accepted By The Bucor Pdd And In Accordance With The Minimum Performance Standards And Specifications (mpss). The Daed Shall Be Undertaken With A Degree Of Accuracy That Will Allow Estimates To Be Made Within Approximately Plus Or Minus Five Percent (+/-5%) Of The Final Quantities. Once Approved By The Bucor, The Winning Bidder’s Daed Shall Form Part Of The Mpss. The Bucor-approved Daed, Together With The Mpss Provisions On Construction Under Section 2.0 Hereof, Shall Govern The Actual Construction Undertaken By The Winning Bidder. The Winning Bidder Shall Undertake The Necessary Field Surveys And Investigation In Accordance With The Dpwh Design Guidelines. In Carrying Out These Works, The Winning Bidder Shall Ensure That The Engineering, Environmental, Particularly During Field Investigations And The Development Of The Preliminary And Final Detailed Engineering Designs. The Winning Bidder Shall Ensure That All Designs Submitted For Approval Have Fully Taken Into Account Key Findings From The Engineering, Environmental, And That Negative Environmental Impacts Have Been Minimized Or Eliminated To The Fullest Extent Possible. 3.1.3 Architectural And Engineering Design Submittals I. Architectural Design A. The Building Should Be Designed With Structural, Electrical, Natural Or Combine Ventilation And Natural Lighting Following Building Design Standards. B. The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare The Preliminary Architectural Plans In Accordance With The Requirements Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines, Accessibility Law (bp 344) Including All Other Applicable Laws And Local Ordinances. Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. Site Development Plan 2. Vicinity Map 3. Perspective 4. Floor Plans 5. Elevations A. Front Elevation B. Rear Elevation C. Right Elevation D. Left Elevation 6. Sections A. Longitudinal Section B. Cross Section 7. Doors & Window Schedule 8. Plans And Details Of Stairs And Ramps 9. Schedule Of Finishes For Floors, Walls And Ceiling 10. Miscellaneous Details Ii. Structural Design A. The Proponent Shall Prepare The Necessary Structural Analysis/calculation And Design Of The Structural Members Of The Building Component In Accordance With The National Building Code Of The Philippines With Its Referral Codes Such As The Latest National Structural Code Of The Philippines. The Design For The Structure Shall Take Into Account, Among Other Things, The Seismic Requirements Of The Area To Determine The Optimum Safety Of The Whole Structure And To Minimize Possible Earthquake Damage. B. On The Basis Of The Data Obtained From The Detailed Site Investigations, Topographical/soil And Survey, Geotechnical Engineering, Foundation Investigation, Material Testing, Survey Of Existing Site Conditions, The Seismic Requirements Of The Area, The Load Requirements Of The Building And Other Investigation Required To Obtain The Data Necessary To Ensure The Safety Of The Structure, The Proposal Shall Prepare The Preliminary Structural Design Plans Of The Structure. Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. Structural Design Criteria And Design Notes 2. Foundation Plan 3. Floor Framing Plans 4. Schedule Of Slab, Beams And Girders 5. Schedule Of Columns 6. Schedule Of Footings 7. Structural Details Of Stairs/ramp, If Applicable 8. Roof Framing Plan, If Applicable 9. Schedule And Details Of Trusses, If Applicable 10. Road Design And Details (if Applicable) 11. Miscellaneous Details Iii. Sanitary/plumbing Design A. General • The Detailed Design Shall Conform To The General Standards Adopted By The Sanitary & Plumbing Code Of The Philippines And Other Pertinent Laws And Ordinances. • All Design Considerations/assumptions Shall Be Based On The Results Of The Technical Studies, Detailed Analyses, And Design Computations. • The Technical Drawings And Specifications Shall Clearly Indicate All The Details Required To Ascertain The Care And Thoroughness Devoted In The Preparation Of The Drawings. B. Drainage And Sewerage • The Drainage Layout Shall Show All The Required Information Such As Direction Of Flow, Manhole-to-manhole Distances, And Sizes Of Lines, Manholes/canals, Location Of Outfalls, Etc. • The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare A Design For The Sewage Treatment Plant In Accordance To The Clean Water Act Of 2004 (republic Act No. 9275) And Other Relevant Laws And Ordinances. Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. General Notes 2. Legend & Symbols 3. Sewer, Vent And Storm Drainage Layout 4. Enlarged Toilet Plan For Common And Pwd Toilets 5. Isometric Diagram 6. Miscellaneous Details 7. Drainage And Sewerage System 8. Three Chamber Septic Tank Plans And Details C. Water Supply And Distribution System • The Proponent Shall Carry Out A Preliminary Detailed Design For The Water Supply Of The Project. The Design Should Be On The Basis Of The Source And Volume Of Water Supply, Water Consumption, Piping Network, And Conveyance In Accordance With The Applicable Laws, Rules And Regulations Governing Health, Safety And Sanitation. • The Contractor Shall Install Elevated Water Storage/s Per Unit Located At The Roof Deck Of The Prison Dormitories. (sufficient Capacity To Supply The Pdl) Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. General Notes 2. Legend & Symbols 3. Water Line Layout 4. Water Line Isometric Diagram 5. Water Reservoir Plans And Details 6. Miscellaneous Details Iv. Electromechanical Design A. Sewage Treatment Plant • The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare A Design For The Sewage Treatment Plant In Accordance To The Clean Water Act Of 2004 (republic Act No. 9275) And Other Relevant Laws And Ordinances. Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. General Notes 2. Legend & Symbols 3. Electrical System Layout 4. Mechanical System Layout 5. Instrumentation And Control System Diagrams 6. Piping And Instrumentation Diagrams (p&ids) 7. Equipment Details And Specifications 8. Electrical Power Distribution 9. Emergency Power Systems 10. Grounding And Lightning Protection 11. Control And Monitoring Systems, If Applicable 12. Safety Systems 13. Miscellaneous Details B. Fire Protection System • The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare A Design For The Fire Protection System In Accordance To The Fire Code Of The Philippines, (irr) Of Ra 9514, And Other Relevant Laws And Ordinances. Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. Sprinkler System 2. Sprinkler System Isometric Diagram 3. Fire Fighting Piping System Diagram 4. Fire Alarm System Layout 5. Fire Suppression System Layout 6. Smoke Management System Layout 7. Fire Pump And Water Supply 8. Miscellaneous Details V. Electrical Design A. The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare A Preliminary Design Plan For The Electrical And Power Supply System Of The Building In Accordance With The Electrical Code Of The Philippines, Fire Code Of The Philippines, National Building Code Of The Philippines And Other Relevant Laws And Ordinances. B. The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare A Design For The Electrical And Power Supply System Considering Ease Of Maintenance And Prevention Of Illegal Connections Including Electrical Supply For Ceiling Fans. C. The Prospective Bidder Shall Prepare A Design For Backup Power Generator With Capacity Not Less Than Total Computed Kva Load Without Demand Factor. D. 3-phase Electrical Supply Shall Be Sourced From The Local Electrical Utility. E. Power Line Connection From Main Source To The Facility Submittals: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality 20” X 30” Blue Print Paper Minimum Size) 1. Power Riser Diagram 2. Power Layout System 3. Lighting Layout System 4. Local Area Network System, If Applicable 5. Grounding System 6. Load Schedules 7. Others As Applicable Vi. Other Requirements  Technical Specifications  Boring Test  Structural Design And Analysis And Computation  Final Design And Construction Plans  Upon Award Of Contract, The Contractor Shall Comply The Following: O Prepare Final Draft Of Architectural And Engineering Design Plans Incorporating All Design Refinements And Revisions Based On Project Requirement Or As May Be Required By The Bucor Pdd Within The Scope Of Design. O Submit To The Bucor Design And Build Committee (bucor-dbc) The Final Architectural And Engineering Design Plans And Specifications Duly Signed And Sealed By The Concerned Professional Architect, Engineers, Incorporating All The Necessary Revisions And Refinements For Approval By The Head Of Procuring Entity. 3.2 Construction Phase The Following Works Shall Comprise This Phase: I. Permits And Clearances, The Contractor Shall Upon Authorization Of The Head Of The Procuring Entity (hope), Make Representations With The Government Agencies Concerned To Expedite The Processing Of The Necessary Permits And Certificates Such As The Following: A. Zoning Certification And Locational Clearance B. Building /electrical/sanitary Permits C. Certificate Of Occupancy D. Environmental Clearance Certificate E. All Other Permits/clearances As May Be Required For The Construction. Ii. Mobilization, The Contractor Shall Mobilize All The Required Project Team Personnel, Equipment, Tools, And Manpower With The Required Skills And In Sufficient Number As May Be Necessary For His Efficient Undertaking Of The Project. Iii. Clearing, Grubbing And Hauling/disposal Of Debris Iv. Construction Stage As A Rule, Contract Implementation Guidelines For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects Shall Comply With Annex “e” Of The Revised Irr Of Ra 9184. The Following Provisions Shall Supplement These Procedures: I. No Works Shall Commence Unless The Contractor Has Submitted The Prescribed Documentary Requirements And Implementing Unit Has Given Written Approval. Work Execution Shall Be In Accordance With Reviewed And Approved Documents. Ii. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For Obtaining All Necessary Information As To Risks, Contingencies And Other Circumstances Which May Affect The Works And Shall Prepare And Submit All Necessary Documents Specified By The Implementing Unit To Meet All Regulatory Approvals As Specified In The Contract Documents. Iii. The Contractor Shall Submit A Detailed Program Of Works Within Fourteen (14) Calendar Days After The Issuance Of The Notice To Proceed (ntp) For Approval By The Head Of The Procuring Entity (hope) That Shall Include, Among Others: A. The Order In Which It Tends To Carry Out The Work Including Anticipated Timing For Each Stage Or Design/detailed Engineering And Construction; B. Periods For Review Of Specific Outputs And Any Other Submissions And Approvals; C. Sequence Of Timing For Inspection And Tests; D. General Description Of The Design And Construction Methods To Be Adopted; E. Number Of Personnel To Be Assigned For Each Stage Of The Work; F. List Of Equipment Required On Site For Each Stage Of The Work; And G. Description Of The Quality Control System To Be Utilized For The Project. Iv. Any Errors, Omissions, Inconsistencies, Inadequate Or Failure Submitted By The Contractor That Do Not Comply With The Requirements Shall Be Rectified, Resubmitted And Reviewed At The Contractor’s Cost. If The Contractor Wishes To Modify Any Design Or Document Which Has Been Previously Submitted, Reviewed And Approved, The Contractor Shall Notify The Implementing Unit Within A Reasonable Period Of Time And Shall Shoulder The Cost Of Such Changes. V. As A Rule, Changes In Design And Construction Requirements Shall Be Limited Only To Those That Have Not Been Anticipated In The Contract Signing And Approval. The Following Guidelines Shall Govern Approval For Change Or Variation Order: A. Change Orders Resulting From Design Errors, Omissions Or Non-conformance With The Performance Specifications And Parameters And The Contract Documents By The Contractor Shall Be Implemented By The Contractor At No Additional Cost To The Bureau Of Corrections. B. Provided That The Contractor Suffers Delay And/or Incurs Costs Due To Changes Or Errors In The Preparation Of Performance Specification And Parameters, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Either One Of The Following:  An Extension Of Time For Any Such Delays Under Section 10 Of Annex “e” Of Irr-a (ra9184; Or  Payments For Such Cost As Specified In The Contract Documents, Provided That The Cumulative Amount Of The Variation Order Does Not Exceed Ten Percent (10%) Of The Original Project Cost. C. The Contract Documents Shall Include The Manner And Schedule Of Payment Specifying The Estimated Contract Amount And Installments In Which The Contract Will Be Paid. D. The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Advance Payment Subject To The Provisions Of Section 4 Of Annex “e” Of The Revised Irr Of Ra 9184. E. The Implementing Unit Shall Monitor The Quality Control Procedures For The Design And Construction In Accordance With The Government Guidelines And Shall Issue The Proper Certificates Of Acceptance For Sections Of The Works Or Whole Of The Works As Provided For In The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor Shall Provide All Necessary Equipment, Personnel, Instruments, Documents And Others To Carry Out Specified Tests. G. This Design And Build Project Shall Have Minimum Defects Liability Period Of One (1) Year Contract Completion Or As Provided In The Contract Documents. This Is Without Prejudice To The Liabilities Imposed Upon The Engineer/architect Who Drew Up The Plans And Specification For A Building Sanctioned Under Section 1723 Of The New Civil Code Of The Philippines. H. The Contractor Shall Be Held Liable For Design And Structural Defects And/or Failure Of The Completed Project Within The Warranty Period Of 15 Years For Permanent Structures/buildings And 5 Years For Roads As Specified In Section 62.2.2 Of The Revised Irr Of Ra 9184 V. As-built Plans. The Contractor Shall Cause The Preparation And Submission Of As-built Plans Duly Signed And Sealed By All Concerned Parties Involved In The Construction In The Same Sheet Size And Scale As The Original Drawings In One (1) Blue Print Copy And One (1) Reproducible Copy. Vi. General Requirements: 1. Temporary Facilities Such As Field Offices For The Bucor Inspectorate Team, Project Engineers And Quarters For Laborers; Temporary Warehouse For The Construction Material. 2. Office Furniture And Equipment, Survey Equipment And Consumables 3. Photographs: This Item Consists Of The Supply Of Equipment And Materials, I.e., Album, Necessary To Undertake Photographic Progress Activities Of The Project And Of All Cost Incidental To The Preparation And Submission Of Photographs (at Least 12 Photographs Per Day). The Quantities For Photographs Shall Be One (1) Set Of Photographs Per Month. 4. Health And Safety Program Including Personal Protective Equipment (ppe) A. All Standard Safety Measures And Precautions Shall Be Exercised By The Contractor In The Course Of The Project For The Protection Of The Public And Its Workers And In Conformity With Dole Department Order No. 13, Series Of 1998. B. All Workers Shall Be Equipped With Proper Working Uniform And Identification At All Times. They Must Be Registered With The Governing Bucor Security Office And Must Comply With The Bucor’s Rules And Regulations. C. The Contractor Shall Secure His/her Own Equipment And Materials On Site. The Bucor Shall Not Be Liable To Any Losses Incurred During The Progress Of The Work. 5. Minimum Heavy Equipment Requirement (as Needed) For Site Development Such As: No. Item Specification 1. Backhoe 0.8 Cu. M. 2. Backhoe Wheel Mounted With Breaker 0.90 Cu. M. 3. Cargo/service Truck 2-5 Mt., 160 Hp 4. Dump Truck 12 Cu. Yd. 5. Motorized Road Grader G710a, 140hp 6. Payloader 1.5 Cu. M. 7. Vibrator Roller 10 Mt 8. Bulldozer 170 Hp 9. Scraper 515 Hp 10. Truck Mounted Crane, Hydraulic Telescopic Bommer Capacity: 41 – 45 Mt. 11. Crawler Crane 41-45 Mt 12. Generator Set 300 Kw/375 Kva 13. Water Pump 100mm Suction Dia. 14. One Bagger Mixer 4-6 Ft3/min 15. Concrete Vibrator Ey20, 5hp, 32-70mm 16. Vibro Hammer 45000 Kg-m 17. Excavator 17.5 Kw Or Any Specify Types Of Heavy Equipment Needed For A Site Development Will Be Determined By The Winning Bidder. 6. Environmental Compliance 7. Communication Equipment: This Item Consists Of The Provision Of Communication Equipment. 8. Billboard 9. Traffic Management (if Applicable). Vii. Building Construction 1 Lot One (1) Unit 2-storey“type B” Pdl Dormitory At Least 3190 Sq.m (gross Area) Polished Flooring And Sandwich Panel Roofing With The Capacity Of Atleast 340 Pdl, 2 Pdl Per Cell With Double Deck Bunk Bed (160 Cells), 1 Pdl Per Cell With Single Bed (20 Cells). The Dormitory To Include Complete Utilities, Power Supply, Cctv, Water Supply, Fire Protection; • Electrical System: Three-phase Power Line Supply, Connected From The Local Electric Utility (from Main Road/ Source To The Compound. The Power Line Shall Be Used For The Future Development Of The 50 Ha Facility. • Electrical System: Backup Power (three-phase Genset) Supply System With Capacity Not Less Than Total Computed Mva Load, Without Demand Factor (designed To Supply The Dormitory), And To Include Capacitor Bank, If Necessary; • Sewerage And Drainage Systems(pipelines To Cover From Project Site To Nearest Tapping Point); • Water Supply System With Sufficient Pressure To Provide The Water Requirement Of The Psdl. The System Is Composed Of A Cistern Tank, Pumps, And An Overhead Water Storage Tank. Deep Well Source Water System (intake Box, Transmission Pipelines, Pressure Break Tanks, Chlorinator With Tanks And Accessories, Etc.) Whichever Is Deemed Most Suitable For The Facility And Is Authorized By The Lgu. • Fire Protection System (fire & Jockey Pump, Pump House), Fire Detection Alarm System And Fire Suppression Equipment Included In Dormitory. • Cctv Systems: To Install Cctv At Perimeter Fence To Monitor The Inside Compound And Dormitory To Monitor The Hallways And Blind Spots. 1 Lot 3 Meters Height Concrete Perimeter Security Fence With Concertina Above, To Cover 50 Hectares Area (plastered And Painted Finish); 1 Lot Primary And Secondary Fence For 1.8 Hectares Compound Including Gates, Catwalk And Post Towers (with Cr And Water Supply) (r.a. 10575 Rule 7). • 4 Meters Height Concrete Primary Perimeter Fence (with Catwalks, Concertina Wirings, Post Tower (with Cr And Water Supply) And Solar Lightings, (ra10575). • Secondary Perimeter Fence (3 Layer Concertina, Steel Mesh) With 300w Integrated Solar Light Every 3 Bays And (to Include Post Towers And Gates); 1 Lot Road Networks And Culverts • The Project Has An Allocated Budget Sufficient To Cover At Least 1440 Sqm Of Road Construction Within The Prison Facility. While This Budget Allows For Road Development, Prioritization Shall Be Given To The Construction Of Culverts, Both Fenced And Road Culverts, To Ensure Adequate Drainage And Prevent Flooding. These Culverts Are Critical For The Road Leading From The Main Road To The Site, As Well As Along The Perimeter Of The Facility. • All Entry And Exit Point Of Any Bodies Of Water E.g. Creeks, Canals Shall Be Fenced Culvert By Metal Grills (non-corrosive); • To Accurately Assess The Project Scope And Design, Bidders Are Required To Conduct A Thorough Site Inspection To Identify And Evaluate All Necessary Culverts. A. Material Specifications: A. Floor Finishes • Polished Cement Finish Prison Cell, Hallways, Staircases, And Rooms • Plain Cement Finished - Pathways. • Ramps - Anti Slip Pavers Or Tiles • Crs – Unglazed Ceramic Tiles B. Wall Finishes A. Glazed Wall Tiles - 1.8m Height. B. Plain Cement Plaster Finish - For All Buildings And Facilities C. Ceiling Finishes C. Concrete Steel Decking, If Applicable. – Coated In White Enamel D. Painting D. Semi-gloss Solvent Paint Top Coat (high-end Quality) For Interior And Exterior Walls In Two To Three Coats Application. Apply Concrete Neutralizer For Newly Finished Concrete Surfaces. Use Solvent Primer. E. Varnish Paint Finish With Weather Proof Coating – For Doors And Jambs Branded, High-end Quality (offices, Etc.), All Wooden Doors Must Have Secondary Steel Doors. F. Use Epoxy Paint Primer. Epoxy Paint Finish – For Structural Steel And All Metal Works E. Doors And Windows G. No Doors For Prison Facility Comfort Rooms With 1.20 Meter Finish Wall Height (see Rule Vii, Section 7 R-irr Of Ra 10575). H. Steel Doors And Grills – For Dormitories, Gates And Other Security Areas. Sliding Doors For All Cells (see Rule Vii, Section 7 R-irr Of Ra 10575) F. Waterproofing I. Uv Resistant Polyurethane Waterproofing – For All Roof Deck With Topping Works Provided With Welded Wire Mesh. (at Elevated Water Tank Area) J. Cistern - Polyurethane Waterproofing G. Plumbing Works K. Upvc Pipe Series 1000 – For All Soil, Sewer, Waste, Dry And Wet Vent Piping High-end Quality L. Pprc Fusion Type – For All Water Lines High-end Quality M. Contractor Encouraged To Adapt: Lpf Flush Valve For Water Closet Or Stainless Toilet-lavatory Combination. Waterless Urinals N. Sprinkler System To All Prison Dormitories In Accordance With The Provisions Of Revised Plumbing Code Of The Philippines. O. Contractor To Provide A Water System To Supply The Facility 4. Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) The Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) Is Php 300,000,000. This Is The Ceiling For Acceptable Bids. Bids Higher Than Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected. 5. Proposed Implementation Schedule (example): No. Of Months 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Design Phase Construction Phase 6. Eligibility Criteria For Bidders 6.1 General The Eligibility Requirements For This Design And Build Project Shall Adopt The Provisions Of Annex “g” Of The Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Ra 9184 (e.g. Eligibility Requirement). However, If A Bidder Who Has No Experience In Db Project On Its Own May Opt To Enter A Subcontracting Agreement, Partnership, Or Joint Venture With A Design Or Engineering Firm For The Design Portion Of The Project. 6.2 Legal Requirements A. Valid Contractor’s License Issued By The Philippine Contractor’s Accreditation Board B. Valid License Of The Contractor’s Designer Issued By The Professional Regulation Commission. 6.3 Technical Requirements A. The Contractor’s Designer Must Have Designed One Structure Similar To The Project At Hand With A Construction Cost Of At Least 50 % Of The Abc. 6.4 Financial Requirements The Contractor Must Have A Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) At Least Equal To The Abc To Be Bid Or Equivalent To Php300,000,000.00. 7. Contents Of The Bid 7.1 In The First Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents I. Philgeps Certificate Of Registration And Membership In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of This Irr. For Procurement To Be Performed Overseas, It Shall Be Subject To The Guidelines To Be Issued By The Gppb. (a) Ii. Pcab License And Registration, In Case Of Jv; 57 Iii. Statement Of All Ongoing Government And Private Contracts; Iv. Statement Of Slcc; V. Nfcc Computation; Vi. Jva, If Applicable; Vii. Bid Security In The Prescribed Form, Amount And Validity Period; Viii. Project Requirements, Which Shall Include The Following: 1. Organizational Chart For The Contract To Be Bid; 2. List Of Contractor’s Personnel (design And Construction), To Be Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data; 3. List Of Contractor’s Equipment Units Which Are Owned, Leased And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project. Ix. Omnibus Sworn Statement By The Prospective Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative In The Prescribed Format; X. Submission Of Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans: Class “b” Documents I. For Infrastructure Projects, Jv Bidders Shall Submit A Jva In Accordance With R.a. 4566 And It’s Irr. Ii. Each Partner Of The Joint Venture Shall Submit Their Philgeps Certificates Of Registration In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of This Irr. The Submission Of Technical And Financial Eligibility Documents By Any Of The Joint Venture Partners Constitutes Compliance: Provided, That The Partner Responsible To Submit The Nfcc Shall Likewise Submit The Statement Of All Of Its Ongoing Contracts And Audited Financial Statements. 1. Preliminary Conceptual Architectural Design Plans In Accordance With The Degree Of Details Specified By The Procuring Entity: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality A3 Blue Print Paper /digital Print Minimum Size) A. Location Plan/vicinity Map B. Perspective C. Floor Plans D. Front View Elevation E. Rear View Elevation F. Left Side View Elevation G. Right Side View Elevation H. Longitudinal Section I. Transverse Section 2. Design And Construction Method 3. List Of Contractor’s Personnel To Be Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data And Photocopy Of Their Valid Licenses Issued By The Professional Regulatory Commission (prc), Curriculum Vitae Of Key Staff, Partners Or Principal Officers With A Minimum Work Experience Requirements Set In The Bds; For Design The Key Professionals And The Respective Qualifications Of The Design Personnel Shall Be As Follows: • Principal Architect The Principal Architect Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Ten (10) Years’ Experience In The Design Of Residential, Government Offices Or Institutional Facilities, And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. • Structural Engineer The Structural Engineer Must Be A Duly-licensed Civil Engineer With At Least Ten (10) Years’ Experience In Structural Design And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. • Professional Electrical Engineer The Electrical Engineer Must Be A Registered Professional Electrical Engineer With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In The Design Of Lighting, Power Distribution, Communication Systems (specifically Structured And Local Area Network Cabling, Pabx), Building Management Systems And Preferably Knowledgeable In Developments In Emergent Efficient Lighting Technologies And Energy Management. • Professional Mechanical Engineer The Mechanical Engineer Must Be A Professional Mechanical Engineer With At Least Five (5) Years In Hvac And Fire Protection Systems And Preferably Knowledgeable In Emergent, Alternative Energy- Efficient Hvac Technologies. • Electronics And Communications Engineer The Electronics And Communications Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Ten (5) Years’ Experience In The Design Of Communications Systems, And Preferably Knowledgeable In The Application Of Building Automation And Surveillance Systems. • Sanitary Engineer The Sanitary Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In The Design Of Building Water Supply And Distribution, Plumbing, And Preferably Knowledgeable In Waste Water Management/treatment, And Emergent, Alternative Effluent Collection And Treatment System. The Design & Build Contractor May, As Needed And At Its Own Expense, Add Additional Professionals And/or Support Personnel For The Optimal Performance Of All Architectural And Engineering Design Services, As Stipulated In These Terms Of Reference, For The Project. Prospective Bidders Shall Attach Each Individual’s Resume And Prc License Of The (professional) Staff. Design Personnel May Also Be Utilized For The Construction Phase Provided That The Same Meet The Minimum Number Of Years Of Experience In The Construction Of Similar Projects. For Construction Personnel The Key Professionals And The Respective Qualifications Of The Construction Personnel Shall Be As Follows: • Project Manager The Project Manager Shall Be A Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least Eight (8) Years Relevant Experience On Similar And Comparable Projects In Different Locations. The Project Manager Should Have A Proven Record Or Managerial Capability Through The Directing/managing Of Major Civil Engineering Works, Including Projects Of A Similar Magnitude. • Project Architect/engineer The Project Architect/engineer Shall Be A Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. • Materials Engineer (m.e. I) The Materials Engineer Must Be Duly Accredited With The Dpwh And With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. • Electrical Engineer The Electrical Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects In The Installation Of Lighting, Power Distribution, Communication Systems (specifically Structured And Local Area Network Cabling, Pabx), Building Management Systems. • Mechanical Engineer The Mechanical Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects In The Installation Of Hvac And Fire Protection. • Sanitary Engineer The Sanitary Engineer Must Be Duly-licensed With At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects In The Installation Of Building Water Supply And Distribution, Plumbing. • Foreman The Foreman Must Have At Least Five (5) Years’ Experience In Similar And Comparable Projects And Shall Preferably Be Knowledgeable In The Application Of Rapid Construction Technologies. • Safety Officer The Safety Officer Must Be An Accredited Safety Practitioner By The Department Of Labor And Employment (dole) And Must Have Undergone The Prescribed Forty (40) Hour Construction Safety And Health Training (cosh) And Must Have At Least Two (2) Years’ Experience. 4. Value Engineering Analysis Of Design And Construction. The Second Envelope (financial Proposal) Shall Contain All The Required Documents For Infrastructure Projects Under Section 25.38 Of The Irr Of R.a 9184. 7.2 In The Second Envelope – Financial Proposal The Contents Of Financial Proposal – In The Second Envelope Shall Be Governed By Section 6.1 Design And Build Scheme Of The Dpwh Procurement Manual Volume Ii - Infrastructure Main Guidelines (2016). A. Lump Sum Bid Prices, Which Shall Include The Detailed Engineering Cost, In The Prescribed Bid Form Inclusive Of Vat B. Detailed Estimates Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates And Equipment Rentals Used In Coming Up With The Bid For The Following: I Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design; Ii Demolition Works; And Iii Building Construction/civil Works. C. Bill Of Quantities D. Cash Flow And Payments Schedule. 8. Procedure And Criteria For Bids Evaluation For The Detailed Evaluation Of The Design And Build Proposals A Two-step Procedure Shall Be Adopted By The Bac, Which May Be Undertaken With The Assistance Of The Dbc. First-step Procedure: With The Assistance Of The Bucor Design And Build Committee (bucor-dbc), The Bac Shall Conduct The Opening, Preliminary Examination And Detailed Evaluation Of The Design And Build Proposals, As Follows: (1) The First Step Of The Evaluation Shall Involve The Review Of The Preliminary Conceptual Designs And Track Record Submitted By The Contract As Indicated In The Bidding Documents Using A Nondiscretionary “pass/fail” Criteria That Involve Compliance With The Following Requirements: A. Performance Specifications And Parameters And Degree Of Details; B. Adherence Of Preliminary Design Plans To The Required Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design And Construction With Emphasis On The Clarity, Feasibility, Innovativeness And Comprehensiveness Of The Plan Approach, And The Quality Of Interpretation Of Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions; And C. Quality Of Personnel To Be Assigned To The Project Which Covers Suitability Of Key Staff To Perform The Duties Of The Particular Assignments And General Qualifications And Competence Including Education And Training Of The Key Staff. 8.1 Merit Point Critera For The Bid Evaluation 8.1.1 Adherence To Performance Specifications (35 Points) A. Compliance And Adherence To Specifications: Excellent Compliance (100 Points): The Submission Fully Adheres To All Specified Project Requirements And Regulations, Demonstrating Meticulous Attention To Detail And Comprehensive Understanding Of The Tor. All Drawings And Documentation Are Accurate, Complete, And In Compliance With Relevant Standards. Good Compliance (80 Points): The Submission Largely Complies With Project Specifications And Regulations, With Minor Discrepancies. Drawings And Documentation Are Mostly Accurate And Complete, Meeting The Majority Of Requirements. Acceptable Compliance (70 Points): The Submission Satisfies Most Of The Specified Requirements And Regulations, Albeit With Some Notable Omissions Or Inconsistencies. Drawings And Documentation Are Generally Accurate And Complete, Meeting The Basic Expectations. Some Reservations (50 Points): The Submission Partially Meets The Specified Requirements And Regulations, With Several Notable Deficiencies Or Inconsistencies. There Are Significant Gaps Or Inaccuracies In The Drawings And Documentation, Raising Concerns About Compliance. Serious Reservations (20%) The Submission Falls Significantly Short Of Meeting The Specified Requirements And Regulations, With Major Deficiencies Or Inconsistencies. Drawings And Documentation Lack Essential Details Or Fail To Comply With Key Standards, Casting Doubt On The Bidder's Understanding Of The Project Scope. Unacceptable (0%) The Submission Fails To Comply With The Specified Requirements And Regulations, Lacking Essential Details And Demonstrating A Fundamental Misunderstanding Of The Project Scope. Drawings And Documentation Are Incomplete Or Inaccurate, Indicating A Lack Of Capability To Deliver The Project On Time. B. Functionality And Efficiency: Excellent (100%): The Design Optimally Utilizes Space, Facilitating Efficient Accommodation Of 500 Psdl. Layout And Design Enhance Operational Flow, Demonstrating Exceptional Foresight And Planning. Integration Of Facilities Promotes Smooth Prison Management. Good (80%): The Design Effectively Utilizes Space, With Minor Areas For Improvement In Operational Flow. Layout And Design Contribute To Efficient Prison Management, Meeting Most Functional Requirements. Acceptable (70%): The Design Adequately Utilizes Space, Meeting Basic Requirements For Accommodating 500 Psdl. Layout And Design Support Operational Flow, Though Some Improvements Are Needed For Optimal Functionality. Some Reservations (50%): The Design Partially Optimizes Space Utilization, With Notable Deficiencies In Operational Flow. Layout And Design Hinder Efficient Prison Management, Requiring Significant Adjustments For Improvement. Serious Reservations (20%): The Design Inadequately Utilizes Space, Hindering Accommodation Of 500 Psdl. Layout And Design Severely Impede Operational Flow, Indicating A Lack Of Understanding Of Functional Requirements. Unacceptable (0%): The Design Fails To Optimize Space Utilization, Lacking Consideration For Accommodating 500 Psdl. Layout And Design Pose Significant Obstacles To Efficient Prison Management, Indicating A Fundamental Misunderstanding Of Functional Requirements. C. Safety And Security: Excellent (100%): The Design Features Robust Perimeter Walls, Guard Towers, And Security Features Ensuring Optimal Pdl Containment And Facility Security. Fire Protection And Detection Systems Are Highly Reliable, With Comprehensive Safety Measures For Both Psdl And Staff. Good (80%): The Design Incorporates Effective Perimeter Walls, Guard Towers, And Security Features, With Minor Areas For Enhancement. Fire Protection And Detection Systems Are Reliable, With Adequate Safety Measures For Psdl And Staff. Acceptable (70%) The Design Includes Satisfactory Perimeter Walls, Guard Towers, And Security Features, Meeting Basic Requirements For Pdl Containment And Facility Security. Fire Protection And Detection Systems Are Functional, With Sufficient Safety Measures For Psdl And Staff. Some Reservations (50%): The Design Features Partially Effective Perimeter Walls, Guard Towers, And Security Features, With Notable Deficiencies In Pdl Containment And Facility Security. Fire Protection And Detection Systems Lack Reliability, With Limited Safety Measures For Psdl And Staff. Serious Reservations (20%): The Design Lacks Effective Perimeter Walls, Guard Towers, And Security Features, Compromising Pdl Containment And Facility Security. Fire Protection And Detection Systems Are Inadequate, Posing Significant Risks To Psdl And Staff Safety. Unacceptable (0%): The Design Neglects Perimeter Walls, Guard Towers, And Security Features, Failing To Ensure Pdl Containment And Facility Security. Fire Protection And Detection Systems Are Absent Or Non-functional, Posing Severe Risks To Psdl And Staff Safety. D. Sustainability And Environmental Considerations: Excellent (100%): The Design Includes Robust Safety Measures And Emergency Protocols, Ensuring The Safety And Well-being Of Psdl And Staff In Accordance With Ra 10575. Good (80%): The Design Integrates Sustainable Design Principles Effectively, With Minor Opportunities For Improvement In Energy Efficiency And Material Selection. Sewage Treatment And Water Conservation Measures Are Adequate, Supporting Environmental Sustainability. Acceptable (70%) The Design Includes Basic Sustainable Design Principles, Meeting Minimum Requirements For Energy Efficiency And Material Selection. Sewage Treatment And Water Conservation Measures Are Functional, Contributing To Environmental Sustainability. Some Reservations (50%): The Design Partially Incorporates Sustainable Design Principles, With Notable Deficiencies In Energy Efficiency And Material Selection. Sewage Treatment And Water Conservation Measures Lack Comprehensiveness, Limiting Environmental Sustainability. Serious Reservations (20%): The Design Lacks Consideration For Sustainable Design Principles, Neglecting Energy Efficiency And Eco-friendly Materials. Sewage Treatment And Water Conservation Measures Are Insufficient, Undermining Environmental Sustainability. Unacceptable (0%): The Design Disregards Sustainable Design Principles, Showing No Commitment To Energy Efficiency Or Eco-friendly Materials. Sewage Treatment And Water Conservation Measures Are Absent Or Inadequate, Disregarding Environmental Sustainability. E. Aesthetics And Architectural Design: Excellent (100%): The Design Exhibits Exceptional Aesthetic Appeal And Architectural Coherence, Showcasing Innovative And Visually Pleasing Elements. Consideration Of Local Architectural Vernacular And Contextual Integration Is Evident, Contributing To The Overall Excellence Of The Design. Good (80%): The Design Demonstrates Good Aesthetic Appeal And Architectural Coherence, With Some Areas For Enhancement In Creativity And Visual Impact. Consideration Of Local Architectural Vernacular And Contextual Integration Is Apparent, Enriching The Design. Acceptable (70%): The Design Achieves Acceptable Aesthetic Appeal And Architectural Coherence, Meeting Basic Expectations For Visual Presentation. Consideration Of Local Architectural Vernacular And Contextual Integration Is Present, Though Limited In Scope. Some Reservations (50%): The Design Lacks Significant Aesthetic Appeal And Architectural Coherence, With Notable Deficiencies In Creativity And Visual Impact. Consideration Of Local Architectural Vernacular And Contextual Integration Is Minimal, Detracting From The Overall Quality Of The Design. Serious Reservations (20%): The Design Exhibits Poor Aesthetic Appeal And Architectural Coherence, Failing To Engage Visually Or Inspire Interest. Consideration Of Local Architectural Vernacular And Contextual Integration Is Lacking, Diminishing The Design's Relevance And Appropriateness. Unacceptable (0%): The Design Lacks Any Aesthetic Appeal Or Architectural Coherence, Showing No Effort To Engage Visually Or Integrate With The Local Architectural Vernacular. Consideration Of Contextual Integration Is Absent, Rendering The Design Unsuitable For The Project. 8.1.2 Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction (40 Points) Excellent (100%): The Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction Is Exceptionally Clear, Feasible, Innovative, And Comprehensive. The Plan Demonstrates A High Level Of Understanding Of Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions, With Well-defined Strategies For Addressing Them. Good (80%): The Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction Is Clear, Feasible, And Comprehensive, With Some Innovative Elements. The Plan Adequately Addresses Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions, Though Some Areas May Require Further Development. Acceptable (70%): The Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction Satisfactorily Addresses Project Requirements, With A Basic Level Of Clarity And Feasibility. The Plan Outlines Strategies For Addressing Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions, Meeting The Minimum Expectations. Some Reservations (50%): The Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction Partially Addresses Project Requirements, With Notable Gaps In Clarity And Feasibility. The Plan Lacks Innovative Elements And May Inadequately Address Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions. Serious Reservations (20%): The Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction Demonstrates Significant Deficiencies In Clarity, Feasibility, And Comprehensiveness. The Plan Fails To Adequately Address Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions, Indicating A Lack Of Understanding Or Inadequate Planning. Unacceptable (0%): The Concept Of Approach And Methodology For Detailed Engineering, Design, And Construction Is Unclear, Infeasible, And Lacks Comprehensiveness. The Plan Fails To Address Project Problems, Risks, And Suggested Solutions, Indicating A Fundamental Misunderstanding Or Disregard For Project Requirements. 8.1.3 Quality Of Personnel Assigned To The Project (25 Points) Excellent (100%): The Personnel Assigned To The Project, Including Key Staff, Are Highly Suitable And Competent To Perform Their Duties. Key Staff Members Possess Exceptional Qualifications, Competence, Education, And Training Relevant To Their Roles, Demonstrating A High Level Of Expertise And Experience. Good (80%): The Personnel Assigned To The Project, Including Key Staff, Are Suitable And Competent To Perform Their Duties Effectively. Key Staff Members Possess Relevant Qualifications, Competence, Education, And Training, Demonstrating Solid Expertise And Experience. Acceptable (70%): The Personnel Assigned To The Project, Including Key Staff, Meet The Basic Requirements For Suitability And Competence In Performing Their Duties. Key Staff Members Possess General Qualifications And Competence, Education, And Training Relevant To Their Roles, Meeting The Minimum Expectations. Some Reservations (50%): The Personnel Assigned To The Project, Including Key Staff, Demonstrate Some Suitability And Competence In Performing Their Duties, But Notable Deficiencies Are Present. Key Staff Members May Lack Certain Qualifications, Competence, Education, Or Training, Raising Concerns About Their Ability To Effectively Fulfill Their Roles. Serious Reservations (20%): The Personnel Assigned To The Project, Including Key Staff, Exhibit Significant Deficiencies In Suitability And Competence To Perform Their Duties. Key Staff Members Lack Essential Qualifications, Competence, Education, Or Training, Indicating A Lack Of Expertise Or Experience Relevant To Their Roles. Unacceptable (0%): The Personnel Assigned To The Project, Including Key Staff, Are Unsuitable And Incompetent To Perform Their Duties Effectively. Key Staff Members Lack The Necessary Qualifications, Competence, Education, And Training, Demonstrating A Fundamental Mismatch With The Requirements Of Their Roles. 8.2 Determination Of The Merit Point Score The Aggregate Of The Scores In Each Criterion Must Be 70% Or More To Pass Using The Following Formula In Equation. Description Weight (w) Rating (r) Criteria 1 35% (smax/sact) Criteria 2 40% Sact Criteria 3 25% Sact Smax = Η (100) Sact = R1 +r2 +r3 + . . .(rη) Where Η = Number Of Sub Criteria R = Rating Given To The Criteria/sub Criteria The Actual Score (sact) For Each Of The Criteria/sub Criteria Is Obtained By Adding All The Given Rating. (smax) Is The Summation Of Maximum Score Per Criteria 8.3 Passing Rate The Specific Passing Rate Value Depends On The Specific Context Of The Project, The Priorities Of The Design And Build Committee, And The Complexity Of The Requirements Outlined In Ra 10575. Based On The Provided Criteria And Descriptions, The Passing Rate For The Merit Point Criteria (mpc) Could Be Set At 75%. This Means That Bidders Must Score At Least 75% Or Higher In The Evaluation Process To Be Considered As Meeting The Minimum Requirements For The Project A. Pass Rate Per Criteria Will Be Determined Using The Formula: Score = W1*r1 + W2*r2 + W3*r3 B. A Bid Or Technical Bid That Failed In Any Of The Criteria’s Will Not Be Considered For Further Evaluation C. Score Above 75% Will Be Considered As Technically Responsive. Aggregate Score Of Less Than 75% Will Be Considered Failed, And May Be Rejected On That Basis. Second-step Procedure: Only Those Bids That Passed The Above Criteria Shall Be Subjected To The Second Step Of Evaluation. The Bac Shall Open The Financial Proposal Of Each “passed” Bidder And Shall Evaluate It Using Non-discretionary Criteria – Including Arithmetical Corrections For Computational Errors – As Stated In The Bidding Documents, And Thus Determine The Correct Total Calculated Prices. The Bac Shall Automatically Disqualify Any Total Calculated Bid Price Which Exceeds The Abc 9. Data To Be Provided By The Bucor These Data Are For Reference Only And Does Not Guarantee The Contractor That The Data Provided Are Correct, Free From Error, And Applicable To The Project At Hand. The Contractor Is Responsible For The Accuracy Or Applicability Of Any Data That He Will Use In His Design– Build Proposal And Services. Sample Data For Buildings: A. Conceptual Plans 10. Documents To Be Provided By The Contractor During Contract Implementation A. Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans B. Design Analysis C. Survey Data D. Quantity Calculation E. Detailed Geotechnical Investigation Report F. Design Report. G. As-built Plans, (printed Including Cad Files And Bim Files (lod 500) H. Other Relevant Documents 11. Design And Build Period The Winning Bidder Shall Commence Actual Works Upon The Issuance By The Bucor Of The Notice To Proceed (ntp). The Winning Bidder Shall Complete The Daed And Submit Within The Ninety (60) Calendar Days (cds) Period To The Bucor For Review And Approval. The Contractor Shall Complete The Construction Of The Building Within 305 Cds For The Total Contract Duration Of 365 Cd. Conforme: Name Of Company In Print Signature Over Printed Name Of Authorized Representative/date Section Vii. Drawings The Conceptual Drawings Should Be Attached To This Section Or Annexed In A Separate Folder As Part Of The First Envelope (technical Component Envelope). Preliminary Conceptual Architectural Design Plans In Accordance With The Degree Of Details Specified By The Procuring Entity: At Suitable Scale On High Quality A3 Blue Print Paper /digital Print Minimum Size) 1. Location Plan/vicinity Map 2. Perspective 3. Floor Plans 4. Front View Elevation 5. Rear View Elevation 6. Left Side View Elevation 7. Right Side View Elevation 8. Longitudinal Section 9. Transverse Section Section Viii. Bill Of Quantities The Bill Of Quantities Should Be Attached To This Section As Part Of The Second Envelope (financial Component Envelope). Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents I. Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ (a) Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages) In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of The Irr; Technical Documents ⬜ (b) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ (c) Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided Under The Rules; And ⬜ (d) Special Pcab License In Case Of Joint Ventures And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ (e) Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And (f) Project Requirements, Which Shall Include The Following: ⬜ A. Organizational Chart For The Contract To Be Bid; ⬜ B. List Of Contractor’s Key Personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen), To Be Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data And Photocopy Of Their Valid Licenses Issued By The Professional Regulatory Commission (prc) And Curriculum Vitae Of Key Staff, Partners Or Principal Officers With A Minimum Work Experience Requirements Set In The Bds; ⬜ C. List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership Or Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be; And ⬜ (g) Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss); And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate Or Board Resolution/partnership Resolution In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Notarized Special Power Of Attorney In Case Of Sole Proprietorship Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. And ⬜ (h) Conformity With The Technical Specifications (scope Of Work); And ⬜ (i) Preliminary Conceptual Architectural Design Plans In Accordance With The Degree Of Details Specified By The Procuring Entity: (at Suitable Scale On High Quality A3 Blue Print Paper /digital Print Minimum Size) 1. Location Plan/vicinity Map 2. Perspective 3. Floor Plans 4. Front View Elevation 5. Rear View Elevation 6. Left Side View Elevation 7. Right Side View Elevation 8. Longitudinal Section 9. Transverse Section ⬜ (j) Design And Construction Method And ⬜ (k) Value Engineering Analysis Of The Design And Construction Method. And Financial Documents ⬜ (l) The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) At Least Equal To The Abc. And Class “b” Documents ⬜ (m) Jv Bidders Shall Submit A Jva In Accordance With R.a. 4566 And Its Irr. Each Partner Of The Joint Venture Shall Submit Their Respective Philgeps Certificates Of Registration In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of This Irr. The Submission Of Technical And Financial Eligibility Documents By Any Of The Joint Venture Partners Constitutes Compliance: Provided, That The Partner Responsible To Submit The Nfcc Shall Likewise Submit The Statement Of All Of Its Ongoing Contracts And Audited Financial Statements. Ii. Financial Component Envelope ⬜ (n) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 ⬜ (o) Original Of Duly Signed Bid Prices In The Bill Of Quantities; And ⬜ (p) Duly Accomplished Detailed Estimates Form, Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates, And Equipment Rentals Used In Coming Up With The Bid; And ⬜ (q) Cash Flow And Payment Schedule. Bidding Form Company Letterhead Statement Of Ongoing Government & Private Contracts Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) Statement Of All Its Ongoing Government And Or Private Contracts Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature. Name Of Contract Date Of Contract Contract Duration Owner’s Name And Address Nature Of Work Contractor’s Role (whether Sole Contractor, Subcontractor, Or Partner In A Jv) And Percentage Of Participation Total Contract Value At Award Date Of Completion Or Estimated Completion Time Value Of Outstanding Works Certified Correct: Name And Signature Of Authorized Representative Position Date Company Letterhead Statement Of Single Largest Completed Contract Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) Statement Of Single (1) Largest Completed Contract Of Similar In Nature Within The Last Six (6) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids Amounting To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Approved Budget Of The Contract (abc) Name Of Contract Date Of Contract Contract Duration Owner’s Name And Address Nature Of Work Contractor’s Role (whether Sole Contractor, Subcontractor, Or Partner In A Jv) And Percentage Of Participation Total Contract Value At Award Amount Of Completed Contracts, Adjusted By The Bidder To Current Prices Using Psa’s Consumer Price Index, If Necessary Date Of Completion Or Estimated Completion Time Certified Correct: Name And Signature Of Authorized Representative Position Date Company Letterhead Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) Republic Of The Philippines) City Of _______________________) S.s. X------------------------------------------------------x Bid Securing Declaration Invitation To Bid: [insert Reference Number] To: Bureau Of Corrections I/we, The Undersigned, Declare That: 1. I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid-securing Declaration. 2. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f), Of The Irr Of Ra 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. 3. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: (a) Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; (b) I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; (c) I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This ____ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. ______________________________________________________ [insert Name Of Bidder’s Authorized Representative] _____________________________ [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This ___ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution], Philippines. Affiant/s Is/are Personally Known To Me And Was/were Identified By Me Through Competent Evidence Of Identity As Defined In The 2004 Rules On Notarial Practice (a.m. No. 02-8-13-sc). Affiant/s Exhibited To Me His/her [insert Type Of Government Identification Card Used], With His/her Photograph And Signature Appearing Thereon, With No. ____________ Issued On ______________ At ___________________________________. Witness My Hand And Seal This ___ Day Of [month] [year]. Name Of Notary Public Serial No. Of Commission _______________ Notary Public For _______ Until __________ Roll Of Attorneys No. __________________ Ptr No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Ibp No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued Doc. No. _____ Page No. _____ Book No. _____ Series Of ____ Company Letterhead Omnibus Sworn Statement Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) _________________________________________________________________________ Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ______ ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; 2. [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) Of The Bureau Of Corrections, As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) Of The Bureau Of Corrections, As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; 3. [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board, By Itself Or By Relation, Membership, Association, Affiliation, Or Controlling Interest With Another Blacklisted Person Or Entity As Defined And Provided For In The Uniform Guidelines On Blacklisting; 4. Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; 5. [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; 6. [select One, Delete The Rest:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Partnership Or Cooperative:] None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Corporation Or Joint Venture:] None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; 7. [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And 8. [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Responsibilities As A Bidder In Compliance With The Philippine Bidding Documents, Which Includes: A. Carefully Examining All Of The Bidding Documents; B. Acknowledging All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; C. Making An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And D. Inquiring Or Securing Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase). 9. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. 10. In Case Advance Payment Was Made Or Given, Failure To Perform Or Deliver Any Of The Obligations And Undertakings In The Contract Shall Be Sufficient Grounds To Constitute Criminal Liability For Swindling (estafa) Or The Commission Of Fraud With Unfaithfulness Or Abuse Of Confidence Through Misappropriating Or Converting Any Payment Received By A Person Or Entity Under An Obligation Involving The Duty To Deliver Certain Goods Or Services, To The Prejudice Of The Public And The Government Of The Philippines Pursuant To Article 315 Of Act No. 3815 S. 1930, As Amended, Or The Revised Penal Code. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This __ Day Of ___, 2024 At ____________, Philippines. _____________________________________ Bidder’s Representative/authorized Signatory Affiant Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This ___ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution], Philippines. Affiant/s Is/are Personally Known To Me And Was/were Identified By Me Through Competent Evidence Of Identity As Defined In The 2004 Rules On Notarial Practice (a.m. No. 02-8-13-sc). Affiant/s Exhibited To Me His/her [insert Type Of Government Identification Card Used], With His/her Photograph And Signature Appearing Thereon, With No. ____________ And Issued On ____________________ At _____________________. Witness My Hand And Seal This ___ Day Of [month] [year]. Name Of Notary Public Serial No. Of Commission _______________ Notary Public For _______ Until __________ Roll Of Attorneys No. __________________ Ptr No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Ibp No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Doc. No. _____ Page No. _____ Book No. _____ Series Of _____ Company Letterhead Certificate Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) (please Show Figures At How You Arrived At The Nfcc) This Is To Certify That Our Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) Is _____________________ (p____________) Which Is At Least Equal To The Total Ceiling Price We Are Bidding. The Amount Is Computed As Follows: (please Show Computation Of Nfcc) Nfcc = (ca-cl) (15) – C Where: Ca = Current Assets Cl = Current Liabilities C = Value Of All Outstanding Or Uncompleted Portions Of The Projects Under Going Contracts, Including Awarded Contracts Yet To Be Started Coinciding With The Contract For This Project Note: The Values Of The Bidder’s Current Assets And Current Liabilities Shall Be Based On The Audited Financial Statement Submitted To The Bir. Issued This _________________day Of ________________, 2024 _______________________________________________ Name & Signature Of Authorized Representative ____________________ Position _______________ Date Company Letterhead Bid Form Date: Ib No: To Bids And Awards Committee Bureau Of Corrections Nbp Reservation Muntinlupa City We, The Undersigned, Declare That: (a) We Have Examined And Have No Reservation To The Bidding Documents, Including Addenda, For The Contract Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) At Sablayan Prison And Penal Farm (sppf) (b) We Offer To Execute The Works For This Contract In Accordance With The Bid And Bid Data Sheet, General And Special Conditions Of Contract Accompanying This Bid; The Total Price Of Our Bid, Excluding Any Discounts Offered Below Is: ________________________________________₱_________________; The Discounts Offered And The Methodology For Their Application Are: [insert Information]; (c) Our Bid Shall Be Valid For A Period Of 120 Calendar Days From The Date Fixed For The Bid Submission Deadline In Accordance With The Bidding Documents, And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us And May Be Accepted At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period; (d) If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Commit To Obtain A Performance Security In The Amount Of 30% Percent Of The Contract Price For The Due Performance Of The Contract; (e) Our Firm, Including Any Subcontractors Or Suppliers For Any Part Of The Contract, Have Nationalities From The Following Eligible Countries; (f) We Are Not Participating, As Bidders, In More Than One Bid In This Bidding Process, Other Than Alternative Offers In Accordance With The Bidding Documents; (g) Our Firm, Its Affiliates Or Subsidiaries, Including Any Subcontractors Or Suppliers For Any Part Of The Contract, Has Not Been Declared Ineligible By The Funding Source; (h) We Understand That This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof Included In Your Notification Of Award, Shall Constitute A Binding Contract Between Us, Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed; And (i) We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Other Bid That You May Receive. (j) We Likewise Certify/confirm That The Undersigned, Is The Duly Authorized Representative Of The Bidder, And Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For The Design And Build Of Bureau Of Corrections Supermaximum Prison Facility (2nd Phase) Of The Bureau Of Corrections. (k) We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Including The Bill Of Quantities, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Name: In The Capacity Of: Signed: Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And On Behalf Of: Date: ___________